AcuLaserC9100 A
AcuLaserC9100 A
AcuLaserC9100 A
SEPG04001
Notice:
All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION. The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice. All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual. However, should any errors be detected, SEIKO EPSON would greatly appreciate being informed of them. The above not withstanding SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION can assume no responsibility for any errors in this manual or the consequences thereof. EPSON is a registered trademark of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.
General Notice:
Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks.
Copyright 2004 SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION. I & I CS/Quality Management & PL Department
PRECAUTIONS
Precautionary notations throughout the text are categorized relative to 1)Personal injury and 2) damage to equipment.
DANGER WARNING
Signals a precaution which, if ignored, could result in serious or fatal personal injury. Great caution should be exercised in performing procedures preceded by DANGER Headings. Signals a precaution which, if ignored, could result in damage to equipment.
The precautionary measures itemized below should always be observed when performing repair/maintenance procedures.
DANGER
1. ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE PRODUCT FROM THE POWER SOURCE AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR PROCEDURES. 2. NO WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON THE UNIT BY PERSONS UNFAMILIAR WITH BASIC SAFETY MEASURES AS DICTATED FOR ALL ELECTRONICS TECHNICIANS IN THEIR LINE OF WORK. 3. WHEN PERFORMING TESTING AS DICTATED WITHIN THIS MANUAL, DO NOT CONNECT THE UNIT TO A POWER SOURCE UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO. WHEN THE POWER SUPPLY CABLE MUST BE CONNECTED, USE EXTREME CAUTION IN WORKING ON POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS.
WARNING
1. REPAIRS ON EPSON PRODUCT SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY AN EPSON CERTIFIED REPAIR TECHNICIAN. 2. MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE SOURCE VOLTAGES IS THE SAME AS THE RATED VOLTAGE, LISTED ON THE SERIAL NUMBER/RATING PLATE. IF THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS A PRIMARY AC RATING DIFFERENT FROM AVAILABLE POWER SOURCE, DO NOT CONNECT IT TO THE POWER SOURCE. 3. ALWAYS VERIFY THAT THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED FROM THE POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING OR REPLACING PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS AND/OR INDIVIDUAL CHIPS. 4. IN ORDER TO PROTECT SENSITIVE MICROPROCESSORS AND CIRCUITRY, USE STATIC DISCHARGE EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS ANTISTATIC WRIST STRAPS, WHEN ACCESSING INTERNAL COMPONENTS. 5. REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS ONLY WITH THOSE COMPONENTS BY THE MANUFACTURE; INTRODUCTION OF SECOND-SOURCE ICs OR OTHER NON-APPROVED COMPONENTS MAY DAMAGE THE PRODUCT AND VOID ANY APPLICABLE EPSON WARRANTY.
Manual Configuration
This manual consists of six chapters and Appendix. CHAPTER 1.PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS Provides a general overview and specifications of the product. CHAPTER 2.OPERATING PRINCIPLES Describes the theory of electrical and mechanical operations of the product. CHAPTER 3.TROUBLESHOOTING Describes the step-by-step procedures for the troubleshooting. CHAPTER 4.DISASSEMBLY / ASSEMBLY Describes the step-by-step procedures for disassembling and assembling the product. CHAPTER 5.ADJUSTMENT Provides Epson-approved methods for adjustment. CHAPTER 6.MAINTENANCE Provides preventive maintenance procedures and the lists of Epson-approved lubricants and adhesives required for servicing the product. APPENDIX Provides the following additional information for reference: Connector pin assignments Electric circuit boards components layout Electrical circuit boards schematics Exploded diagram & Parts List
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, or condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment.
May indicate an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or condition that is necessary to accomplish a task efficiently. It may also provide additional information that is related to a specific subject, or comment on the results achieved through a previous action. Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or loss of life.
Abbreviation
This manual uses original abbreviations, in addition to general abbreviations. Typical abbreviations are as follows: AG .............................. Analog Ground ADC .......... Automatic Density Control AG ............................. Analog Ground APS .......................Auto Paper Select ARC ........... Auto Registration Control ASSY .................................. Assembly ATS..................... Auto Tray Switching B ................................................Black Bk ..............................................Black BLK ............................................Black BLU ............................................. Blue BRN ......................................... Brown BTR ....................... Bias Transfer Roll C ................................................ Cyan CLN ....................................... Cleaner CRU ........Customer Replaceable Unit CRUM ............................CRU Monitor DET ................................Detoner Roll DEVE. ................................ Developer DIAG. .................................Diagnostic DISP ....................................Dispense dpi .................................. dots per inch DTS ................................ Detack Saw DUP ........................................ Duplex ESB .................... Electro Static Brush ESS ..................... Electric Subsystem F ................................................ Front FEED ...................................... Feeder FIP ..............Fault Isolation Procedure GND ........................................Ground GRN ..........................................Green GRY ............................................ Gray HT ....................................... Half Tone HVPS ......High Voltage Power Supply ICDC . Image Count Dispense Control ID .................................Image Density (or Identification) IDT ......... Intermediate Drum Transfer INTL ...................................... Interlock IOT .................Image Output Terminal K ................................................Black L ....................................................Left L/H ...................................... Left Hand LD ....................................Laser diode LDD .................... Lightly Doped Drain LED ..................... Light-emitting diode LEF .......................... Long Edge Feed LH ....................................... Left Hand LV ...................................Low Voltage LVPS .......Low Voltage Power Supply M ...........................................Magenta MAG ................................... Mag. Roll MCU ................. Machine Control Unit MOB ............................Marks On Belt MSI ..................... Multi Sheet Inserter N/P ...................................... No Paper NVM .................. Non Volatile Memory OCT ....................... Offset Catch Tray OEM .................... Original Equipment .......................................Manufacuring OHP ........................Overhead Project (In this manual, OHP means OHP film) OPC ........... Organic Photo Conductor ORN .................................... ORANGE PC ....................... Personal Computer PH ..............................Paper Handling PHD ............................... Printer Head PNK ............................................ Pink POP ............ Paper On Photoreceptor PPM ........................Prints Per Minute PR ......................................... Process PV ..................................Print Volume PWB.................. Printed Wiring Board R ................................................ Right R .................................................Rear R/H ................................... Right Hand REF .....................................Refresher REGI. .............................. Registration RH .................................... Right Hand ROS ...............Raster Output Scanner RTC ................ Rubber Tube Charger RTN .........................................Return SEF ......................... Short Edge Feed SG ............................... Signal Ground SMH ............ Special Material Handler SNR ........................................ Sensor SOL. ..................................... Solenoid SOS ..............................Start Of Scan STM .................... Single Tray Module SW ...........................................Switch TEMP. ............................Temperature TM .................................. Tray Module TP .................................... Thermopile VIO ............................................ Violet WHT .......................................... White XERO .............................. Xerographic Y ...............................................Yellow YEL ..........................................Yellow
Safety Information
To prevent accidents during a maintenance procedure, strictly observe the Warnings and Cautions and never depart from the instructions given in this document. Do not do anything that is dangerous even if not specifically described in this manual. In addition to the descriptions below and those given in this manual, there are many situations and circumstances that are dangerous. Be aware of these when you are working with the printer.
Power Supply
Before starting any service procedure, switch off the printer power and unplug the power cord from the wall outlet. If you must service the printer when the power is applied, be aware of the potential for electrical shock and do all tasks by following the procedures in this manual.
W A R N IN G
Mechanical Components
If you service a driving assembly (e.g., gears), first turn off the power and unplug the power cord. Then manually rotate the assembly.
Do not touch any live part unless you are instructed to do so by a service procedure. The power supply switch/inlet part (MAIN POWER SWITCH & INLET) is live even when the power switch has been turned off. Do not touch any live part.
W A R N IN G
Do not touch the driving part (e.g., gears) while the assembly (printer) is being driven.
GN005EA
GN006EA
Safety Components
The printer is equipped with safety components (e.g., interlock switches, fuses, thermostat) and safety switches for protecting users and service personnel from injury and the equipment from damage. Never handle the printer in such a way that the normal functioning of the safety components is disturbed. The major safety devices which this printer is equipped with are the following three interlock switches: FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR When the Front Cover opens, the FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR turns off to cut off +5VDC supplied to each color LDD PWB of the ROS. INTERLOCK SWITCH When the Left Cover of the printer main unit opens, the INTERLOCK SWITCH turns off to cut off +24VDC supplied to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, HVPS, GATE SOLENOID and DUPLEX PWB. LH COVER INTL SW When the Left Cover of any additional tray opens, the LH COVER INTL SW turns off.
INTERLOCK SWITCH FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR
Laser Beam
The printer has an interlock switch (FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR) to prevent exposure to a laser beam from the laser beam output unit (ROS ASSY). This switch turns off when the Front Cover opens. (For details of the switch, refer to the Safety Components in the previous section.) During your maintenance work, never turn on this switch forcibly by other than ordinary operation since doing so may cause the laser beam to be emitted.
W A R N IN G
Exposure of your eyes to a laser beam may lead to blindness. Never open the Cover where the Warning Label About Laser Beam is affixed. If you disassemble or assemble the printer, turn off the power. If you need to work on the printer with power applied, strictly follow the instructions in this manual. Understand how the laser beam functions and take maximum precautions not to injure yourself or anyone around you. The laser beam has a narrower frequency band and more coherent phases than any other light (sunlight, electric light). The beam has excellent monochromaticity and convergence, thus it reaches long distances. Because of these characteristics, the laser beam converges into one point, causing high density and high temperature. Therefore, a laser beam is harmful to the human body. The laser beam in this printer is invisible.
ROS ASSY
C H E C K P O IN T
Ozone
Because of the printing principle of laser printers, this machine emits a very small amount of ozone in the process of printing. (The exhaust air may smell of ozone.) This printer generates only a very small amount of ozone that never exceeds the safety permissible value (0.1 ppm / 0.2 mg/m3) in the normal work environment. Avoid operating the printer under any of the following conditions: Any ambient conditions other than specified for use of this printer Use of two or more laser printers in a small room Use in a place where sufficient ventilation is not available
C A U T IO N
The high temperature assembly is very hot immediately after any printer operation. Wait at least 20 ~ 30 minutes, until the printer cools down adequately.
Especially, continuous operation for an extended period of time under any of the above-mentioned conditions
Fuser unit
GN004EA
Warning/Caution Labels
Warning labels and caution labels are affixed to this printer for accident prevention.
C H E C K P O IN T
Warning Label About Toner Stuck on the Waste toner collector and Toner Cartridge to prevent dust explosion caused by toner. This Warning Label prohibits you from throwing toner into fire.
In maintenance work, check that the labels are free from peeling and soiling.
Warning Label About Laser Beam Stuck on the top of the laser beam emitting unit (ROS ASSY) to warn the maintenance personnel of danger of exposure to the laser beam. (Refer to Laser Beam)
Caution Label About High-temperature Surface Stuck on the side wall of the Fuser unit, which becomes hot, in order to warn the user of danger of suffering a burn. (Refer to High Temperature Assembly)
Parts
To prevent you from becoming injured, keep the following in mind: When handling a heavy part (device included), pay careful enough attention to your working posture to prevent back pain.
C A U T IO N
To prevent ignition, explosion, burn, injury, etc., do not use a general vacuum cleaner for cleaning dropped toner. (To do so may cause the toner to catch fire by sparks in the vacuum cleaner.)
W A R N IN G
Handle a heavy part with extreme care. Handling it in an inadvertent posture may put a load on your back or cause you to drop the part.
Do not pick up dropped toner with a general vacuum cleaner. To do so may cause ignition.
Be careful not to injure yourself with the sharp edges of the parts. Do not work with wet or oily hands-you may drop a part or injure yourself. Dry your hands first. When pulling out a part (including a harness), do not use too much force. Pull out the part carefully and slowly step by step.
Consumables
Understand the following explanation and handle the consumables carefully. Some parts may cause a particulate explosion or fire if handled improperly. Do not handle these parts near fire or throw into a fire. Some materials, especially toner, may cause bodily injury. Do not swallow or inhale such materials or allow them to come in contact with the eyes. Help to protect those around you and follow the prohibitions against swallowing or inhaling such materials. Be careful to protect the eyes at all times. Place a sheet inside or under the printer so that the floor or workbench is protected. If the Developer or Fuser Oil gets on your clothing, dry it with a cloth and wash with clean water.
GN009EB
PL5.1.20 MAIN POWER SWITCH & INLET PL5.1.9 LVPS ON/OFF CONTROL (SLEEP) AC N AC N DC Power Supply +5VDC RET +5V +24VDC Fuse SG +24VDC-I/L RET +24V +24VDC PL2.1.16 INTERLOCK SWITCH Fuse
AC H AC H
FG PL4.1.6 FUSER UNIT AC H Thermostat AC N Main Heater SUB HEATER ON ACH STS1
+5VDC
+24VDC-I/L
PL5.1.24 HVPS
+24VDC +24VDC-I/L
+24VDC +24VDC-I/L
+3.3VDC-CONT
+24VDC
PL5.2.2 MCU PWB +24VDC +3.3VDC CRU detection Fan Control +24VDC-I/L (L/H COVER CLOSED) +24VDC
+24VDC
PL6.3.28 MOTOR DISP Y +24VDC PL6.3.29 MOTOR DISP M +24VDC PL6.3.26 MOTOR DISP C +24VDC +3.3VDC PL6.3.27 MOTOR DISP K +24VDC
PL1.1.6 FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR FRONT COVER CLOSED SG PL3.1.3 ROS ASSY LD (Y/M/C/K) SG ROS Motor SG +24VDC LD+5VDC
Interlock Control
+5VDC
PL6.5.12 MOTOR ASSY TRACKING (Face Up Tray) Cover Open/Closed +3.3VDC Control
+3.3VDC +5VDC
+24VDC +24VDC PL21.7.5/22.5.4 MOTOR ASSY 3TM +24VDC-I/L PL20.4.12 DUPLEX CLUTCH PL20.3.9 DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH Control Logic SG PL20.3.27 DUPLEX PWB PL20.1.6 DUPLEX ASSY EXIT MOTOR PL20.4.11 EXIT MOTOR ON CLK DUPLEX MOTOR PL20.4.10 ON CLK DUPLEX MOTOR
+24VDC +24VDC-I/L
+3.3VDC
+24VDC
PL21.3.12 /21.4.12/22.2.12 TRAY2 4 FEED/LIFT MOTOR Cover Open/Closed Control PL21.6.13/22.4.12 LH COVER INTL SW
SG
GN007EA
Other Precautions
Paper Storage
When paper is not loaded in the printer, enclose it in a packing material or put it in a plastic or similar bag to prevent dehumidification/moisture absorption in order to optimize print images.
LH ASSY
GN008EA
Revision Status
Revision Date of Issue Description
First release
Revision A
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
1.1 Overview................................................................................................. 1.1.1 Engine features .............................................................................. 1.1.2 Controller features.......................................................................... 1.1.3 Software features ........................................................................... 21 21 22 22 1.8.3 1.8.4 1.8.5 1.8.6 1.8.7 Resistance to Static Electricity ........................................................ 39 Inrush Current ................................................................................. 39 Insulation Resistance ...................................................................... 39 Dielectric Strength ........................................................................... 39 Leak Current ................................................................................... 39
1.2 Basic Specifications................................................................................ 23 1.2.1 Process Specifications & System................................................... 23 1.2.2 Printer Basic Specifications............................................................ 23 1.3 Adjustment Mechanisms ........................................................................ 31 1.4 Paper Specifications............................................................................... 32 1.4.1 Paper Type..................................................................................... 32 1.4.2 Paper that may Cause Printing Defects, Paper Jams or Printer Malfunctions ................................................................................................... 32 1.4.3 Types of Paper Feed...................................................................... 33 1.4.4 Printing Area................................................................................... 34 1.5 Reliability and Serviceability ................................................................... 1.5.1 Reliability ........................................................................................ 1.5.2 Durability ........................................................................................ 1.5.3 Serviceability .................................................................................. 35 35 36 36
1.9 Compliance with Standards and Regulations.......................................... 40 1.9.1 Safety Standards............................................................................. 40 1.9.2 Safety Standards (Laser Transmission) .......................................... 40 1.9.3 EMI Standards ................................................................................ 40 1.9.4 Power Supply Harmonics and Flicker ............................................. 40 1.9.5 Power Consumption ........................................................................ 40 1.9.6 Other ............................................................................................... 40 1.10 Supplies/Periodic Replacement Units ................................................... 41 1.10.1 Specifications ................................................................................ 41 1.10.2 Packaged Storage and Transport Environment ............................ 42 1.11 External Appearance and Unit Names .................................................. 43 1.11.1 Unit names .................................................................................... 43 1.12 Notes When Replacing Supplies and Installing Optional Products ....... 45 1.12.1 Consumables ................................................................................ 45 1.13 Engine Restrictions/Limitations ............................................................. 46 1.13.1 Toner Duty Limit ............................................................................ 46 1.13.2 Issues that Limit Printing Speed.................................................... 46 1.14 Controller Specifications........................................................................ 48 1.14.1 Controller basic specifications....................................................... 48 1.14.2 Controller Configuration ............................................................... 49 1.14.3 External Interface Specifications ................................................... 50 1.15 Control Panel......................................................................................... 52 1.15.1 External Appearance and Names ................................................. 52 1.15.2 Panel Settings List ........................................................................ 53 1.15.3 Description of Menus and Settings ............................................... 64 1.15.4 Special Operations ........................................................................ 69
1.6 Operating Conditions (Including Consumables)............................................................................... 37 1.6.1 Space Requirements...................................................................... 37 1.7 Storage and Transport of the Main Unit (Packaged) and Optional Products 38 1.7.1 Temperature and Humidity Conditions........................................... 38 1.7.2 Storage Altitude.............................................................................. 38 1.7.3 Dropping......................................................................................... 38 1.8 Electrical Characteristics ........................................................................ 39 1.8.1 Electrical Fast Transient /Bursts (AC Line Noise) .......................... 39 1.8.2 Instantaneous Outages .................................................................. 39
15
Revision A
Development ................................................................................. 108 Print and Detachment ................................................................... 111 Collecting Toner ............................................................................ 117 Process Control............................................................................. 120 Fusing of Toner ............................................................................. 122 Paper Feed ................................................................................... 125
1.17 Increasing the RAM .............................................................................. 77 1.18 Handling Precautions ........................................................................... 78 1.18.1 Precautions When Turning Off the Power.................................... 78 1.18.2 Precautions for High Temperature Parts...................................... 78 1.19 Status Sheet ......................................................................................... 79 1.20 Engine Status Sheet............................................................................. 81 1.21 Color Registration Adjustment Sheet ................................................... 82 1.22 Configuration Sheet.............................................................................. 83 1.23 Paper Handling Algorithm..................................................................... 84
2.6 Paper Feed Mechanism ........................................................................ 126 2.6.1 Paper Tray .................................................................................... 127 2.6.2 Paper Feed ................................................................................... 131 2.6.3 Ejection of Paper ........................................................................... 135 2.7 Electrical Circuitry and Control .............................................................. 137 2.7.1 Low-voltage Power Supply............................................................ 137 2.7.2 INTER LOCK................................................................................. 139 2.7.3 Drives ............................................................................................ 140 2.8 Various Detection Mechanisms............................................................. 142 2.9 Electric Circuit Operation Principle ........................................................ 144 2.9.1 Main Features ............................................................................... 144 2.9.2 Outline Specifications.................................................................... 144
Chapter 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
3.1 Procedure for Troubleshooting .............................................................. 148 3.1.1 Procedure for Troubleshooting...................................................... 148 3.1.2 Preliminary Checks ....................................................................... 148 3.1.3 Precautions in Performing Work ................................................... 149 3.1.4 Precautions When Using FIP ........................................................ 149 3.1.5 Warming-Up Flowchart At Power-ON .......................................... 151 3.2 Level 1 FIP ............................................................................................ 152 3.2.1 Level 1 FIP .................................................................................... 152 3.2.2 Level 1 FIP Flowchart ................................................................... 152 3.3 Level 2 FIP ............................................................................................ 153 3.3.1 Level 2 FIP .................................................................................... 153 3.3.2 List of Errors and Warnings........................................................... 153 3.3.3 Service Call Errors ........................................................................ 160 3.3.4 FIP................................................................................................. 164 3.4 Printer Operation Trouble ...................................................................... 247 3.5 Image Quality Trouble ........................................................................... 248 3.5.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting Entry Chart .................................. 248
2.2 Flow of Print Data ................................................................................... 92 2.2.1 Data Flow ....................................................................................... 92 2.3 Drive Transmission Path ........................................................................ 93 2.3.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN........................................................................ 93 2.3.2 DRIVE ASSY PR............................................................................ 96 2.3.3 DUPLEX ASSY .............................................................................. 97 2.3.4 3 Tray Module ................................................................................ 99 2.3.5 Single Tray Module ...................................................................... 101 2.4 Feeding Paper ...................................................................................... 103 2.4.1 Paper Feed Path Layout .............................................................. 103 2.4.2 Paper Feed Path .......................................................................... 103 2.5 Main Functions of Print Process........................................................... 2.5.1 Main Structure and Functions ...................................................... 2.5.2 Drum............................................................................................. 2.5.3 ROS.............................................................................................. 104 104 106 107
16
Revision A
GATE ASSY FUT ........................................................................ 329 CLUTCH ASSY SPRING ............................................................ 330 CHUTE FUT UP .......................................................................... 331 PH MAIN ASSY........................................................................... 332 BEARING ONEWAY, CLUTCH ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY TURN ... SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC......................................................... 337 CLUTCH REGI, CHUTE PH ....................................................... 338 ACTUATOR REGI, SENSOR REGI, OHP SENSOR.................. 340 LEVEL SENSOR 1, LEVEL SENSOR 2 ..................................... 342 NO PAPER SENSOR, SENSOR ASSY PAPER ........................ 343 SWITCH ASSY SIZE, SENSOR ASSY TRACKING ................... 344 SHAFT ASSY, ROLL ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY SIDE .............. 345 HOLDER ASSY RETARD ........................................................... 347 CAM SIZE, PIN LOCKING, GEAR IDLE ..................................... 348 GUIDE ASSY END...................................................................... 349 GUIDE ASSY SIDE R, GUIDE ASSY SIDE F............................. 350 ACTUATOR N/E ......................................................................... 352 DRIVE ASSY MAIN..................................................................... 353 CLUTCH ASSY FEED ................................................................ 355
4.3 Paper Transport.................................................................................... 305 4.3.1 BTR UNIT ASSY .......................................................................... 305 4.3.2 INTERLOCK SWITCH.................................................................. 306 4.3.3 LH ASSY ...................................................................................... 307 4.3.4 MSI, ROLL ASSY TURN .............................................................. 310 4.3.5 ROLL ASSY FEED ENV, ROLL ASSY FEED, HOLDER ASSY RETARD, SPRING RETARD ...................................... 312 4.3.6 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM, SPRING PICK UP, GEAR PICK UP, GEAR CAM ....................................................................................................... 314 4.3.7 SOLENOID ASSY ........................................................................ 316 4.3.8 MSI TRAY .................................................................................... 317 4.3.9 MSI NO PAPER SENSOR ........................................................... 319 4.3.10 GUIDE SIDE FRONT, GUIDE SIDE REAR ............................... 320 4.3.11 CAP FUT, COVER EXIT ............................................................ 321 4.3.12 HANDLE ASSY L/H, WIRE ASSY GND..................................... 322 4.3.13 CHUTE TRANS, V-TRA FAN..................................................... 324 4.3.14 POP SENSOR............................................................................ 325 4.3.15 ROLL PINCH TURN, SPRING TURN ........................................ 326 4.3.16 KIT CHUTE TRANS ................................................................... 327 4.3.17 ROLLER ASSY EXIT 1 .............................................................. 328
4.4 ROS....................................................................................................... 357 4.4.1 ROS ASSY.................................................................................... 357 4.4.2 KIT HEATER ASSY, KIT HEATER DELE ASSY .......................... 358 4.5 Fuser and Exit Transport....................................................................... 361 4.5.1 Fuser unit ...................................................................................... 361 4.5.2 TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY, SENSOR ASSY TP ........................... 362 4.5.3 ROLL ASSY EXIT 2 ...................................................................... 364 4.5.4 FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR ................................................. 366 4.6 Electrical................................................................................................ 368 4.6.1 SENSOR HUM TE ........................................................................ 368 4.6.2 FAN FUSER .................................................................................. 369 4.6.3 FAN LV.......................................................................................... 370 4.6.4 HVPS ............................................................................................ 371 4.6.5 LVPS & MAIN POWER SWITCH .................................................. 373 4.6.6 BOARD ASSY, MAIN .................................................................... 375 4.6.7 ESS BOX ...................................................................................... 378 4.6.8 MCU PWB, X-ROM PWB.............................................................. 382 4.7 Deve. And Xero. .................................................................................... 384
17
Revision A
4.9.8 ONEWAY CLUTCH, ONEWAY GEAR, FRICTION CLUTCH ....... 438 4.9.9 ACTUATOR SNR, TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR........................... 439 4.9.10 TRAY LEVEL SENSOR .............................................................. 440 4.9.11 TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR ....................................................... 441 4.9.12 ACTUATOR ................................................................................ 442 4.9.13 TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR ......................................................... 443 4.9.14 TAKEAWAY ROLL ASSY ........................................................... 444 4.9.15 TAKEAWAY SENSOR, LH COVER INTL SW ............................ 445 4.9.16 LEFT COVER ASSY 3TM ........................................................... 447 4.9.17 MOTOR ASSY 3TM, PWB ASSY 3TM ....................................... 448 4.9.18 STOPPER TRAY FR................................................................... 449 4.10 Single Tray Module ............................................................................. 450 4.10.1 Single Tray Module ..................................................................... 450 4.10.2 LEFT COVER ASSY STM .......................................................... 451 4.10.3 MOTOR ASSY STM, PWB ASSY STM ...................................... 452 4.10.4 TRAY 4 FEEDER ........................................................................ 453 4.11 Tray Assy ............................................................................................ 454 4.11.1 LINK END.................................................................................... 454 4.11.2 FRONT SIDE GUIDE, REAR SIDE GUIDE ................................ 455 4.11.3 END GUIDE ASSY...................................................................... 456 4.11.4 SIDE GUIDE ACTUATOR........................................................... 457
384 386 389 392 397 399 401 403 405 406 407 408 409 411 413 414 414 416 417 418 419 420 421 423 424 426 427 428 430
Chapter 5 ADJUSTMENT
5.1 Overview ............................................................................................... 459 5.1.1 Instructions.................................................................................... 459 5.1.2 Part/unit-based adjustment items.................................................. 460 5.2 Adjustment ............................................................................................ 462 5.2.1 Color Registration Adjustment ...................................................... 462 5.2.2 Color Registration Check .............................................................. 466 5.2.3 Writing USB ID .............................................................................. 467 5.2.4 Writing adjustment value ............................................................... 469 5.2.5 Controller Firmware Update .......................................................... 472 5.2.6 MCU Firmware Update ................................................................. 475
4.9 3 Tray Module / Single Tray Module..................................................... 431 4.9.1 3 Tray Module .............................................................................. 431 4.9.2 FRONT UPPER COVER, RIGHT COVER, LEFT LOWER COVER, REAR COVER........................................................................................ 432 4.9.3 TRAY 2 FEEDER ......................................................................... 433 4.9.4 TRAY 3 FEEDER ......................................................................... 434 4.9.5 TRAY 4 FEEDER ......................................................................... 435 4.9.6 PAPER SIZE SENSOR ................................................................ 436 4.9.7 KIT FEED/RETARD/NUDGER ROLL .......................................... 437
Chapter 6 MAINTENANCE
6.1 Overview ............................................................................................... 478 6.2 About On-site Servicing......................................................................... 480
18
Revision A
Chapter 7 APPENDIX
7.1 Connectors ........................................................................................... 497 7.1.1 P/J Layout Diagram...................................................................... 497 7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information .............................................. 7.2.1 How to use Overall Connection Wiring Diagrams ........................ 7.2.2 How to use Detailed Connection Wiring Diagrams ...................... 7.2.3 Overall Connection Wiring Diagrams ........................................... 7.2.4 Detailed Connection Wiring Diagrams ......................................... 513 513 514 516 519
7.3 Exploded Diagrams .............................................................................. 562 7.4 Parts List............................................................................................... 604 7.5 Circuit Diagrams ................................................................................... 610
19
CHAPTER
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Revision A
CSIC installed on Toner Cartridge and Photoconductor unit The replacement cartridge provides a large capacity cartridge.
1.1 Overview
This printer is a non-impact color page printer that takes advantage of laser and electrophotographic technologies. It has resolution of 600/300 dpi, and print speed of 24.0ppm (A4 color)/24.0ppm (A4 monochrome). In addition, CPGI is included as a full-color technology.
Table 1-1. Number of sheets available for each Toner Cartridge (A4/5%)
Color BK Y M C Factory-installed cartridge 7,500 sheets 6,000 sheets 6,000 sheets 6,000 sheets Replacement cartridge 15,000 sheets 12,000 sheets 12,000 sheets 12,000 sheets
Option
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Overview
21
Revision A
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Overview
22
Revision A
PRINTING SPEED MODE Full speed mode Low speed mode : Prints at the fastest speed of the main unit when printing plain paper, recycled paper, and fine paper. : Feeds paper at reduced speed to prevent loss of print quality when using special paper (thick paper, labels, envelopes, postcards).
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic Specifications
23
Revision A
PRINTING MODE BY PAPER TYPE The main unit has 24 modes for the various media. Modes are switched by instructions from the controller. The engine determines the combination of modes corresponding to simplex/duplex printing and the media, and sets the process speed to one of 2 levels, full speed and low speed, as shown in the following table. Table 1-2. Printing mode by paper type
Printing speed mode Media compatible mode Plain paper 1 mode Plain paper 2 mode Recycled paper mode Fine paper mode Thick paper 1 mode Thick paper 2 mode Transparency mode Label 1 mode Label 2 mode Envelope mode Coated paper 1 mode Coated paper 2 mode Postcard mode Special mode (front side) Plain paper 1 (reverse side) mode Plain paper 2 (reverse side) mode Paper type 60 to 80 gsm Japanese paper 60 to 80 gsm overseas paper 60 to 80 gsm recycled paper 81 to 105 gsm paper 106 to 169 gsm thick paper 170 to 216 gsm thick paper Transparency Japanese labels Overseas labels Envelopes 106 to 169 gsm coated paper 170 to 216 gsm coated paper Postcards Paper not supported by modes shown above Plain paper 1 reverse side after printing Plain paper 2 reverse side after printing Simplex printing Full speed Full speed Full speed Full speed Low speed Low speed Low speed Low speed Low speed Low speed Low speed Low speed Low speed Full speed or low speed Full speed Full speed Auto duplex Full speed Full speed Full speed Full speed ------------------Full speed* -----
Printing speed mode Media compatible mode Recycled paper (reverse side) mode Fine paper (reverse side) mode Thick paper 1 (reverse side) mode Thick paper 2 (reverse side) mode Coated paper 1 (reverse side) mode Coated paper 2 (reverse side) mode Postcard (reverse side) mode Special mode (reverse side) Paper type Recycled paper reverse side after printing High quality paper reverse side after printing Thick paper 1 reverse side after printing Thick paper 2 reverse side after printing Coated paper 1 reverse side after printing Coated paper 2 reverse side after printing Postcard reverse side after printing Reverse side of paper not supported by modes shown above Simplex printing Full speed Full speed Low speed Low speed Low speed Low speed Low speed Full speed or low speed Auto duplex --------------Full speed*
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic Specifications
24
Revision A
FIRST PRINT OUTPUT TIME The time between receiving the Start command and output of the bottom edge of the first sheet from the paper output roller. However, this excludes operations that fall under the restrictions on printing speed explained in 1.13 Engine Restrictions/Limitations (p.46). Table 1-3. List of first print output time (Unit: seconds or less)
Monochrome mode Paper size A4 A3 Simplex printing 10.5 12.6 Duplex printing 19.0 22.1 Color mode Simplex printing 12.0 14.1 Duplex printing 20.5 23.6
CONTINUOUS PRINTING SPEED This excludes operations that fall under the restrictions on printing speed explained in 1.13 Engine Restrictions/Limitations (p.46). Table 1-5. List of continuous printing speed (Unit: PPM) *1
Paper size Standard size 1*2 A4, Letter Standard size 2*2 Executive, B5, A5, HLT, GLT Standard size 4*2 GLG, Legal, B4, F4 Standard size 5*2 A3, Ledger C6, DL, COM-10, Monarch ISO-B5 Transparency*4 User defined size L*3=216 or less User defined size 216 < L*3 297 User defined size 297 < L*3 364 User defined size 364 < L*3 432 Simplex printing Full speed Low speed mode mode 24.0 24.0 15.0 13.0 ------24.0 18.0 15.0 13.0 12.0 12.0 7.5 6.5 12.0 9.0 6.0 12.0 9.0 7.5 6.5 Duplex printing Full speed mode only 20.0 11.0 8.5 7.8 ------11.0 9.5 8.5 7.8
Note "*1": Paper used is A4 plain paper, printing speed mode is full speed mode. Paper feed is the standard universal cassette. Paper output destination is face-down (standard). Speed varies if the paper feed or output is changed*2. "*2": When using a feeder other than the standard universal cassette, the time shown below is added to the color mode time.
Table 1-4.
Paper feed 1-feeder cassette 3-feeders cassette (1st feeder) 500-sheet 3-feeders cassette (2nd feeder) 3-feeders cassette (3rd feeder)
640ms 800ms 1,090ms
Added time
Note "*1": The same speed for any paper feed "*2": For details on the paper orientation, refer to Supported paper size, type and orientation (p.27). Indicates a length of up to 216mm. "*3": Paper length size (mm) "*4": For transparencies, the printer switches to the standard size A4 low speed mode. However since the sheets are printed with an interval of 1 sheet to prevent sticking, the actual speed is 6.0ppm.
PAPER FEED REFERENCE Center-line reference for each paper size, 500-sheet paper cassette unit (option), and 1500-sheet paper cassette unit (option).
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic Specifications
25
Revision A
OPTIONAL PAPER FEED COMBINATION Besides the standard universal cassette and MP tray, the optional 500-sheet paper cassette unit or 1500-sheet paper cassette unit can be installed. This combination is shown in total number of sheets. Table 1-7. List of optional paper feed combination (When using J paper)
Combination
60 to 216g/m2
A3, B4, A4, B5, A5, Ledger, GLG, LEGAL, LETTER, EXECUTIVE 560 500 54mm (max) User defined size: sheets sheets Width : 182 to 297mm Length : 98.4 to 431.8mm A4, B5, A5, LETTER, HLT, GLT, Paper smaller EXECUTIVE, C6, DL, COM-10, than LTR/A4 MONARCH, 180 150 User defined size: size sheets sheets 18mm (max) Width : 90 to 297mm Length : 98 to 216mm
Standard Option
Standard universal cassette MP tray (A4) 500-sheet paper cassette unit Total number of sheets
Standard
MP tray
A3, A4, Ledger, GLG, F4, Paper larger LEGAL,12"x18" 100 100 than LTR/A4 User defined size: sheets sheets size Width : 298 to 304.8mm 10mm (max) Length : 217 to 457.2mm*2 ----100 sheets Transparency (A4, LT)
60 to 216g/m2
C H E C K P O IN T
Supplement about the optional cassette unit The 500-sheet paper cassette unit does not have casters. The 1500-sheet paper cassette unit has casters. Both additional cassette units above cannot be installed at the same time.
Option
A3, A4, B4, B5, LEDGER, GLG, 500-sheet LEGAL, LETTER cassette or 560 500 63 to 175g/m2 54mm (max) User defined size: 1500-sheet sheets sheets Width : 182 to 297mm cassette Length : 182 to 431.8mm Duplex unit ------A3, A4, A5, B4, B5, Letter, Executive, Ledger, GLG, Legal, GLT, F4, HLT 60 to 105g/m2
Note "*1": Refer to 1.4 Paper Specifications (p32). "*2": Lengths of up to 1,200 can be supported, however paper longer than 457.2 mm must be fed by hand one sheet at a time and must be supported by the operator.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic Specifications
26
Revision A
SUPPORTED PAPER SIZE, TYPE AND ORIENTATION Table 1-8. List of supported paper size, type and orientation
Paper A3 B4 A4 B5 A5 LEGAL GLG LETTER LEDGER (B) HLT EXECUTIVE GLT F4 Transparency Special paper Labels Envelopes *1 *2 MONARCH Com-#10 DL ISO-B5 C6 Paper size Unit: mm (inches) Vertical (length) Horizontal (width) 420.00 297.00 364.00 257.00 210.00 297.00 182.00 257.00 148.00 210.00 355.60 215.90 (14.00") (8.50") 330.20 215.90 (13.00") (8.50") 215.90 279.40 (8.50") (11.00") 431.80 279.40 (17.00") (11.00") 139.70 215.90 (5.50") (8.50") 184.15 266.70 (7.25") (10.50") 203.20 266.70 (8.00") (10.50") 330.00 210.00 A4: 210.00 A4: 297.00 LT: 215.90 LT: 279.40 A4: 210.00 A4: 297.00 LT: 215.90 LT: 279.40 98.43 190.5 (3 7/8) (7 1/2) 104.78 241.30 (4 1/8) (9 1/2) 110.00 220.00 250.00 176.00 114.00 162.00 MP tray Standard universal cassette unit Optional paper cassette unit Duplex printing Paper orientation SEF SEF LEF LEF LEF SEF SEF LEF SEF ----------------------------------------------------------LEF LEF LEF SEF LEF LEF LEF LEF LEF SEF LEF ----------Face-up output
Note "*1": The supported paper sizes differ depending on the destination. "*2": For the orientation of envelopes, refer to Envelope orientation (p.28). Note : SEF (Short Edge Feed): The short edge of the paper is fed into the printer.
---
LEF (Long Edge Feed) : The long edge of the paper is fed into the printer. --- = Not supported
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic Specifications
27
Revision A
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT Stand-alone dimensions and weight Table 1-9. List of dimensions and weight (Unit: mm, kg)
Width Main unit 500-sheet paper cassette unit 1500-sheet paper cassette unit 678.0 565.0 565.0 Depth 631.0 591.0 591.0 Height 473.0 121.0 363.0 Weight 55.0 *1 12.0 31.0
Note 1: Place in the MP tray print side down with the flap open. 2: Only envelopes without adhesive or tape can be used.
Note "*1": Not including the Toner Cartridge, Photoconductor unit, and Waste toner collector packaged with the main unit. Note : Does not include projecting items. Tolerance: Dimensions = 1% mm, Weight = 1% kg (however, 10kg or less is uniformly 0.1kg)
PAPER OUTPUT This product has a face-down output tray as standard, and a face-up unit as an option. The specifications are defined below. Face-down (standard) Output location : Top of the printer Output tray capacity : 500 sheets (standard paper) Paper size : All paper sizes that can be handled by the printer Paper type : All paper types that can be handled by the printer (60 to 216gsm) Face-up (when the optional face-up unit is installed) Output location : Left side of the printer Output tray capacity : 150 sheets (standard paper) Paper size : All paper sizes that can be handled by the printer, excluding paper sizes with vertical length of less than 135mm Paper type : All paper types that can be handled by the printer (60 to 216gsm) NOTE: Face-down and face-up can both accept paper longer than 457.2mm, however the results are not guaranteed.
678mm
631mm
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic Specifications
473mm
28
Revision A
POWER SUPPLY Power supply operating voltage/frequency Table 1-12. Power supply operating voltage/frequency
115/120 V series power supply 200 V series power supply Voltage Voltage 100 - 127V 10% (90V to 140V) 220 - 240V 10% (198V to 264V) Frequency 50 3Hz / 60 3Hz Frequency 50 3Hz / 60 3Hz
829.5 *2 90.55 *1
Note "*1": Not including the Toner Cartridge, Photoconductor unit, and Waste toner collector packaged with the main unit. "*2": Includes the height of the casters of the 500-sheet x 3-feeders cassette. Note : Does not include projecting items. Tolerance: Dimensions = 1% mm, Weight = 1% kg (however, 10kg or less is uniformly 0.1kg)
Power supply to the printer controller 3.3V 5% / 9.5A, 5V 5% / 1.5A or less POWER CONSUMPTION
SUPPLIES AND PERIODIC REPLACEMENT UNITS Table 1-13. List of power consumption Table 1-11. List of supplies and periodic replacement units
Classification Replacement unit Toner Cartridge (Black, Cyan, Yellow, Magenta) Photoconductor unit Fuser unit BTR UNIT ASSY (Transfer unit) Periodic replacement units IDT UNIT (Intermediate transfer unit) DEVE UNIT (Development unit) (Black, Cyan, Yellow, Magenta) Power consumption Waste toner collector Maximum rated current Maximum Continuous printing average Average during standby mode (heater on) Average during sleep mode (heater off) Power source off 120V series Main unit only 12A or less 1095W 364W 80W With options installed 12A or less 1100W 387W 82W 200V series Main unit only 5A or less 1064W 383W 84W With options installed 5A or less 1092W 403W 85W
Supplies
12W or less 0W
12W or less 0W
11W or less 0W
11W or less 0W
NOTE: For details, refer to Section 1.10 Supplies/Periodic Replacement Units (p.41).
CONSUMPTION CURRENT 500-sheet paper cassette unit : 11.7WDC or less (24V: 0.94A, 5V: 0.09A) 1500-sheet paper cassette unit: 17.6WDC or less (24V: 1.09A, 5V: 0.09A) Duplex unit Face-up unit : 11.77WDC or less (24V: 1.2A, 5V: 0.13A) : 1.65WDC or less (24V: 0.85A)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic Specifications
29
Revision A
PRODUCT LIFETIME Main unit product lifetime: 600,000 pages or 5 years, whichever comes first. NOTE 1: If periodical replacement units are replaced. 2: Printing conditions are A4 (LEF) or LETTER (LEF). The product lifetime of the following options is the same as the main unit product lifetime shown above. 500-sheet paper cassette unit 1500-sheet paper cassette unit Duplex unit Face-up tray Long paper guide ACOUSTICS Table 1-14. Sound pressure
Printing mode Main unit With full options installed (Reference) 51dB (A) 55dB (A) Standby mode 25dB (A) --Background noise Sleep mode
EXHAUST GAS Ozone : 0.02mg/m3 or less Styrene : 0.07mg/m3 or less Dust : 0.075mg/m3 or less TVOC : 0.50mg/m3 or less
Note : Measured in the standard state. Fed from the universal cassette and output to face-down. The paper used is FX-P paper.
Note 1: The measuring method and calculation method conforms to ISO-7779 and ISO9296. 2: 3 units were measured.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic Specifications
30
Revision A
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Adjustment Mechanisms
31
Revision A
1.4.2 Paper that may Cause Printing Defects, Paper Jams or Printer Malfunctions
Copy paper (carbon paper, non-carbon paper), thermal paper, impact paper, acid-based paper Paper that is too thin or too thick Paper that is wet or damp Paper with special coatings or color printer paper with processed surfaces Glossy (too slick on its surface) paper, paper with too smooth/rough surfaces or paper with significantly different roughness on each surface Paper with punch holes or perforations Creased, curled or torn paper Irregularly shaped paper or paper with non-perpendicular corners Labels that peel off easily Paper with glue, staples or paper clips attached to it Inkjet paper for special applications (super-fine, glossy, glossy film, etc.) Paper previously used in a thermal or ink jet printer Paper already printed on other color/monochrome laser printers or photocopiers Transparencies for other color laser printers or color photocopiers Iron print coated paper (for both ink jet and laser printers) Adhesive postcards, unofficial postcards, and postcards for ink jet printers Sheets of paper stuck together Paper deteriorated and discolored by the heat of the fuser unit (about 180C or less) When postcards with illustrations are used, the paper feed roller may become dirty due to paper particles, causing difficulty in paper feeding.
lb
: Ream weight = lb / 500 sheets / 17" x 22" (431.8x558.8mm) g/m2 : 1g/m2 = 0.2659763lb Before purchasing a large amount of paper, try feeding the paper first.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Paper Specifications
32
Revision A
Labels
Envelopes
Standard
Standard universal cassette MP tray Duplex unit 500-sheet x 1-feeder cassette 500-sheet x 3feeders cassette
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
Option
Note : : Paper feed and image quality is guaranteed. : Paper feed and printing possible. However, this applies only to general types of paper. Image quality is not guaranteed. X : Feed is not possible.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Paper Specifications
33
Revision A
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Paper Specifications
34
Revision A
PRINTING START POSITION ACCURACY Table 1-20. Printing start position accuracy
Simplex printing A4/A3 MP tray 3.0mm 2.2mm Standard universal cassette 2.0mm 1.5mm Duplex printing
Main scanning direction reference point (c) Sub-scanning direction reference point (a)
2.4mm 1.9mm
Feed direction
Note : The running performance of the optional 500-sheet paper cassette unit and 1500-sheet paper cassette unit is the same as that shown above, however the paper weight that can be handled is limited to 63 to 175 gsm.
Printable area
Running performance (MP tray) Table 1-19. Running performance (MP tray)
Standard paper Simplex jam rate (pv) Multiple-sheet feed rate (pv) Duplex jam rate (pv) 1/3,000 1/1,500 1/1,800 Ordinary paper 1/2,000 1/1,000 1/1,200 --Special paper 1/100 1/50
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
35
Revision A
1.5.2 Durability
PRINT VOLUME (PAGES/MONTH) Average : 5,000 pages/month
1.5.3 Serviceability
MEAN TIME TO REPAIR MTTR : Average within 30 minutes Time for examining malfunction is not included. (Time for service personnel to locate and correct the malfunction)
HEIGHT OF CURL OF OUTPUT PAPER Table 1-22. Height of curl of output paper
Paper type Standard paper, normal paper Transparency Note 1: The same for simplex and duplex printing 2: Measurement conditions Image occupation rate 5% misaligned monochrome printing, or color printing with 5% of each color (total 20%) Print 10 sheets of 1p/J intermittent printing, then measure after an interval of 1 minute Differs in accordance with the image occupation rate/array pattern printing conditions. Curl height 15mm TBD
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
36
Revision A
200mm
631mm
NOTE: 101.33kPa at 0m LEVELNESS 5mm front and rear of the desktop (depth of the printer), 10mm left and right (width of the printer) ILLUMINATION 3,000 lx or less (do not expose to direct sunlight)
50mm
300 mm
678mm 100mm
400mm
1128mm
300mm
Figure 1-4. Space Requirements NOTE: Ensure 300mm or more above the main unit for resolving jams.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
37
Revision A
1.7 Storage and Transport of the Main Unit (Packaged) and Optional Products
1.7.1 Temperature and Humidity Conditions
Condition Normal conditions Harsh conditions High Low Temperature (C) 0 to 35 35 to 40 -20 to 0 Humidity*1 (%RH) 15 to 80 80 to 95 5 to 15 Guarantee period 12 months after manufacture Maximum of 48 hours
1.7.3 Dropping
No damage when dropped on 1 corner, 3 edges, and 6 sides when packed. Table 1-23. EQS (AE05-001-001)
Dropping height <Reference> (cm) Package weight (kg) Standard Option Main unit 500-sheet paper cassette unit 1500-sheet paper cassette unit 42* 62 52 72.4 15.3 36.9
Note : A drop of 52cm on one edge, when the packing specifications meet all the following conditions (1) Packaged with a pallet (2) The 4 edges meeting the bottom are each placed on a platform with a height of 15cm, and it does not fall sideways when raised 37cm
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Storage and Transport of the Main Unit (Packaged) and Optional Products
38
Revision A
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Electrical Characteristics
39
Revision A
220V/240V series
1.9.6 Other
Toner OPC Ozone generation Materials : No impact on human health (conforms to OSHA, TSCA, EINECS) : No impact on human health (conforms to OSHA) : Conforms to UL478 Issue 5 : No relevant domestic standards
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
40
Revision A
Table 1-28. Consumables (replaced by the user)
Name Photoconductor unit (Waste toner collector included in package) Waste toner collector External Lifetime*1 dimensions*4 (pages) (mm) Mass*3 Initial content (g)
The numbers of lifetime print pages of the consumables and periodic replacement parts are guidelines. The number of printable sheets changes depending on how printing is done. The number of printable sheets decreases according to intermittent printing (where the number of printed sheets per printing is as small as one to several sheets), paper size, paper orientation, thick paper printing, printed documents, frequent power on/off, etc. Hence, the number of printable sheets may decrease to less than half depending on the operating conditions and operating environment of the user.
30,000
---
24,000*2
---
1.10.1 Specifications
Table 1-28. Consumables (replaced by the user)
Name External Lifetime*1 dimensions*4 (pages) (mm) 7,500 15,000 68.8 409 70 (W) (D) (H) Mass*3 39930g 57430g Initial content (g) Toner Developer Toner Developer Y toner Y developer M toner M developer C toner C developer Y toner Y developer M toner M developer C toner C developer : 131 : 31 : 241 : 57 : 110 : 26 : 126 : 30 : 113 : 27 : 201 : 48 : 226 : 53 : 205 : 48
Note "*1": Average number of printed pages using A4 continuous printing at 5% image occupation rate. Evaluated by printing 100 sheets repeatedly. "*2": Monochrome: Color = 4:6, average number of printed pages printed at 5% (A4) image occupation rate. Lifetime also varies according to the number of times the power supply is turned on/off, and the printing method. "*3": Mass indicates the mass when unpacked completely. "*4": The tolerance of all external dimensions is 3mm.
6,000 Toner Cartridge (Cyan, magenta, yellow) 12,000 68.8 (W) 394.1 (D) 70 (H)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
41
Revision A
Note 1: No condensation allowed 2: Storage time after opening is 12 months in the environment of use.
Storage altitude 0 to 3,100m. However, for transportation by air freight, 0 to 15,000m is possible. The cargo compartment must be pressurized to 70.9275kPa or more. Package dropping Direction of drop : 1 corner, 6 sides, 3 edges Dropping height : No damage with the conditions below Table 1-30. Package dropping
Package name Toner Cartridge (K) Toner Cartridge (Y) Toner Cartridge (M) Toner Cartridge (C) Photoconductor unit Waste toner collector (7,500 pages) (15,000 pages) (6,000 pages) (12,000 pages) (6,000 pages) (12,000 pages) (6,000 pages) (12,000 pages) Dropping height 82cm 82cm 82cm 82cm 82cm 82cm 82cm 82cm 82cm 82cm Reference (package weight) 52030g 69869g 47347g 59659g 48048g 60560g 48048g 60560g 3.72kg0.1 0.94kg0.1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
42
Revision A
No. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Name Power switch MP tray Right cover Left cover (B Cover) B Cover lock release lever Face-up tray attachment point Duplex unit attachment point
3. Front cover (A Cover)
No. 15 16 17
Name Duplex unit connector insertion point Power connector Additional cassette unit connector (on main unit)
No. 22 23 24
Name Copy station connector Additional cassette unit (3-feeders type) Face-up tray
18 Network interface connector 19 Option interface slot 20 Parallel interface connector 21 USB interface connector
4. EPSON logo
9. MP tray
8. Power switch
2. Control panel
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
43
Revision A
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
44
Revision A
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
45
Revision A
Table 1-32. Limiting Factors and Consumed Times
Timing During printing Factor Consumed Time (sec)
Procon starts forcibly in the following cases. At the end of jobs exceeding 40 p (A4, LEF) 36 or 51 100 pages continuous printing Temperature difference of 3C Before printing starts Continuous printing Cleaning executed at Job start After printing of 100 pages ends in continuous printing of 100 or more pages Cleaning is executed with printing forcibly stopped per specified number of sheets in the following items. Environmental temperature and humidity* Run Length history Image Duty * Every 36 pages or 52 pages in a normal temperature environment is standard. 1.3 5
Refer to 2.5.7 Process Control (p.120) for the process control. Refer to 2.5.6.3 Principle of Cleaning (p.118) for the cleaning sequence.
TIMES CONSUMED BY PROCESS CONTROL AND CLEANING SEQUENCE Table 1-32. Limiting Factors and Consumed Times
Timing When the power is turned on, when returning from power saving mode. (Power On Procon) After a jam Engine startup Process control Cleaning Cleaning twice Engine startup Process control Cleaning When the interlock is on. Interlock ON after jam Cleaning Cleaning twice Factor (2sec) (20.5sec) (7.5sec) (15sec x 2) (2sec) (20.5sec) (7.5sec) (7.5sec) (15sec x 2) 7.5 30 Other 60 When the power is turned on in a high temperature high humidity environment 30 Consumed Time (sec) After printing Immediately before switching to power-saving mode Cleaning is executed from the panel (executed for irregular contamination)
15
Cleaning after Job end Cleaning before switching to sleep mode Invocation cleaning* * If a print command arrives during cleaning, printing is possible after cleaning finishes (15 s). When the power is turned on with temperature and humidity higher than the regulation value, cleaning starts automatically (implemented with procon). Individual sequence for discharging toner with degraded characteristics
15 120
120
158
216
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Engine Restrictions/Limitations
46
Revision A
REDUCED PRODUCTIVITY WITH SMALL SIZE PAPER (REDUCED PPM) When printing with small size paper (148mm or less in main scanning direction), the temperature at the ends of the heat roller increases and due to measures to prevent the thermostat cutting out, productivity is reduced. Table 1-33. Number of Printed Small Size Sheets and Print Speed
Paper size Paper less than 105 g/m2 paper Paper more than 106 g/m2 paper Number of Printed Sheets Up 1 to 10 sheets continuous After 11th sheet Up 1 to 10 sheets continuous After 11th sheet Print Speed (ppm) 12 6 6 3
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Engine Restrictions/Limitations
47
Revision A
Interface Standard Parallel : 1ch (IEEE1284 compliant bi-directional B-type connector, Compatibility, Nibble, ECP) USB : 1ch (2.0 HS D4 support) 10Base-T/100Base-TX : 1ch Option Type-B (level 3 support) : 1 slot Copy Station : 1 slot HDD Printer setting : 1 (option, support for large-capacity type (40GB, etc.)) : Using panel settings, EJL, PJL, HTTP, SNMP, ENPC Memory element - EEPROM serial type 32 KB : ESC/Page-Color, PCL5e (monochrome), GLLike (monochrome), FX (monochrome), ESCP2 (monochrome), I239X (monochrome), ESC/Page (monochrome) : Adobe PostScript 3 PCL5C : EJL, PJL modes, RCC mode (firmware update), DIAG mode (engine calibration), EpsonNetConfig (Web)
Standard Expanded
C A U T IO N
When the RAM is added, the standard RAM (128MB) DIMM may have to be replaced depending on the increased amount of memory. Example: When the RAM is increased to 1024MB, two 512MB DIMMs are used and the standard RAM DIMM becomes unnecessary. : 32-bit wide (3.3V specification) : 8MB (DIMM) : Included in program : 2 slots (ROM DIMM, 3.3V specification, installation/removal when power is turned off only) : Adobe PostScript 3 ROM module HP-PCL5 ROM module : LCD 20 digits, 1 line; 3 LEDs; 6 switches
Option Other
A, B slots Panel
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Controller Specifications
48
Revision A
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Controller Specifications
49
Revision A
PARALLEL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS The Device ID for this printer is as shown below.
CMD:PJL,EJL,PCL,ESCPAGE-04,ESCPAGECOLOR-01,POSTSCRIPT*1,PCL5C*2
Note "*1": Only when the Adobe PostScript3 ROM module is installed. "*2": Only when the P5C Emulation ROM module is installed.
USB INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS The printer supports USB 2.0 HS, and has an 18-digit serial ID for USB. The ID is printed at the bottom of the Status Sheet. The 18 digits have the following meaning. 1, 2 3 14 : Model specific number (this printer is 28) : Identifier indicating page printer (P) : Year of assembly (lower line)
If the interface board for Copy Station is installed, a Copy Station interface is also available. (TBD) The location of the each interface is shown below.
Ethernet interface Green LED On : Link Blinking : Receiving Orange LED On : 100BaseTX Off : 10BaseT Option interface Parallel interface (IEEE1284 B-type) USB interface Copy Station interface (TBD)
4 to 13 : Serial number of the unit 15, 16 : Month of assembly 17, 18 : Day of assembly When the printer is connected to the PC by the USB port, the interface does not support D4. However D4 support is available if the EPSON external LAN option is connected. The Device ID CMD differs from the parallel interface with D4L3 being added.
CMD:PJL,EJL,PCL,ESCPAGE-04,ESCPAGECOLOR-01,POSTSCRIPT*1,PCL5C*2,D4L3*3
Note "*1": Only when the Adobe PostScript3 ROM module is installed.
"*2": Only when the P5C Emulation ROM module is installed. "*3": USB port only
C A U T IO N
When the controller has been replaced, the USB serial number must be written. In that case, the ID may become different from the original USB serial number. Therefore, the user PC recognizes the repaired printer as another printer and requests the USB port driver to be installed. For how to write USB ID, refer to 5.2.3 Writing USB ID (p.467).
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Controller Specifications
50
Revision A
ETHERNET INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS Printing protocol TCP/IP LPR, FTP, IPP, PORT2501, PORT9100 Microsoft Network Net BIOS over TCP/IP, Net BIOS over NetBEUI NetWare Operation mode Standby (factory default), NDS Print Server, Bindery Print Server, Remote Printer AppleTalk Management protocols TCP/IP SNMP, ENPC, HTTP, TELNET, DHCP, BOOTP, APIPA, PING, DDNS, mDNS*1, SNTP, SSDP, ENPC
Note"*1":mDNS is used with Rendezvous
OPTION INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS The printer is provided with one Type-B optional interface slot as standard. Main System Type : MTP600dpi, PW5100dt600dpi, PRG(*****)rev, AP800ma, SPD0fast, D4
Note: ***** indicates the ROM version.
: The factory default setting is the same as Product Name. : AcuLaser C9100
MS Network (NetBEUI) SNMP, ENPC NetWare SNMP, ENPC AppleTalk SNMP, ENPC Entity Type: Refer to Option interface specifications (p.51).
Note "*1": Only when the Adobe PostScript3 ROM module is installed. "*2": Only when the P5C Emulation ROM module is installed.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Controller Specifications
51
Revision A
Function
1 line x 20 characters (5 x 7 dot matrix) On : Printer is ready to print. Off : Printer is not ready to print. On : Printer contains data that has not been processed yet. Off : Printer has finished processing all print data. Flashing : Printer is currently processing data. Flashing 1 : An error has occurred which permits continuing to print by pressing the Start/Stop button. On : An error has occurred which does not permit the printer to recover without its clearing by the user. Flashing 2 : An error has occurred which requires the user to clear the error and press the Start/Stop button. LCD (20 characters)
Error LED
(3) button
1. Pressing normally: Into On Line (ready to print) status 2. Pressing for 2 seconds or longer: Ejects paper forcibly 1. Pressing normally: 1. Pressing normally: Deletes printing data Deletes printing data 2. Pressing for 2 seconds or longer: 2. Pressing for 2 seconds or longer: Deletes all printing data Deletes all printing data Enters the printer information menu in the panel setting mode Enters the printer information menu in the panel setting mode Enters the printer information menu in the panel setting mode
Enters the printer information (3) menu in the panel setting mode Enters the printer information menu in the panel setting mode Enters the printer information menu in the panel setting mode
(1)
(2)
(4)
1. Recoverable error: Clears error Returns to normal mode (the same state as before entering panel setting mode) 2. Non-recoverable error: Displays "Unable Clear Error" 1. Pressing normally: Deletes printing data Invalid 2. Pressing for 2 seconds or longer: Deletes all printing data 1. When panel setting mode menu is displayed: Displays setting item 2. When setting item for non-execution is displayed: Displays setting value Invalid 3. When setting item for execution is displayed: Executes printing or processing 4. When setting value is displayed: Registers the setting value 1. When panel setting mode menu is displayed: Returns to normal mode Invalid 2. When setting item or setting value is displayed: Displays the previous higher rank in hierarchy 1. When panel setting mode menu is displayed: Displays the previous panel setting mode menu Invalid 2. When setting item is displayed: Displays previous setting item 3. When setting value is displayed: Displays previous setting value 1. When panel setting mode menu is displayed: Displays the next panel setting mode menu Invalid 2. When setting item is displayed: Displays next setting item 3. When setting value is displayed: Displays next setting value
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
52
Revision A
Note "*1": "*2": "*3": "*4": "*5": Displayed only when the job is registered in Quick Print Job. Displayed only when a form overlay exists. Displayed only when Network I/F = On. Displayed only when a Type-B host interface supporting Level 3 is installed, and the printer starts with AUX I/F = On. Displayed only when a USB external device with D4 support is connected, and USB Menu - USB I/F = On. Displayed only when the PS3 module is installed. Not displayed on the panel. Can be set with EJL. This item is for display only and cannot be modified.
STATUS MENU Displayed when a warning occurs. It appears for all warnings that have occurred when SelecType is activated.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
53
Revision A
Note "*1": Displayed only when the Adobe PostScript3 ROM module is installed. "*2": Displayed only when Type-B host interface is installed. "*3": Displayed only when the P5C Emulation ROM module is installed.
Note "*1": LT is the default value of the Letter specification controller, and A4 is the default value of the A4 specification controller. "*2": This item is for display only and cannot be modified. "*3": Displayed only when the optional 1,500-sheet paper cassette unit is installed. Only paper size is displayed. "*4": Displayed only when the optional 500-sheet paper cassette unit is installed. Only paper size is displayed. "*5": B5 and A5 in LC1 can be detected by only B5 specification mechanical controller (default). "*6": EXE and HLT in LC1 can be detected by only EXE specification mechanical controller (special).
Note "*1": LT is the default value of the Letter specification controller. A4 is the default value of the A4 specification controller. "*2": For CTM (user defined) size (width x height) min: 90 x 98mm, max: 304.8 x 1,200mm.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
54
Revision A
Note "*1": Displayed and selectable only when the optional 1,500-sheet paper cassette unit is installed.
"*2": Displayed and selectable only when the optional 500-sheet paper cassette unit is installed. "*3": Displayed only when the face-up unit is installed. "*4": Not displayed on the panel. Can be set with EJL and PJL. Not saved in NVRAM. "*5": Displayed only when the duplex unit is installed. Duplex paper sizes are A4, A3, A5, B4, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, B, EXE, F4 only, and other sizes use simplex printing. "*6": Valid in the PCL5e and ESC/Page, ESC/P2, FX, and I239X modes. "*7": Not displayed. Not printed on the Status Sheet. Can be set with EJL and EpsonNet WebAssist etc.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
55
Revision A
Note "*1": This menu is not displayed when none of Verify Job, Re-print Job, or Stored Job is registered. "*2": This item is displayed in the User display when Value (User name) is selected and the [Enter] button is pressed. "*3": This item is displayed, selectable, and executable in Job when Value (Job name) is selected and the [Enter] button is pressed. Exits the SelecType mode after execution. "*4": Job is displayed again after Delete is executed. User is displayed when no jobs are registered. Exits SelecType when there are no users.
Note "*1": This menu is not displayed when no Confidential Job is registered. "*2": This item is displayed in User when Value (User name) is selected and the [Enter] button is pressed. Passwords are entered using the 1 [Back], 2 [Up], 3 [Enter], and 4 [Down] buttons. "*3": After the password is entered in the Enter Password display, if it matches a job, this item is displayed. "*4": This item is displayed, selectable, and executable in Job when Value (Job name) is selected and the [Enter] button is pressed. Exits the SelecType mode after execution. "*5": Job is displayed again after Delete is executed. User is displayed when no jobs are registered. Exits SelecType when there are no users.
Note "*1": After this item is changed, the setting value takes effect after a warm boot or after the power is turned on again. While it is reflected in the Status Sheet and EJL read-back, the actual change takes effect after a warm boot or after the power is turned on again.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
56
Revision A
Note "*1": After this item is changed, the setting value takes effect after a warm boot or after the power is turned on again. While it is reflected in the Status Sheet and EJL read-back, the actual change takes effect after a warm boot or after the power is turned on again. "*2": Displayed only when a USB external device with D4 support is connected. Changed to USB Config = No automatically when exiting the panel settings. "*3": Displayed only when a USB external device with D4 support is connected, and USB Config = Yes. Content of the display depends on the USB external device settings. "*4": Displayed only when Get IPAddress = Auto. Cannot be changed. "*5": When Get IPAddress is changed from Panel or PING to Auto, the panel setting values are saved. Then when Auto is changed to Panel or PING, the saved setting values are displayed. 192.168.192.168 if the settings are not made from the panel.
Note "*1": After this item is changed, the setting value takes effect after a warm boot or after the power is turned on again. While it is reflected in the Status Sheet and EJL read-back, the actual change takes effect after a warm boot or after the power is turned on again. "*2": Displayed and selectable only when Network Config = Yes "*3": The actual valid value is displayed (but cannot be changed) when Get IPAddress = Auto. When Get IPAddress = Auto is changed to Panel or PING, the former value set for Panel or PING is displayed. When Get IPAddress = Auto, IP Address is not shown on the Status Sheet.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
57
Revision A
Note "*1": Not displayed on the panel and the Status Sheet. Can be set with EJL.
Note "*1": After this item is changed, the setting value takes effect after a warm boot or after the power is turned on again. While it is reflected in the Status Sheet and EJL read-back, the actual change takes effect after a warm boot or after the power is turned on again. "*2": Displayed only when a Type-B host interface is installed. "*3": Displayed and selectable or executable when a Type-B host interface supporting Level 3 is installed. When the printer is ready to print, AUX Config returns automatically to No. "*4": Displayed and selectable or executable when AUX Config = Yes is selected. The setting is enabled when the printer is ready to print and the network card is restarted. For this reason, once the setting value is changed, executing AUX Status Sheet on the Test Print menu before the panel setting mode is exited results in the setting value before the change being used for printing. Not printed on Printer Status Sheet "*5": The actual valid value is displayed (but cannot be changed) when Get IPAddress = Auto. When Get IPAddress = Auto is changed to Panel or PING, the former value set for Panel or PING is displayed. "*6": Displayed and can be set when Type-B supporting Rendezvous is installed.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
58
Revision A
"*2": Displayed only when an optional font is installed in the ROM socket. "*3": One of them is displayed, depending on the type of font selected. Fixed pitch font is Pitch and proportional font is Height. For bitmap fonts, neither is displayed. Both Pitch and Height may be displayed. (when Font Source or Font Number is changed when PCL5 is not started internally) "*4": 60 when A4/LT configuration is LT, and 64 when it is A4. "*5": When the Value of SymSet is changed and when the font specified by Font Number does not have its Symbol Set, this results in Font Source = Resident and Font Number = 0. Therefore, to print using this Symbol Set, the Value of Font Source and Font Number must be set to the font supporting this Symbol Set.
5 to 60*4 to 64*4 to 128 Lines 0 to 277 to 3199 0 to 277 to 3199 CR, CR+LF LF, CR+LF 4, 4K, 5S
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
59
Revision A
USA, France, Germany, UK, Denmark, Sweden, Italy, Spain1, Japan, Norway, Denmark2, Spain2, LatinAmeric On, Off Off, On Dark, Light, BarCode 0,
Country
USA, France, Germany, UK, Denmark, Sweden, Italy, Spain1, Japan, Norway, Denmark2, Spain2, LatinAmeric, Korea, Legal On, Off Off, On Dark, Light, BarCode 0,
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
60
Revision A
Note "*1": Displayed only when the Support Mode has been activated by a hidden operation when the power is turned on. This menu is not localized. Do not perform operations that result in errors (opening and closing covers etc.) when using this menu. Do not send print data. "*2": If this setting value is changed, the printer reboots after the setting is changed and exits the menu.
Note "*1": Displayed only when the Support Mode has been activated by a hidden operation when the power is turned on. If HDD not installed, Support Menu will not be activated. "*2": Displayed and executable when a HDD is installed. "*3": Displayed and executable when PS3 and a HDD is installed. "*4": The time that the printer shifts to the sleep mode is 45 minutes.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
61
Revision A
MAINTENANCE MENU*1 Before using this function, refer to the instructions given in 1.15.3 Description of Menus and Settings (p.64).
Fuser*7 Transfer*7 Clear Error Log
Table 1-59.
Item Engine Status Sheet Print Log Report Configuration Sheet Color Regist Check*2 YXxx MXxx KXxx CXxx*3 Color Regist Warn ?*4 Reset Fuser Counter*5 Reset IDT Counter*5 Reset BTR Counter*5 Reset C DvlpCounter*5 Reset M DvlpCounter*5 Reset Y DvlpCounter*5 TP*8 Reset K DvlpCounter*5 Sensor Assy M Motor C Motor Disp*8 Disp*8 Y Motor Disp*8 K Motor Disp*8 Power Cleaning*5 C Toner Y Toner Feed Admix*6 Admix*6 M Toner Admix*6 K Toner Admix*6 Control*7 --------------------------0 to 16 step 1 128 to 192 step 1 128 to 192 step 1 128 to 192 step 1 128 to 192 step 1 --1 to 5 step 1 1 to 5 step 1 1 to 5 step 1 1 to 5 step 1 0 to 5 to 12 step 1 Setting value (Underlined value is default)
Note "*1": Displayed only when the Maintenance Mode has been activated by a hidden operation when the power is turned on. Always displayed in English irrespective of the Setup Menu Lang setting. "*2": When the [Enter] button is pressed after the Color Regist Check settings, measurement of the disparity in the sub-scanning direction starts. During measurement, the setting is displayed blinking. After measurement, the printer reboots if adjustment is not necessary. "*3": Displayed if adjustment is necessary after measurement of the disparity in the sub-scanning direction. is the turning direction of the adjusting screw. Xxx is the amount of adjustment. When the [Enter] button is pressed after adjustment (with the physical screw), measurement of the disparity starts and the setting in*2 is displayed blinking. "*4": Displayed if an error related to adjustment occurs during (after) measurement of the disparity in the sub-scanning direction. ? is the code value for error information related to adjustment. When the [Enter] button is pressed, measurement of the disparity starts (initial start), and the setting in*2 is displayed blinking. "*5": Pressing the [Enter] button reboots. The setting values are saved by the engine. "*6": Changing the setting and pressing the [Enter] button reboots when admix finishes. The setting values are not saved. "*7": Changing the setting and pressing the [Enter] button reboots after changing the settings. The setting values are saved. Do not use these functions for on-site services. "*8": Even if changing the setting and pressing the [Enter] button, printer does not reboot. The setting values are saved in the engine.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
62
Revision A
USER SETTING ITEMS OTHER THAN IN THE SETTING MENU The following is a list of user settings not included in the Menu. These items are not cleared with Initialization in the Initialization Menu. Table 1-60.
Item PrinterName Device ID MFG Device ID MDL Device ID DES Device ID CID Setting value 32-byte character string 32-byte character string 32-byte character string 32-byte character string 32-byte character string Default Value AL-C9100* (Undefined) (Undefined) (Undefined) (Undefined) Setting Method EJL, PrinterName command EJL EJL EJL EJL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
63
Revision A
Photocon Displays the life of the Photoconductor unit in 7 levels. (Display only, for read-only). E****** F : 100% Photoconductor life > 83% E***** F : 83% Photoconductor life > 66% E**** F : 66% Photoconductor life > 50% E*** F : 50% Photoconductor life > 33% E** F : 33% Photoconductor life > 16% E* F : 16% Photoconductor life > 0% E F : Photoconductor life = 0% The current rate of use is computed from the end value of Print Volume and IDT motor Cycle time read from the engine, and is displayed based on the level of the lowest item. Reset automatically when a new Photoconductor unit is installed. TRAY MENU MP Tray Size, LC1/LC2/LC3/LC3/LC4 Size Specifies the paper size for the tray. Refer to 1.23 Paper Handling Algorithm (p.84). NOTE: User-defined sizes range from 90.00mm x 98.00 (min) to 304.80mm x 1,200.00mm (max). MP/LC1/LC2/LC3/LC4 Type The paper types for MP Tray and LC1, 2, 3, 4 are set. Refer to 1.23 Paper Handling Algorithm (p.84). Plain SemiThk Letterhead Recycled Color Trnsprncy Labels : Ordinary copy paper used for copiers, etc. : Color Laser Paper (J paper) etc. : Letter paper : Recycled paper : Paper colored all over, e.g. colored bond paper : Transparent sheet for laser printer : Label paper for laser printer or copier
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
64
Revision A
SETUP MENU Paper Source Selects a paper source when Paper Type = Normal, SemiThk. If Paper Type = Thick, ExtraThk, Trnsprnc, or Coated, paper is always fed from the MP tray. Refer to 1.23 Paper Handling Algorithm (p.84). Paper Type Set the print speed, CM, etc. according to the paper type used. Refer to 1.23 Paper Handling Algorithm (p.84). Normal SemiThk Thick Thick N ExtraThk Trnsprnc Coated : Ordinary copy paper used for copiers (P paper), recycled paper etc. : Color Laser Paper (J paper), coated paper etc. : Thick paper (106g/m2 to 169g/m2) : Small size thick paper. Postcards etc. : For particularly thick paper (170g/m2 to 216g/m2) : Transparency : Glossy coated paper
RESET MENU SelecType Init Initializes the setting values of the panel (returns them to the factory defaults). Parallel Menu, AUX Menu, Lang, C, M, Y, K Toner, Photocon, Total Pages, Color Pages, B/W Pages, and LCD Contrast are not initialized. The Calibration Table is not initialized, either. PARALLEL MENU Speed Sets the ACK width. Fast = 1 S (default) Normal = 6 S PRINTER ADJUST MENU Cleaning Cleans the transfer unit (IDT UNIT) of the printer. Perform cleaning when the printed paper is frequently soiled with toner.
COLOR REGIST MENU C, M, Y Adjusts (color registration settings) color registration (the disparity of the colors Y, M, C with regard to K in the main scanning direction). C = L setting (Cyan Left), C setting (Cyan Center), R setting (Cyan Right) M = L setting (Magenta Left), C setting (Magenta Center), R setting (Magenta Right) Y = L setting (Yellow Left), C setting (Yellow Center), R setting (Yellow Right) NOTE: Setting value (x): -750 to 0 (default) to 750 1 step (10 steps by holding the button down) x is the detection chart of the Color Registration Adjustment Sheet. For the adjustment procedure, refer to 5.2.1.2 Adjustment of starting position in main-scanning direction (p.464).
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
65
Revision A
Print Log Report Pressing the [Enter] button starts printing the Print Log Report. If there is data remaining in the printer, paper is output. Always check first in the normal mode (any mode other than the Maintenance Mode) that there are no engine related service calls before entering the Maintenance Mode and pressing [Enter]. The sheet is printed using the current setting values for RITech, toner save, and resolution, while other settings use the factory defaults. After printing the User Default settings are not changed. During printing, the LCD information display flashes. The Print Log Report is always printed in English regardless of the setting of Lang in Setup Menu. NOTE: Refer to 6.4 Sheet for servicing (p.487). Configuration Sheet (Refer to 1.22 Configuration Sheet (p.83).) This sheet is used for production line, but this can be also used as color registration check. Color Regist Check Corrects the sub-scanning direction start position and corrects image skew. Color shift is detected by the sensor and is adjusted with the physical adjusting screw (ROS adjusting screw). The mechanical controller produces the pattern. This must be performed when replacing the IDT or ROS. Refer to 5.2.1.1 Correction of starting position in sub-scanning direction (p.463). NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving. Y Xxx M Xxx K Xxx C Xxx Displayed if adjustment is necessary after measurement of the disparity in the sub-scanning direction. When the [Enter] button is pressed after adjustment (with the physical screw), measurement of the disparity starts (continues). Reboot with the [Back] button or [Start/Stop] button. (The [up] and [down] buttons are ignored.) Refer to 5.2.1.1 Correction of starting position in sub-scanning direction (p.463).
MAINTENANCE MENU This menu is only displayed and selectable in the Maintenance Mode, which is started using a hidden operation when the power is turned on. Basically, these settings are for use by service personnel. During maintenance, print the engine status sheet from the Maintenance Menu to grasp how various consumables and periodic replacement parts are used.
C A U T IO N
This setting menu is used by the service engineer for maintenance. Do not disclose it to the user. The followings are the function for exceptional situation. Do not use these functions for on-site services because printing might not be executed normally. Feed Control Fuser Transfer
Engine Status Sheet Pressing the [Enter] button starts printing the Engine Status Sheet. If there is data remaining in the printer, paper is output. Always check first in the normal mode (any mode other than the Maintenance Mode) that there are no engine related service calls before entering the Maintenance Mode and pressing [Enter]. The sheet is printed using the current setting values for RITech, toner save, and resolution, while other settings use the factory defaults. After printing the User Default settings are not changed. During printing, the LCD information display flashes. The printed Engine Status Sheet indicates the count values of each unit of the engine. NOTE: Refer to 6.4 Sheet for servicing (p.487).
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
66
Revision A
Reset Y DvlpCounter Resets the level counter of Development unit Y. The counter must be reset after Development unit Y is replaced with a new one. NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving. Reset K DvlpCounter Resets the level counter of Development unit K. The counter must be reset after Development unit K is replaced with a new one. NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving. Sensor Assy TP Set the individual temperature correction value (writing of NV value) of SENSOR ASSY TP. When replaced the SENSOR ASSY TP with a new one, be sure to make the setting by the correction value described on the new one. The value displayed on the panel is the current value. NOTE: The writing of the correction value cannot be done during the sleep mode. New setting value will be reflected at the next power-on. C,M,Y,K Motor Disp Set the individual rotational speed correction value (writing of NV value) of the MOTOR DISP for each color. When replaced the MOTOR DISP with a new one, be sure to make the setting by the correction value described on the new one. The value displayed on the panel is the current value. NOTE: The writing of the correction value cannot be done during the sleep mode. New setting value will be reflected at the next power-on.
2: Skew Fine Compensation is NG (3 times over) 02h 3: RC Sample Block Warning B-OUT 03h 4: RC Sample Block Warning B-IN 04h 5: RC Sample Block Warning A2-OUT 05h 6: RC Sample Block Warning A2-IN 06h
Reset Fuser Counter Resets the level counter of the Fuser unit. The counter must be reset after the Fuser unit is replaced with a new one. NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving. Reset IDT Counter Resets the level counter of the Intermediate transfer unit (IDT). The counter must be reset after the Intermediate transfer unit is replaced with a new one. NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving. Reset BTR Counter Resets the level counter of the Transfer unit (BTR). The counter must be reset after the Transfer unit is replaced with a new one. NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving. Reset C DvlpCounter Resets the level counter of Development unit C. The counter must be reset after Development unit C is replaced with a new one. NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving. Reset M DvlpCounter Resets the level counter of Development unit M. The counter must be reset after Development unit M is replaced with a new one. NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
67
Revision A
This function is not executed unless the inside of the printer is judged in the specified high-temperature and highhumidity status by the engine.
C, M, Y, K Toner Admix Forcibly supplies toner. Perform admix to fill the toner supply tubes after replacement and so on. The value defines the number of times for performing admix operation, and a selectable value is 1 to 5. NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving.
C H E C K P O IN T
When the toner supply tubes are replaced, toner is supplied into the tubes by executing Admix four times.
Clear Error Log Clear error log list stored for display on Engine Status Sheet. Performing this operation reboots the printer.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
68
Revision A
UNIQUE FUNCTIONS The following lists items in the specifications specific to this printer. EEPROM initialization Items cleared when the EEPROM is initialized Total Pages Color Pages Each replacement count Total Pages on the Status Sheet Color Pages on the Status Sheet B/W Pages on the Status Sheet Calibration table The following items are stored on the engine side and are not cleared when the EEPROM is initialized The levels of the toner, Photoconductor unit, Waste toner collector, Intermediate transfer unit, Transfer unit, Fuser unit and each Development unit The levels of the Photoconductor unit The levels of the Waste toner collector The levels of the Intermediate transfer unit The levels of the Transfer unit The levels of the Fuser unit The levels of the each Development unit Total Pages (A4) on the Engine Status Sheet RAM Check of all sectors In a normal RAM check (when the power is turned on), to save time only the first 64KB is checked fully, while subsequent sections are only checked in every 128KB block. Use this mode if the former all RAM sector RAM check is necessary.
Do not make these functions (except hex dump, Support mode, and panel setting value initialization) available to users.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Control Panel
69
Revision A
Table 1-62. List of Printer Messages
Display (English) Class Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error (Status) Status Status Warning --Warning Warning Warning Warning Warning Warning Warning Error LED status On On On On Blinking 2 Blinking 1 On Blinking 1 Blinking 1 Blinking 1 Blinking 1 On On On On On On On On On ------------------------Status code 4236*5 4236*5 4239*5 4013 1013 3005 4010 3003 3000 3001 3004 4202 4240 4201 4256 4014 4003 4003 4006 4006 --1005 1005 --1001 2571*6 2571*6 2569 2561 2072 2013 2004
Replace Waste T Box wwww Open*7 sss*9 Turn Paper sss Manual Feed Cant Print Duplex Paper Out sssss tttt Paper Set ssss tttt Print Overrun Mem Overflow Duplex Mem Overflow Invalid HDD Invalid N/W Module Invalid PS3 Invalid P5C Invalid AUX I/F Card Invalid ROM A Invalid ROM B Write Error ROM A Write Error ROM P Reset to Save Writing ROM A Writing ROM P Menus Locked (Panel Setting) Worn IDT Unit Worn uuuu Dev Unit Hard Disk full PS3 Hard Disk full Cant Print Collate Disabled Check Paper Size
Service Req Eggg Formatting HDD Optional RAM Error ROM CHECK RAM CHECK HDD CHECK Self Test Reset All Reset Cancel All Print Cancel Print Job*2 Unable Clear Error Check Duplex P-Size Check Transparency Jam W W W W*1 Wrong Toner uuuu*10
Blinking (All 6001 to LEDs blink 6999 simultaneously) ----------------------Blinking 2 On On On Blinking 2 On On On On ------------1004 1004 1003 1003 --4229 4021 4234*4 4237 4241 to 4255 4235*5 4235*5 4235*5 4237
NonGenuineToner uuuu Install uuuu TnrCart Install Photocondctr Install Waste T Box Wrong Photoconductor
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Printer Status
70
Revision A
"*2": Cancel Print Job and Cancel All Print Job using the operation panel. "*3": Cancel Print Job using the host. "*4": For detailed information on responding to composite errors, refer to the print status area. Refer to Jam wwww (p.73). "*5": For detailed information on responding to composite errors, refer to the print status area. "*6": For detailed information on responding to consumable warning status, refer to the relevant area. The bit allocation is as follows. Bit 0 1 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Warning status Worn Photoconductor Waste T BoxNearfull Worn Fuser Worn Transfer Unit K Toner Low C Toner Low M Toner Low Y Toner Low Worn K Dev Unit Worn C Dev Unit Worn M Dev Unit Worn Y Dev Unit NonGenuine Toner Worn IDT Unit
"*8": Toner remaining is added. Displays the remaining toner, right aligned, in the order of K, C, M, Y in 7 levels. "*9": The appropriate value among those for Paper Size in the panel settings is displayed. "*10":uuuu indicates CMYK and can be displayed simultaneously, but do not occur simultaneously because of the engine characteristics.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Printer Status
71
Revision A
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Printer Status
72
Revision A
Jam E
Jam B, C1
Jam E, C2
Jam E, C3
Jam E, C4
Jam B, D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Printer Status
73
Revision A
Install uuuu TnrCatr NOTE: uuuu = CMYK Explanation The Toner Cartridge for the designated color is not installed. Remedy Open Cover A (front cover) and install the Toner Cartridge indicated. The error is canceled. Install Photocondctr Explanation The Photoconductor unit is not installed. Or it is not installed correctly. Remedy Open Cover A (front cover), install the Photoconductor unit or re-install it, and close the cover. The error is canceled automatically. Install Waste T Box Explanation The Waste toner collector is not installed. Or it is not installed correctly. Remedy Open Cover A (front cover), install the Waste toner collector or re-install it, and close the cover. The error is canceled automatically. Replace Photocondctr Explanation The wrong Photoconductor unit is installed. Remedy Open Cover A (front cover), install the correct Photoconductor unit, and close the cover. The error is canceled automatically. Replace Toner uuuu NOTE: uuuu = CMYK Explanation The engine detects the toner end of a color, and printing stops. Remedy Open Cover A (front cover), replace the Toner Cartridge for which the error is displayed with a new one, and close the cover. The error is canceled automatically.
Outbin Select Error Explanation The selection of outbin was ignored and the paper was output to face down tray, because of the limitation of face up tray. Restrictions: 1. 2. Face up tray was specified with following paper size MON, C10, DL, C6, IB5 Custom paper size that was shorter than 135.0mm (paper feed direction)
Replace Waste T Box Explanation The engine detects that the Waste toner collector is full, and printing stops. Remedy Open Cover A (front cover), replace the Waste toner collector with a new one, and close the cover. The error is canceled automatically. w w w w Open NOTE: w w w w = A, B, D, E Explanation A cover is open. Remedy Close the Cover. The error is canceled. Invalid N/W Module Explanation Although no network program exists, a network program for a different model is written. (The status of each interface before the error occurred is maintained.) Remedy Update the network program for this printer.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Printer Status
74
Revision A
Worn IDT Unit Explanation When the service life of the Intermediate transfer unit (IDT) is near its end (end of service life with continuous printing of about 1,000 sheets of A4 5%), this warning message is displayed. The service life of the Intermediate transfer unit is calculated by the engine. While it can still be used, it is desirable to replace the unit. Worn Transfer Unit Explanation When the service life of the Transfer unit (BTR) is near its end (end of service life with continuous printing of about 1,000 sheets of A4 5%), this warning message is displayed. The service life of the Transfer unit is calculated by the engine. While it can still be used, it is desirable to replace the unit. Worn uuuu Dev Unit Explanation When each Development unit (C, M, Y, K) is near the end of its service life (end of service life with continuous printing of about 1,000 sheets of A4 5%), this warning message is displayed. While it can still be used, it is desirable to replace the unit. Outbin Select Error Explanation Due to the output paper (face up) unit limitations, the selected paper output bin is unavailable and the paper is output to a different paper output unit (face down). Restrictions: 1. When face up paper output is specified and the following regular paper sizes are specified. MON, C10, DL, C5, C6 When irregular paper size is specified and the length of the feed direction is less than 135.0mm.
2.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Printer Status
75
Revision A
CONTROLLER-RELATED SERVICE CALL ERRORS The model specific new service calls are as follows. NOTE: Controller related errors are C or D errors. Table 1-65.
Table 1-64.
Error category e E E E E E E E E E E E E E E Error code fff 050 051 052 053 054 055 056 057 086 142 143 144 115 998 Explanation ROS error Fuser unit error NV-RAM error Development unit error Fuser fan error LV fan error Mechanical controller firmware error PAGEC time-out ADC sensor error Additional Cassette 2 error Additional Cassette 3 error Additional Cassette 4 error Additional Cassette communication error Engine communication error
Error category e C
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Printer Status
76
Revision A
The following methods can be used to clear the errors. Expand the memory. Set the resolution to 300 dpi. Reduce the size of the receive buffer. Set unused interfaces to Off.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
77
Revision A
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Handling Precautions
78
Revision A
INFORMATION ON OPTIONS INSTALLED 1. RAM DIMM 2. Type-B I/F 4. HDD 5. PS3 : Added to Installed Memory and Available Memory. : AUX is added to Installed Interface. : Hard Disk xGB is added to Other Options. If there is a decimal part, up to the first decimal place is indicated. : Adobe PostScript 3 is added to Installed Emulation. The 5 digit version preceding white space is added to Firmware Revision. Order is same as Installed Emulation. : P5C is added to Installed Emulation. The 5 digit version preceding white space is added to Firmware Revision. Order is same as Installed Emulation
6. P5C
INFORMATION AT THE BOTTOM 1. Firmware version in DDYM format beginning with IA. 2. Type of code ROM device. *: Flash, space: Mask 3. Version of CMTD (Color Matching Table Data) with 4 digits beginning with A. @ is only included when the optional ROM version CMTD is installed in the ROM slot. 4. Version of mechanical controller of the engine main unit with 10 numbers beginning with MC. (Refer to 6.4 Sheet for servicing (p.487).) 5. USB ID (28PXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX). 6. The latest connection status of the USB communication mode. H: HS, F: FS, space: No USB connection 7. USB communication mode D: D4 compliant device connected, space: non D4 compliant device 8. Type-B level 3: L3 TYPEB, space: other than L3
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Status Sheet
79
Revision A
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Status Sheet
80
Revision A
It can be output from the Maintenance Menu. Refer to Chapter 6 MAINTENANCE (p.477) for the Engine Status Sheet.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
81
Revision A
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
82
Revision A
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Configuration Sheet
83
Revision A
Plain paper Plain paper Plain paper Plain paper Plain paper Plain paper Plain paper Plain paper OHP Plain paper Plain paper
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
84
Revision A
Table 1-68. CM 1
CM Media Type Tray or cassette 1-4 Type*1 Plain paper, High quality paper, Letterhead, Recycled paper, Colored paper, Labels Transparency Option 1 Option 2 ----CM
Off
MP tray
Note "*1": Refer to the 1.2.2 Printer Basic Specifications (p23) for the printing speed.
Table 1-69. CM 2
CM Media Type Off Option 1 Option 2 CM Plain paper Option 1 Option 2
Note : In cases other than above, the paper source is determined by an algorithm predetermined by the type of paper specified by the paper source and driver (host), and tray or cassette 1-4 type.
Note 1: In cases other than above, automatic duplex is not possible. 2: With automatic duplex printing, Side = Back is ignored if set, and printing is as for Side = Front.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
85
CHAPTER
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Revision A
2.1.1 Overview
This printer is a Full color laser printer that uses the principle of electrophotographic recording. Each YMCK color (yellow, magenta, cyan, black) has its own special drum and developer that are used in tandem, three Intermediate Data Transfer rollers are coordinated (2 IDT 1 rollers, 1 IDT 2 roller), and at the end of the process the layered color toner images produce a full color print.
(1) Charging (1) Charging (1) Charging (1) Charging (2) Exposure (2) Exposure (2) Exposure (2) Exposure
(3) Developing
(3) Developing
(3) Developing
(3) Developing
The major steps of the print process are described below. (1) Charging (2) Exposure (3) Developing (4) Primary transfer : The drum surfaces are charged with electricity. : Image areas are exposed on drums with laser radiation. : Image areas on drums are developed with toner. : The toner image on drums is transferred to transfer rollers (IDT1).
(5) Secondary transfer : The toner images on primary transfer rollers (IDT 1) are transferred to the secondary transfer roller (IDT 2). (6) Cleaning (7) Tertiary transfer : Primary transfer rollers (IDT 1) are cleaned. : The complete four-color toner image on the secondary transfer roller (IDT 2) is transferred to the paper. : Secondary transfer roller (IDT 2) is cleaned. : The electrical charge of the paper is discharged. (10)Fusing (11)Cleaning : Toner on the paper is fixed with heat and pressure. : Residual toner on the drums and transfer rollers is collected.
Paper
BTR
(10) Fusing
GN60101EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Print Process
87
Revision A
All major components of the printing process are consolidated in the IDT UNIT, as shown in the diagram below.
REF : Refresher MAG : Mag.Roll CLN : Cleaner DET : Detoner Roll REF RTC [(1) Charging]
Drum [(3) Developing]
TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) [(3) Developing]
REF
(M)
(K)
Magenta MAG/R [(3) Developing] RTC [(1) Charging] Black MAG/R [(3) Developing]
(C)
REF
CLN1
GN60103EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Print Process
88
Revision A
2.1.3.1 Fusing
At the Fusing process, toner is fixed on paper with heat and pressure. The toner image that is transferred to the paper by IDT 2 can be easily smudged by even a light touch of a finger, so the toner image is fixed to the paper by the FUSER UNIT. With the Heater Lamp as its heat source, the Heat Roll melts the toner, then components inside the Belt opposite the Heat Roll applies pressure to the paper and the toner is fixed in place.
GN60104EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Print Process
89
Revision A
During Printing When transferring toner on the Drum to IDT1, opposite polarity (plus) toner that could not be transferred and returned to the Drum is retained in the Refresher. When transferring toner on the IDT1 to IDT2, straight polarity (minus) toner that could not be transferred is retained in the Cleaner1. Toner that changed to opposite polarity (plus) is absorbed by the Detoner Roll1 and collected in the Waste Toner Box. When transferring toner on the IDT2 to paper, straight polarity (minus) toner that could not be transferred is absorbed by the Detoner Roll2 and collected in the Waste Toner Box. Toner that could not be absorbed by the Detoner Roll2 is retained in the Cleaner2.
CLN2 +
DET2
+
WTB
IDT2
0
+
BTR + REF RTC
IDT1
Drum
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Print Process
90
Revision A
Opposite Polarity Cleaning Collects opposite polarity (plus) toner that is retained in brushes and BTR. Let the voltage of each roll polarize as shown in the following figure to collect toner with straight polarity that is retained in the Refresher. Toner that is retained in the Refresher is, as the process during printing, transferred to IDT1 and then IDT2, and then absorbed by the Detoner Roll2 to be collected in the Waste Toner Box . To Toner that could not be transferred from IDT1 to IDT2 is absorbed by the Detoner Roll1 to be collected in the Waste Toner Box.
REF MAG CLN DET WTB : Refresher : Mag.Roll : Cleaner : Detoner Roll : Wast Toner Box CLN2 DET2 0V 0V
+
WTB
WTB
IDT2
IDT2
BTR +
+
BTR 0V REF RTC
REF RTC 0V MAG Drum 0V CLN1 GN60107EA 0V
IDT1
IDT1
MAG Drum
DET1
0V DET1
0V
WTB
CLN1
GN60106EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Print Process
91
Revision A
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
92
Revision A
DRIVE ASSY MAIN DEVE UNIT Y DEVE UNIT M DEVE UNIT K DEVE UNIT C
GEAR ASSY HR
DEVE UNIT Y
GEAR ASSY HR GEAR UNIT DEVE
DEVE UNIT M
DEVE UNIT C
DEVE UNIT K
GN60321EA
GN60301EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
93
Revision A
2.3.1.2 DRIVE ASSY MAIN Fuser unit/TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY/PH MAIN ASSY/CHUTE ASSY FUT
Fuser unit
GEAR 39Z GEAR 24Z GEAR 21Z/18Z GEAR 28Z GEAR 28ZD CHUTE ASSY FUT TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY GEAR 28Z GEAR 17Z CLUTCH ASSY SPRING CLUTCH REGI Fuser unit LEVER ASSY FUSER GEAR
GEAR 28Z
GN60302EA
GEAR 28Z
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
94
Revision A
CLUTCH ASSY FEED CASSETTE ASSY SHAFT ASSY ROLL ASSY FEED (PL2.10.7)
GEAR IDLE MSI 26 CLUTCH ASSY FEED GEAR MSI IDLE 34 GEAR TURN GEAR PICK UP/GEAR CAM SHAFT ASSY CLUTCH ASSY FEED
GEAR PICK UP / GEAR CAM ROLL ASSY FEED (PL2.2.7) GEAR TURN MSI ROLL ASSY TURN (PL2.2.16)
GN60323EA
GN60303EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
95
Revision A
DRIVE ASSY PR
DRIVE ASSY PR IDT UNIT Photoconductor unit
IDT UNIT
Photoconductor unit
GN60324EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
96
Revision A
TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY GEAR 27Z J GEAR 28Z GEAR 23Z D GEAR 28Z EXIT MOTOR GEAR 17Z
GEAR 23Z D GEAR 24Z ROLLER ASSY EXIT 1(PL2.5.2) GEAR 28Z GEAR 39Z
GEAR 27Z J
LEVER ASSY GEAR GEAR 28Z CLUTCH ASSY SPRING GEAR 28Z GEAR 17Z GEAR 28ZD GEAR 17Z ROLL ASSY EXIT 2 (PL4.2.6)
GN60325EA
GN60311EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
97
Revision A
DUPLEX MOTOR
GEAR 17/35Z
GEAR 14Z
GEAR 17Z
GEAR 17Z GEAR 14Z B GEAR 27Z GEAR 38Z GEAR 14Z GEAR 17Z GEAR 38Z GEAR 14Z GEAR 17/35Z DUPLEX MOTOR
GEAR 38Z
GEAR 17Z
GEAR 38Z GEAR 17Z GEAR 27Z GEAR 17Z GEAR 17Z GEAR 14Z GEAR 14Z B
GN60312EA
GN60326EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
98
Revision A
GEAR 29
GEAR 31
GEAR 29
GEAR 35
ONEWAY GEAR COUPLING
ONEWAY GEAR
GEAR 13
GEAR 35
ONEWAY GEAR
RETARD ROLL GEAR 13/60 TRAY FEEDER GEAR 29
GEAR 33 NUD
SECTOR GEAR
LIFT UP SHAFT
SECTOR GEAR
GN60313EA
GN60327EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
99
Revision A
GEAR 23/46
GEAR 33 GEAR 16
GEAR 16
TRAY 3 FEEDER TRAY ASSY
GEAR 46
GEAR 23/46
GEAR 46
GEAR 33 GEAR 16
GEAR 46
GEAR 33
GN60314EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
100
Revision A
GEAR 13 GEAR 31
GEAR 29 GEAR 29
GEAR 35
ONEWAY GEAR
ONEWAY GEAR
COUPLING
GEAR 35
RETARD ROLL GEAR 13/60 TRAY FEEDER ONEWAY GEAR SECTOR GEAR
GEAR 25T NUDGER ROLL (PL22.2.42) GEAR 33 NUD TRAY ASSY
GEAR 31
COUPLING
GEAR 29
GEAR 13/60
TRAY ASSY
LIFT UP SHAFT
SECTOR GEAR LIFT UP SHAFT (PL22.3.7)
GN60315EA
GN60329EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
101
Revision A
GEAR 16 GEAR 33
GEAR 23/46 GEAR 23/46 GEAR 33 MOTOR ASSY STM GEAR 16 TAKEAWAY ROLL (PL22.4.9) GN60330EA
GN60316EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
102
Revision A
Tray 1
GATE SOLENOID GATE ASSY FUT ROLLER ASSY EXIT 1 ROLL ASSY EXIT 2
Tray 2
MSI
DUPLEX ASSY FUSER UNIT DUPLEX ROLL Exit Roll Heat Roll ROLL DCL RUBBER BTR UNIT ASSY BTR DUPLEX ROLL IDT UNIT IDT2 ROLL REGI RUBBER Registration
DUPLEX ROLL
DUPLEX ROLL
ROLL ASSY FEED MSI ROLL ASSY FEED Tray 1 3TM 1TM
DUPLEX ASSY
GATE ASSY FUT (direction change) For Face Up exit For Face Down exit For duplex printing Face Up Roll ROLLER ASSY EXIT 1
FEED ROLL
TAKEAWAY ROLL
Face Up exit
TAKEAWAY ROLL
GN60401EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Feeding Paper
103
Revision A
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
104
Revision A
REF
RTC Magenta
IDT2
DET1 CLN1
REF
MAG/R
RTC Drum BTR REF IDT1 RTC Drum Cyan MAG/R CLN1 DET1 GN60501EA Black MAG/R
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
105
Revision A
2.5.2 Drum
The followings are explanations about control of charging photoconductor, and control of detecting replacing time and so on.
Figure 2-32. Major Components of Drum Photoconductor unit The unit consists of 4 Drums (Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black), RTC, Refresher and CRUM PWB. HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply) Generates output power to be supplied to each of four (Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black) RTC and Refresher, and for Development bias, IDT1, IDT2, Cleaner1, Cleaner2, Detoner Roll1, Detoner Roll2, BTR and DTS (Detack Saw).
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
106
Revision A
2.5.3 ROS
ROS (Raster Output Scanner) emits LD (Laser Diode) according to the image data and an electrostatic latent image is formed on the Drum surface by Laser Beam Raster Scanning.
C A U T IO N
Since the ROS requires high mechanical precision, do not make any internal adjustments. In case of ROS ASSY failure, replace the whole assembly. After replacing ROS ASSY, make Color Registration adjustments. (Refer to 5.2.1 Color Registration Adjustment(p462))
Figure 2-33. Major Components of ROS ROS ASSY (Raster Output Scanner Assy) This ASSY includes LDD PWB, ROS Motor, SOS PWB (Y,M), SOS PWB (K,C) for each of four colors (Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black).
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
107
Revision A
2.5.4 Development
The followings are explanations about the mechanism of electrostatic latent image development and the mechanism of toner supply from Toner Cartridge to the developing machine.
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
108
Revision A
4. 5. 6.
Control of Development Bias Development Bias outputs AC voltage as soon as minus DC voltage is output to each developer of Yellow, Magenta, Cyan and Black. The setting values of the Development Bias are determined according to detected values by SENSOR HUM TE (Environment sensor). Turning the Development Bias on and off is done for four colors simultaneously.
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
109
Revision A
Trickle Developing This printer adopts a trickle developing system. The trickle developing system supplies toner to Deve Housing together with a small amount of fresh carrier to eject the deteriorated developer in Deve Housing. This keeps replacing the deteriorated developer with new carrier to stabilize the charging performance of the developer, eliminating the developer replacement work. Since Toner Cartridge of this printer consists of toner and a small amount of carrier, the deteriorated developer ejected by normal dispensing operation is collected by toner collection space.
Mag. Roll
MOTOR DISP MOTOR DISP has variation in rotation speed. Corrects the variation by writing numeric value on the sticker attached to the motor into NVM. Table 2-2. NVM address of Correction Value for Rotation Speed
Replacement Parts MOTOR DISP (Y) MOTOR DISP (M) MOTOR DISP (C) MOTOR DISP (K) NVM address 0686 0687 0688 0689
Toner is supplied from here.
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
110
Revision A
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
111
Revision A
Drum (M)
IDT2
DTS BTR
Drum (K)
IDT1 (L)
Paper
Drum (C)
GN60509EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
112
Revision A
(4) (3)
Drum (Y)
Since the surface of IDT is covered by a thin film, if you push it hard, the film may be damaged and become unrecoverable, so handle it with care.
IDT1 (U)
(1) (2)
Principle of Transfer A toner image on the Drum surface is drawn to IDT1 by the static electricity that works between the surface potential of Drum and surface potential of IDT1, the shearing force developed by the surface speed difference between Drum and IDT1, and the potential difference between Drum and IDT1. (1) Primary transfer of Magenta (2) Residual image of Magenta after Primary transfer (3) Primary transferred images of Magenta and Yellow (4) Residual image of Yellow after Primary transfer and Re-transfer of Magenta
Drum (M)
GN60510EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
113
Revision A
IDT1 (U)
(7)
GN60511EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
114
Revision A
Paper Guide
GN60512EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
115
Revision A
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
116
Revision A
Figure 2-43. Collecting Toner-Related Components TONER FULL SENSOR This is a photo sensor that detects full status of the Waste Toner Collector (Cartridge to collect toner). TONER BOTTLE SET SENSOR This sensor detects that Waste Toner Collector is set in the printer.
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
117
Revision A
Power ON Procon CLN Do the Cleaning at power-on, and when recovering from sleep mode. Clean the toner with charge decreased and patch image created by Process Control. Forced CLN at High Temperature and High Humidity This CLN is done together with Power On Procon CLN automatically when the printer detects high temperature and humidity such as at power-on first in the morning.Under high temperature and humidity circumstances, retransfer tend to occur because the charge of developer is low (and depending on how the printer was used on the previous day, toner density may have been increased). Expel toner forcibly to decrease the toner density and prevent re-transfer. Interlock ON CLN This CLN is done when close (open close) the INTERLOCK SWITCH. Clean out remaining toner on IDT and Drum when the printer stops (when open and close the INTERLOCK). Print Control Cleaning during printing operation is done at the time of starting and finishing printing. Depending on number of copies, the cleaning mode is changed. Job Start CLN This CLN is done at the start of print job. Unlike the Straight and Opposite Polarity Cleaning, this CLN takes only a few seconds to control transfer electric current and prepare Drum surface potential. Forced Procon CLN When the print job is more than 100 copies, the job is interrupted every time 100 copies made and the CLN is done together with Process Control.
GN60614JA
Interlock ON CLN
Ready Printable
Forced CLN
Ready Printable
Forced CLN Interrupt print job and execute cleaning every time the specified number of copies made (the number is preset according to the circumstance). Job End CLN This CLN is done every time a job is finished.
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
118
Revision A
IDT2
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
119
Revision A
SENSOR HUM TE
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
120
Revision A
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
121
Revision A
Thermostat
Figure 2-48. Detail Drawing of Fuser Unit Main Heater Rod Heating element to heats whole Heat Roll. Sub Heater Rod Heating element to heats the center part of Heat Roll. Figure 2-47. Components Related to Toner Fusing Fuser Unit Fuser Unit that includes Heat Roll, Heater Rod, Thermostat, Thermistor and FUSER EXIT SENSOR. SENSOR ASSY TP (Thermopile Sensor) ON/OFF of Main Heater Rod and Sub Heater Rod is controlled (MCU PWB) by the non-contact infrared sensor that monitors the surface temperature of the Heat Roll center area (paper passage area). Thermostat When the temperature of Heat Roll rises higher than the constant temperature, shuts down the circuit of Main Heater Rod and Sub Heater Rod. Thermistor Monitors surface temperature of rear side of Heat Roll (surface that does not contact with paper), and controls ON and OFF of Main Heater Rod and Sub Heater Rod (by MCU PWB).
Fuser Unit
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
122
Revision A
Wiper Solenoid
Fuser Belt
Heat Roll
Thermopile Sensor
Figure 2-49. Detail Drawing of Thermopile and Wiper Solenoid Wiper Solenoid is a mechanism to clean filters. Operates two times when detected temperature is lower than the specified temperature. After finishing the cleaning sequence, compares temperature detected by Thermopile Sensor with temperature detected by Thermistor.
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
123
Revision A
GN60519EA
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
124
Revision A
FAN FUSER
V-TRA FAN
Figure 2-52. Paper Feed-Related Components FAN FUSER Discharges hot-air around Fuser to outside the machine. V-TRA FAN Paper that unfixed toner image is transferred by BTR is absorbed to V Transport, and then fed to Fuser stably. FUSER EXIT SENSOR This is a switch to detect that paper went through the Fuser.
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
125
Revision A
Face Up Tray
9
Face Down Tray
31 1 11
FUSER Main Motor Duplex Motor Motor Assy 3TM/STM IDT Each Tray Feed/Liftup Motor <Drive of each Roller>
DRIVE ASSY MAIN Tray2 FEED/LIFT MOTOR Tray3 FEED/LIFT MOTOR Tray4 FEED/LIFT MOTOR MOTOR ASSY 3TM CLUTCH ASSY FEED CLUTCH ASSY FEED CLUTCH REGI GATE SOLENOID MSI SOLENOID ASSY EXIT MOTOR DUPLEX MOTOR Tray1 SWITCH ASSY SIZE Tray2 PAPER SIZE SENSOR Tray3 PAPER SIZE SENSOR Tray4 PAPER SIZE SENSOR Tray1 LEVEL SENSOR 1/2
18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33.
Tray2 LEVEL SENSOR Tray3 LEVEL SENSOR Tray4 LEVEL SENSOR Tray1 NO PAPER SENSOR Tray2 NO PAPER SENSOR Tray3 NO PAPER SENSOR Tray4 NO PAPER SENSOR TAKEAWAY SENSOR Tray3 FEED OUT SENSOR Tray4 FEED OUT SENSOR SENSOR REGI OHP SENSOR POP SENSOR FUSER EXIT SENSOR DUPLEX SENSOR MSI NO PAPER SENSOR
32
DUPLEX
30
BTR
12
8
Registration
28, 29 7
10 33
MSI
6 17 21
Tray 1
13
25 5 2 18 22 26 3 19 23 27 4 20 24
Tray 4 Tray 3 Tray 2
3TM 1TM
14
15
16
GN60601EB
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
126
Revision A
Manual Paper Feed Tray (MSI) Supported Paper Size No auto size detection. Support the minimum size to the maximum size. The minimum size (W90 x L98.4mm) The maximum size (W304.8 x L1200mm) Capacity 180 sheets of standard-size paper, or less than 15 mm (In case of Letter or A4 size) 100 sheets of standard-size paper, or less than 10mm (In case of exceeding A4 size) Paper basic weight 60 to 216g/m2
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
127
Revision A
Tray 2 to 4
Tray 2 LEVEL SENSOR Tray1 LEVEL SENSOR 1 Tray1 LEVEL SENSOR 2 Tray 2 NO PAPER SENSOR Tray 2 FEED/LIFT MOTOR
Figure 2-55. Major Components of Tray2 to 4 Tray2-4 PAPER SIZE SENSOR Detects attachment of Tray and paper size. Detects paper size by a voltage according to combined value of resistance made by ON or OFF status of four Size Switches. Tray2-4 NO PAPER SENSOR Detects paper presence in Tray. Not only when turning the power on and inserting Tray, the sensor monitors paper presence all the time. Tray2-4 LEVEL SENSOR Detects that paper in Tray is lifted up to the position to be fed. Tray2-4 FEED/LIFT MOTOR The motor is a stepping motor, which can rotate normally and reversely. By rotating counterclockwise, and through gear, rotates Shaft to lift up BOTTOM PLATE. And by rotating clockwise, drives NUDGER ROLL and ROLL ASSY FEED.
Figure 2-54. Major Components of Tray1 SWITCH ASSY SIZE Detects attachment of Tray and paper size. Detects paper size depending on ON or OFF status of four Size Switches. Tray1 NO PAPER SENSOR Detects paper presence in Tray. Not only when turning the power on and inserting Tray, the sensor monitors paper presence all the time. Tray1 LEVEL SENSOR 1/2 Detects remaining amount of paper in Tray. Not only when turning the power on and inserting Tray, the sensor monitors paper presence all the time. The following table shows the relationship between the sensor and remaining amount of paper. Table 2-3. Statuses of Remaining amount of Paper and Sensor
Remaining amount of Paper (number of sheets)* 0~125 125~250 250~375 375~500 Note "*": LEVEL SENSOR 1 OFF ON ON OFF LEVEL SENSOR 2 OFF OFF ON ON
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
128
Revision A
Figure 2-56. Major Components of Manual Paper Feed Tray MSI NO PAPER SENSOR Detects paper presence in Manual Paper Feed Tray. Not only at power-on, the sensor monitors paper presence all the time.
At power-on When closing INTER LOCK When inserting Tray During feeding paper TRAY LEVEL SENSOR is always monitored during feeding paper. When TRAY LEVEL SENSOR is detected as OFF, determines the status that cannot feed next paper. Since FEED/LIFT MOTOR is rotating clockwise during feeding paper, it rotates counterclockwise for specified time to do Lift-Up operation after the specified time elapsed from when feeding operation stops.
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
129
Revision A
Additional Tray (Tray2 to 4) Tray2,3,4, comprising four Switches, are designed to output a voltage according to combined value of resistance that changes by each Switchs ON or OFF status. Paper size is detected by the voltage.The following table shows the relationship between the ON or OFF statuses, Output voltage and paper size. Table 2-5. Statuses of Paper Size and Switches (Tray2 to 4)
Paper Size No Tray A3 SEF B4 SEF 8.5" x 11" LEF A4 LEF S4 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON B5 LEF S1 OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF S2 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON S3 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF S4 OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON Voltage (V) 3.04 2.65 1.21 0.40 0.20 2.03
LINK GG
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
130
Revision A
OHP SENSOR
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
131
Revision A
TAKEAWAY ROLL 2
TAKEAWAY ROLL 4
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
132
Revision A
Tray1 ROLL ASSY TURN (MSI) TAKEAWAY ROLL 2 TAKEAWAY SENSOR Tray2 TAKEAWAY ROLL 3 TRAY 3 FEED OUT SENSOR
GN60608EB
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
133
Revision A
After correcting skew, CLUNTCH REGI becomes ON and ROLL REGI RUBBER starts to rotate by driving of DRIVE ASSY MAIN to feed paper. CLUNTCH REGI turns OFF after a specified time from when SENSOR REGI detects the posterior end. Then the paper passes through the Registration and ROLL REGI RUBBER stops.
Figure 2-61. Components related to Paper Feed from Manual Paper Feed Tray
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
134
Revision A
FACE UP ROLL
DUPLEX CLUTCH
GATE SOLENOID
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
135
Revision A
GATEAWAY FUT
GATEAWAY FUT
Fuser
Fuser
GN60611EB
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
136
Revision A
FAN LV
LVPS
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
137
Revision A
Halt
Halt
Halt Halt
Standby
Standby
No print data for 120 min.
Panel Message
Ready
No print data for 45 min.
Low Power
Sleep
Sleep
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
138
Revision A
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
139
Revision A
2.7.3 Drives
2.7.3.1 Part Name and the Functions
DRIVE ASSY (main motor) DRIVE ASSY MAIN is a DC brushless motor that drives Paper Feed Mechanism, Developer and Fuser. DRIVE ASSY (process motor) DRIVE ASSY PR is a DC servo motor that drives BTR, IDT and Drum.
Printing mode Simplex printing Full speed Full speed Full speed Half speed Half speed Half speed Half speed Half speed Half speed Half speed Full speed Full speed Full speed Half speed Half speed Half speed Half speed Half speed Auto duplex Full speed Full speed Full speed -------------------------------
Label Envelope Coated paper 1 Coated paper 2 Postcard Plain paper (reverse side) Recycled paper (reverse side)
DRIVE ASSY PR
Slightly thick paper (reverse side) Thick paper (reverse side) mode Extremely thick paper (reverse side) mode Coated paper 1 (reverse side) mode Coated paper 2 (reverse side) mode Postcard (reverse side) mode
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
140
Revision A
Table 2-9. Motor-driven Parts
Motor No. 9 10 11 12 13 Motor MOTOR DISP (Y) MOTOR DISP (M) MOTOR DISP (C) MOTOR DISP (K) EXIT MOTOR Driven Part Toner Dispense Auger (Y) Toner Dispense Auger (M) Toner Dispense Auger (C) Toner Dispense Auger (K) ROLLER ASSY EXIT1 ROLL ASSY EXIT2 DUPLEX ROLL1 14 DUPLEX MOTOR ROLL DCL RUBBER DUPLEX ROLL2 Driven Part DEVE UNIT Fuser Unit MSI Tray1 ROLL ASSY FEED
ROLL ASSY TURN ROLL REGI RUBBER ROLLER ASSY EXIT1 ROLL ASSY EXIT2 FACE UP ROLL IDT UNIT Photoconductor Unit (Driven from IDT Gear) BTR Polygon Mirror Feed & Lift Up (Tray2) Feed & Lift Up (Tray3) Feed & Lift Up (Tray4) TAKE AWAY ROLL2 TAKE AWAY ROLL3 TAKE AWAY ROLL4 Retract Shaft
DRIVE ASSY PR
3 4 5 6 7 8
ROS Motor Tray2 FEED/LIFT MOTOR Tray3 FEED/LIFT MOTOR Tray4 FEED/LIFT MOTOR MOTOR ASSY 3TM/STM MOTOR ASSY TRACKING
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
141
Revision A
Table 2-10. Sensors
Unit Transfer Unit Detection Detection Method Item New product Level Remarks Match with password/ID code ----Fuser Unit --------Back calculation from life counter Installed or not Structure where projections prevent installing the wrong color ------MP Tray Out of paper Photo Sensor Waste Toner Box p.120 New product Installed or not Level New product Reference p.106 IDT Unit New product Level Reset counter PV value and DRIVE ASSY PR cumulative operating time Reset counter PV value and DRIVE ASSY PR cumulative operating time Reset counter Closed circuit signal from the fuser PV value Photo Sensor ----Remarks Reference p.116
-----
p.116
--Also serves as thermistor open circuit detector --Regarded as a new product until the photosensor comes on, even if it contains waste toner This sensor is different from the new product and near end sensors ---
p.124
ID check Toner Cartridge New product Cartridge installed ID check Amount remaining
p.119
Color
p.127
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
142
Revision A
OPTIONS
Reference p.127 Gives the Paper Size Code. Different from detection of a cassette
Photo Sensor + Physical mechanism Actuator + Photo Sensor Life Counter (PV value)
p.127 Gives the Paper Size Code. Different from detection of a cassette
Remaining paper
Tray lift up operating time + Physical mechanism Actuator + Photo Sensor Energization by connectors Energization by connectors -----
Out of paper Duplex Printing Unit Face Up Tray Installed or not Installed or not
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
143
Revision A
HDD
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
144
Revision A
Table 2-11. List of Controller Outline Specifications
Contents USB 2.0-compliant Built-in FAIO 12MHz (Multiplied by 40) Integrated with MAIN 1 channel 800mA Conform to LP-8100/LP-8700/LP-8700PS3 (LPHD: 40 GB) Support Multiword DMA (Ultra DMA is not supported) Network board SE-NIC-B82 (2085196-00)
Connector Specifications Standard SDRAM capacity Number of SDRAM slots Available SDRAM capacity to be installed (Per DIMM) SDRAM maximum capacity
1GB [How to change the maximum capacity to 1GB] Change the standard slot to 512MB DIMM, and add 512MB DIMM to the extension slot. Dynamic change
Onboard Network
Video
EVCLK PLL output -FMV input PLLMCLK Oscillator output -PLL input PDCLK FMV output -PWM input
Separate board 5.0V/1.5A 3.3V/9.5A 2.5V/3A 1.5V/3A 1.45V/8A 1.25V/1A 5V/0.2A Supplied from engine Supplied from engine Down from 3.3 V Down from 3.3 V Down from 3.3 V Down from 2.5 V Rise from 3.3 V
Power Supply 80.55814 MHz (individual input for each Y, M, C and K is not required) Dynamic change
Control Panel
Specifications C565PNL
SIC63408 Panel No backlight LCD (120dot x 8dot) 6 switches 3 LEDs EPL N7000-compatible IEEE1284-compliant None
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
145
Revision A
CPU (IC101)
80.55814MHz
CPUCLK EVCLK
DDR SODIMM
PDCLK PD CMYK
VIDEO+/- CMYK
IAD [15:0]
PLD E06A54WA
HSYNCX CMYK FAIOCLK VSYNCK CMYK CMD/STS REMOTE, 3.3VDET CN600 2.5V RESET ENGINE I/F
ROM DIMM
CN P CN A CN B
256KByte M95256 CN405, 415 CN401 HVA [3:0], HVD [15:8] 5V bus, HVA [7:0], HVD [15:0] CN402 CN406 CN408 CN408 HVA [0], HVD [15:0] HVA [2:0], HVD [15:0] 5.0V 2.5V 1.5V 1.45V 5.0VP Switching regulater 5.0VP is used for Parallel Up and Panel Backlight. Drop regulator 1.25V FMV, DDR 166.7MHz HD151TS311 14.31818MHz FAIO (IC401)
Panel
CS9000
CN409
CPSD [31:0]
IEEE1284
12MHz
TypeB
USB
Network
IDE
Power Supply
CN500
3.3V
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
146
CHAPTER
TROUBLESHOOTING
Revision A
Preliminary Checks
Start
8. The printer must be located in a well-ventilated place. 9. The printer must be placed on a strong and steady level table (without an inclination larger than 5 degrees).
Chapter 2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Clean the Feed Roller. Also check for other areas where trouble is likely to occur.
10. The paper used must conform to the specification. (The standard paper is recommended.) 11. There is no error in handling of the printer. 12. The Regular Replacement Parts must have been replaced every time their respective specified numbers of sheets had been printed.
Preventative maintenance
Complete
TROUBLESHOOTING
148
Revision A
Never touch any live parts unnecessarily when power is on. The power switch/inlet part of the LVPS is alive even when the power switch is turned OFF. Take care not to touch any live parts.
2. If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed and the interlock and safety switches turned ON, be sure to disconnect the ROS ASSY connector (P/J111), except when its connection is required.
W A R N IN G
If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed and the interlock and safety switches turned ON, there is danger of laser radiation being emitted from the ROS ASSY. Be sure to disconnect the ROS ASSY connector (P/J111), except when its connection is required.
3. If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed and the interlock switches turned ON, use care to avoid possible injury by a high voltage from HVPS.
W A R N IN G
If you perform work with the power ON, covers removed and the interlock switches turned ON, be sure not to touch the HVPS and parts where output a high voltage to avoid possible injury.
J12*
4. When you touch any surface which can become hot, take care not to suffer a burn. 5. Wear a wrist strap to discharge static electricity from the human body, whenever possible.
NOTE *: Unless otherwise specified, measure the voltage with the Plug and Jack connected to each other. 7. When P/J1-2 P/J3-4, for instance, is referred to in any diagnosis item, make measurement by placing the positive (+) probe of your meter on the pin 2 of P/J1 and the negative (-) probe on the pin 4 of P/J3. 8. When P/J1 P/J2, for instance, is referred to in any diagnosis item, make measurement between every pair of terminals of the P/J1 and P/J2 by consulting 7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information (p.513).
TROUBLESHOOTING
149
Revision A
TROUBLESHOOTING
150
Revision A
Power ON
Is an error displayed? No
Yes
Yes
Was the power turned off at the last occurrence of Jam or Error? (*1)
When paper jam occurs 1) To "Error list related to paper jam" 2) To corresponding FIP according to jam occurrence location
No Jam clear Cleaning sequence (30 seconds) DRIVE ASSY MAIN operates Fuser warm-up (Within 45 seconds) Heater glows When Service Req E051 occurs To "FIP-44"
Process Control (*2) & Registration Control sequence (*3) (Min. 21 seconds) DRIVE ASSY MAIN, MOTOR ASSY TRACKING operates
Panel Display: "Calibrating Printer" (Takes 30 to max. 300 seconds depending on the environment.) (*4)
Cleaning sequence (9 seconds) DRIVE ASSY MAIN operates *1 : Including the case where power was switched off during last Job End CLN. *2 : Under the Process control sequence, ADC patch is created and scanned to control the density of toner. No Are cleaning and Fuser warm-up finished? Yes *3 : Under the Registration control sequence, creating and detecting patch images and calculating the correction values are carried out. The patch image creation is made normally 1 time or up to two times. *4 : Process control, registration control and cleaning sequence are carried out with no time restriction. All of the sequences end when the sequence of operations have completely done. GN10004EB
TROUBLESHOOTING
151
Revision A
N
Teach the operator how to operate the printer.
Y Y
N
Is the printer jammed?
N
Is there an image quality problem?
N
Fix the trouble with reference to 3.4 Printer Operation Trouble (p.247).
Fix the trouble with reference to 3.5 Image Quality Trouble (p.248). Ask the operator to verify the condition at the time of jamming, and execute a print job in the same mode.Is the printer jammed again?
N
Print the Engine Status Sheet and check the Error Log. Is there a Jam code printed on the sheet?
N
Recheck the customer trouble condition, and execute preventive maintenance according to 7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information (p.513), disassembly/adjustment, information or like.
Fix the trouble with reference to the FIP. Write the Jam code down. Fix the trouble with reference to the FIP. Have the Controller and MCU been updated?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 1 FIP
152
Revision A
FUSER UNIT POP SENSOR (PL2.5.14) IDT2 BTR ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL2.8.3) ( CLUTCH REGI (PL2.8.5)) SENSOR REGI (PL2.8.13) OHP SENSOR (PL2.8.13) ROLL ASSY FEED Tray 1 (PL2.10.7) FEED ROLL (PL21.3.45 /22.2.45) FEED ROLL (PL21.3.45)
: Left Hand Cover or/and Dup Cover ROLL ASSY FEED (PL2.2.7)
B C D E
: Tray1
MSI
F A
: Left Hand Cover TAKEAWAY SENSOR (PL21.6.9/22.4.4) : Tray Left Hand Cover TRAY3 FEED OUT SENSOR (PL21.3.38)
Tray 2
: Tray2
Tray 3
: Tray3
: Tray4
GN10003JA
Figure 3-3. Location of Failure and the Part caused the Failure
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
153
Revision A
Even after a lapse of specified time from starting to feed paper from Tray2, TAKEAWAY SENSOR of Tray2 does not detect paper. Even after a lapse of specified time from starting to feed paper from Tray3, TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR of Tray3 does not detect paper. Even after a lapse of specified time from starting to feed paper from Tray4, TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR of Tray4 does not detect paper. Even after a lapse of specified time from when the Feed Out Sensor 3 or 4 detected paper, TAKEAWAY SENSOR does not detect paper. Even after a lapse of specified time from starting to feed paper from Tray1, SENSOR REGI does not detect paper. Even after a lapse of specified time from starting to feed paper from Duplex, SENSOR REGI does not detect paper. Even after a lapse of specified time from paper turnover, DUPLEX SENSOR does not detect paper.
Jam E, C3
Jam E, C4
Error
Jam E
Jam B, C1
Jam B, D
O28 (p.242)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
154
Revision A
Even after a lapse of specified time from when REGI Clutch turned ON, paper does not pass through SENSOR REGI (it not turns OFF). Even after a lapse of time from when REGI Clutch turned ON, POP SENSOR does not detect paper. Even after a lapse of time from when POP SENSOR turned ON, Exit Sensor of Fuser unit does not detect paper. After a lapse of specified time from when Exit Sensor of Fuser unit detected a leading edge of paper, paper does not pass through Exit Sensor of Fuser unit. Exit Sensor of Fuser unit turned OFF in a shorter time than the specified time (too early) after Exit Sensor of Fuser unit detected a leading edge of paper. Even after a lapse of specified time from starting to feed paper from MSI, SENSOR REGI does not detect paper. Even after a lapse of specified time from when starting to feed paper from Tray2 to 4, SENSOR REGI does not detect paper.
40 (p.199)
CH7.12 (p.553)
---
Error
---
---
18 (p.183)
CH6.2 (p.536)
CH6.7 (p.541)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
155
Revision A
The length (sub scan direction) of the paper that was fed from the Tray1, was measured by SENSOR REGI and found that the length is different from the specified length. The length (sub scan direction) of the paper that was fed from the Tray2, was measured by SENSOR REGI and found that the length is different from the specified length. The length (sub scan direction) of the paper that was fed from the Tray3, was measured by SENSOR REGI and found that the length is different from the specified length. The length (sub scan direction) of the paper that was fed from the Tray4, was measured by SENSOR REGI and found that the length is different from the specified length. The length (sub scan direction) of the paper that was fed from the MSI, was measured by SENSOR REGI and found that the length is different from the specified length.
14 (p.177) O18 (p.229) O19 (p.231) O20 (p.233) 15 (p.179) 23 (p.189) 23 (p.189) 24 (p.190) 24 (p.190) 26 (p.191) 22 (p.189) 25 (p.190) 25 (p.190) 25 (p.190) 25 (p.190) 27 (p.191) 28 (p.191) 46 (p.208) 29 (p.192) 29 (p.192)
Y Toner Low M Toner Low C Toner Low Warnings K Toner Low Worn Photoconductor Waste T BoxNearfull Worn C Dev Unit Worn M Dev Unit Worn Y Dev Unit Worn K Dev Unit Worn IDT Unit Worn Transfer Unit Worn Fuser Color Regist Warn 6 Color Regist Warn 5
Run short of Yellow Toner. Run short of Magenta Toner. Run short of Cyan Toner. Run short of Black Toner. It is about time to replace the Photoconductor unit because number of copies or cumulative rotation time of PR Motor reached to the specified value. It is about time to replace the Toner Collection Bottle. It is about time to replace the Cyan DEVE UNIT. It is about time to replace the Magenta DEVE UNIT. It is about time to replace the Yellow DEVE UNIT. It is about time to replace the Yellow DEVE UNIT. It is about time to replace the IDT UNIT because number of copies or cumulative rotation time of PR Motor reached to the specified value. It is about time to replace the BTR UNIT ASSY because number of copies or cumulative rotation time of PR Motor reached to the specified value. It is about time to replace the Fuser unit. The specified number of valid sample blocks was not reached when A2 patch was detected. (In side) The specified number of valid sample blocks was not reached when A2 patch was detected. (Out side)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
156
Revision A
Color Regist Warn 4 Warnings Color Regist Warn 3 Color Regist Warn 2
The specified number of valid sample blocks was not reached when B patch was detected. (In side) The specified number of valid sample blocks was not reached when B patch was detected. (Out side) Failed to correct skew specified times continuously.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
157
Revision A
Reference Detailed Connection Diagram CH1.2 (p.520) CH1.2 (p.520) CH1.4 (p.522) CH8.4 (p.561) CH5.1 (p.526) CH5.2 (p.527) CH5.3 (p.528) CH5.4 (p.529) CH5.5 (p.530) CH5.6 (p.531) CH5.7 (p.532) CH5.8 (p.533) CH5.9 (p.534) CH5.1 (p.526) CH5.2 (p.527) CH5.3 (p.528) CH5.4 (p.529) ------CH6.3 (p.537) CH6.3 (p.537) CH6.3 (p.537) CH6.3 (p.537) CH6.3 (p.537)
Open B Open A Open E Open D Paper Set Casette 1 tttt Paper Set Casette 2 tttt Paper Set Casette 3 tttt Paper Set Casette 4 tttt Paper Out Casette 1 tttt Paper Out Casette 2 tttt Paper Out Casette 3 tttt Paper Out Casette 4 tttt Paper Out Tray tttt Error Paper Set Casette 1 tttt Paper Set Casette 2 tttt Paper Set Casette 3 tttt Paper Set Casette 4 tttt Paper Out sssss tttt Paper Set ssss tttt Paper Set Tray tttt Check Transparency
The L/H ASSY is open. The COVER ASSY FRONT is open. The LEFT COVER 3TM/STM is open. The DUPLEX COVER is open. The Tray 1 is not set. The Tray 2 is not set. The Tray 3 is not set. The Tray 4 is not set. There is no paper left in Tray 1. There is no paper left in Tray 2. There is no paper left in Tray 3. There is no paper left in Tray 4. There is no paper left in Manual Feeding Tray. The paper type or size that is set for the print job is different from that in the Tray1. The paper type or size that is set for the print job is different from that in the Tray2. The paper type or size that is set for the print job is different from that in the Tray3. The paper type or size that is set for the print job is different from that in the Tray4. Run out of paper that is required for the print job. There is no paper found matching the criteria (paper type, size, direction) specified. Feeding paper from the Manual Feeding Tray is interrupted for any reason. When standard paper is specified for the print job, OHP media is detected after starting to feed from the Tray1. When standard paper is specified for the print job, OHP media is detected after starting to feed from the Tray2. When standard paper is specified for the print job, OHP media is detected after starting to feed from the Tray3. When standard paper is specified for the print job, OHP media is detected after starting to feed from the Tray4. When standard paper is specified for the print job, OHP media is detected after starting to feed from the Tray5.
1 (p.164) 2 (p.164) O1 (p.211) O26 (p.240) 4 (p.165) O2 (p.211) O3 (p.212) O4 (p.212) 5 (p.166) O5 (p.213) O6 (p.214) O7 (p.215) 6 (p.167) 7 (p.168) O8 (p.216) O9 (p.217) O10 (p.218) 8 (p.169) 9 (p.172) 10 (p.174) 16 (p.181) O21 (p.235) O22 (p.236) O23 (p.237) 17 (p.182)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
158
Revision A
Reference Detailed Connection Diagram --------CH7.7 (p.548) CH7.7 (p.548) CH7.7 (p.548) CH7.7 (p.548) ------------CH7.16 (p.557) CH7.16 (p.557)
Replace Toner Y Replace Toner M Replace Toner C Replace Toner K Install Y TnrCart Install M TnrCart Error Install C TnrCart Install K TnrCart NonGenuineToner Y NonGenuineToner M NonGenuineToner C NonGenuineToner K Install Photoconductor Wrong Photoconductor Replace Waste T Box Install Waste T Box
The cumulative rotation time of Toner Dispense Motor (Y) reaches the specified time and the Yellow Toner is emptied. The cumulative rotation time of Toner Dispense Motor (M) reaches the specified time and the Magenta Toner is emptied. The cumulative rotation time of Toner Dispense Motor (C) reaches the specified time and the Cyan Toner is emptied. The cumulative rotation time of Toner Dispense Motor (K) reaches the specified time and the Black Toner is emptied. The Toner Cartridge (Y) is not set. The Toner Cartridge (M) is not set. The Toner Cartridge (C) is not set. The Toner Cartridge (K) is not set. The ID of the Toner Cartridge (Y) is different from the ID stored in the NVM of the IOT. The ID of the Toner Cartridge (M) is different from the ID stored in the NVM of the IOT. The ID of the Toner Cartridge (C) is different from the ID stored in the NVM of the IOT. The ID of the Toner Cartridge (K) is different from the ID stored in the NVM of the IOT. The Photoconductor unit is not set. The type of the Photoconductor unit does not match. The Waste Toner Collector is full. The Waste Toner Collector is not set.
34 (p.196) 34 (p.196) 35 (p.196) 35 (p.196) 38 (p.197) 38 (p.197) 39 (p.198) 39 (p.198) 32 (p.195) 32 (p.195) 33 (p.195) 33 (p.195) 37 (p.197) 37 (p.197) 22 (p.189) 36 (p.196)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
159
Revision A
ROS error E050 The ROS Motor speed did not reach the normal speed continuously for 15 seconds during Warm Up or for 2 seconds during Run. Fuser unit error An error, such as Thermistor wire breakage, overheat or low temperature, occurred. Fuser Low Temp Fail 2 (STS1) : The temperature detected by the Thermistor fell below 80 degrees three consecutive times. Fuser Warm Up Fail : The temperature detected by the Thermopile does not reach the Ready temperature within 45 seconds after a Wait status. Fuser Thermistor wire breakage (STS1) : The wire breakage of the Thermistor was detected three consecutive times. Fuser Over Heat Fail 2 (STS1) : The temperature detected by the Thermistor exceeded 230 degrees three consecutive times. Fuser Lamp Fail 2 : During Standby, SSR (in LVPS) was ON continuously for 10 seconds. Fuser Lamp Fail 1 : During Run, SSR (in LVPS) was ON continuously for 60 seconds. Fuser Low Temp Fail 1 (Thermopile) : Fuser Low Temp Fail 1 (Thermopile) Fuser Over Heat Fail 1 (Thermopile) : The temperature detected by the Thermopile exceeded 230 degrees three consecutive times. Thermopile NG : The check temperature during Thermopile cleaning became abnormal. NV-RAM error E052 Normal read/write from/to NVM (EEPROM) on the MCU PWB cannot be performed. The MCU PWB (or X-ROM PWB) was replaced in error. Development Unit error E053 When Deve is brought into contact or separated, ON/OFF of the SENSOR ASSY TRACKING could not be confirmed within 2 sec after the MOTOR ASSY TRACKING was started. Fuser Fan error The revolution speed of FAN FUSER or FAN LV has not reached to the specified value. LV Fan error The revolution speed of FAN LV is abnormal. 47 (p.209) CH7.3 (p.544) 12 (p.175) --13 (p.176)
44 (p.206)
---
E054 E055
45 (p.208) 3 (p.165)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
160
Revision A
Mechanical controller firmware error An error occurred within the MCU PWB. PAGEC time-out When printing, a communication error between the controller and the MCU PWB occurred. ADC sensor error Wire breakage or fault of ADC Sensor Additional Cassette 2 error After a lapse of the specified time from when the Tray2 started lifting up, TRAY LEVEL SENSOR of Tray2 does not turn ON (does not become H). Additional Cassette 3 error After a lapse of the specified time from when the Tray3 started lifting up, TRAY LEVEL SENSOR of Tray3 does not turn ON (does not become H). Additional Cassette 4 error After a lapse of the specified time from when the Tray4 started lifting up, TRAY LEVEL SENSOR of Tray4 does not turn ON (does not become H). Additional Cassette communication error The communication between the MCU PWB and the Option Trays (STM, 3TM) cannot be made. Engine communication error A communication error between the controller and the MCU PWB via the Video I/F occurred.
E142
O15 (p.223)
CH5.6 (p.531)
E143
O16 (p.225)
CH5.7 (p.532)
E144
O17 (p.227)
E115 E998
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
161
Revision A
C0017 C0088 C0089 C0091 C0300 C0301 C0302 C0303 C0304 C0305 C0306 Controller Related (C) C0307 C0308 C0309 C0800 C0998 C0999 C1002 C1010 C1020 C1021 C1100 C1101 C1120 C1121 C1122 C1123 C1180
CPU error (Interrupt exception) CPU error (System call exception) CPU error (Break point exception) CPU error (Disabled floating-point exception) CPU error (Reserved (undefined) exception) CPU error (Machine check exception) CPU error (Data access exception) CPU error (Instruction access exception) CPU error (Alignment exception) CPU error (Program exception) CPU error (Trace exception) CPU error (Performance monitor exception) CPU error (System administration interrupt exception) CPU error (Temperature management interrupt exception) IPL error (Controller defective) Engine communication error (Only when powering on) No Engine Flash ROM program data Standard RAM error (When the standard size is not determined, etc.) Verify error RAM error (Slot 0) RAM error (Slot 1) ROM checksum error (bit 16 to 31) (Font) ROM checksum Error (bit 16 to 31) (Font) ROM checksum Error (bit 0 to 7) (Program) ROM checksum Error (bit 8 to 15) (Program) ROM checksum Error (bit 16 to 23) (Program) ROM checksum error (bit 24 to 31) (Program) Optional ROM module A checksum error
C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C2 (p.244) C2 (p.244) C2 (p.244) C4 (p.245) C4 (p.245) C2 (p.244) C2 (p.244) C2 (p.244) C2 (p.244) C2 (p.244) C2 (p.244) C3 (p.245)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
162
Revision A
C1181 C1185 Controller Related (C) C1200 C1210 C1400 C1500 C1550 C1600 C1800 C1999 C2000
Optional ROM module B checksum error Unsupported ROM module EEPROM write error EEPROM write count limit Engine initialization malfunction CCNV hardware error Compression SRAM initialization hardware error Video hardware error (SRAM diagnostic error) DIMM SPD error Other hardware error Software error
C3 (p.245) C3 (p.245) C5 (p.246) C5 (p.246) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C1 (p.244) C6 (p.246)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
163
Revision A
3.3.4 FIP
FIP-1
Panel Message Open B Possible parts that caused the error INTERLOCK SWITCH HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of INTERLOCK SWITCH 1. Disconnect the P/J10A of the LVPS. 2. While pressing and releasing the lever of the INTERLOCK SWITCH, check continuity between J10A-1 and J10A-3. Is there continuity between J10A-1 and P/J10A-3 when the INTERLOCK SWITCH is pressed and discontinuity when it is released? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the INTERLOCK SWITCH (p.306)
FIP-2 Panel Message Open A Possible parts that caused the error FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR HARNESS ASSY F-SNR LVPS MCU PWB TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Yes No Reinstall the FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR Replace the HARNESS ASSY F-SNR
MCU PWB
Check the connection of FRONT To Step 2 COVER OPEN SENSOR Check the connection of J223 of HARNESS ASSY F-SNR. Make certain that FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR is connected correctly. Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY To Step 3 F-SNR 1. Disconnect the J223 of the FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR. 2. Remove the P/J22 of the MCU PWB. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J223-3 J22-6 J223-2 J22-7 J223-1 J22-8 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR 1. Replace the FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR. (p.304) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY To Step 3 R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J101 of the LVPS. 2. Remove the P/J10 of the MCU PWB. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J101-1 J10-20 J101-2 J10-19 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of LVPS 1. Replace the LVPS. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
3
Problem solved
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
164
Revision A
FIP-3 Panel Message Service Req E055 Possible parts that caused the error FAN LV LVPS TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Operation check of the FAN LV Turn the main power on. Does FAN LV rotates normally? Power Supply for FAN LV 1. Check that the FAN LV is connected properly. 2. Check the voltage between P/J105-1 and P/J105-3. The voltage between P/J105-1 and P/ J105-3 is 24 VDC? Check the signal of FAN LV (FAN ALARM) Check the voltage between P/J105-2 and GND. The voltage between P/J105-2 and GND is 3.3 VDC? Yes Problem solved To Step 3 No To Step 2
FIP-4 Panel Message Paper Set Casette 1 tttt Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY R-BTM MCU PWB HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE SWITCH ASSY SIZE TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Reinserting Tray1 Eject the Tray1 and reinsert it. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved Replace the HARNESS ASSY PSIZE
MCU PWB
1 2
1 2
To Step 4
Check of HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE To Step 3 1. Disconnect the J292 of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE. 2. Remove the P/J29 of the MCU PWB. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J292-1 J29-8 J292-2 J29-7 J292-3 J29-6 J292-4 J29-5 J292-5 J29-4 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of SWITCH ASSY SIZE 1. Replace the SWITCH ASSY SIZE. (p.344) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY Replace the R-BTM LV (p.370) 1. Disconnect the P/J101 of the LVPS. 2. Remove the P/J10 of the MCU PWB. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J101-8 P10-13 J101-6 P10-15 J101-5 P10-16 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
165
Revision A
FIP-5 Panel Message Paper Out Casette 1 tttt Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY NO PAPER HARNESS ASSY F-SNR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Paper presence Check the paper in the Tray1. Is there any paper left? Check of HARNESS ASSY NO PAPER 1. Disconnect the J226 of the NO PAPER SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J221 of the HARNESS ASSY FSNR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J226-1 J221-3 J226-2 J221-2 J226-3 J221-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Supply paper
Step
Action and Question Check of NO PAPER SENSOR 1. Replace the NO PAPER SENSOR. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
No Problem solved
4
NO PAPER SENSOR MCU PWB
1 2
To Step 3
Check of HARNESS ASSY F-SNR To Step 4 1. Remove the P/J22 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J221 of the HARNESS ASSY FSNR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J22-1 P221-3 J22-2 P221-2 J22-3 P221-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
166
Revision A
FIP-6 Panel Message Paper Out Tray tttt Possible parts that caused the error MSI NO PAPER SENSOR HARNESS ASSY N/P TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Paper presence Check the paper in the MSI. Is there any paper left in the MSI? Check of HARNESS ASSY N/P 1. Disconnect the J23A2 of the MSI No Paper Sensor. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A1 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A2-1 P23A1-3 J23A2-2 P23A1-2 J23A2-3 P23A1-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Supply paper
Step
Action and Question Check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A1 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23-A1 J23A1-3 J23-A2 J23A1-2 J23-A3 J23A1-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of MSI NO PAPER SENSOR 1. Replace the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 4
3
HARNESS ASSY R-BTM MCU PWB
1 2
4
To Step 3 Replace the HARNESS ASSY N/P
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
167
Revision A
FIP-7 Panel Message Paper Set Casette 1 tttt Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE SWITCH ASSY SIZE TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Size Check if the paper size corresponds with the size specified by GUIDE ASSY END and GUIDE SIDE ASSY F of Tray1, or with the size specified by the driver of the computer. C A U T IO N Securely match the GUIDE END and GUIDE SIDE FRONT in the following procedure. 1. Match the inverted delta symbols of the GUIDE ASSY END and TRAY. 2. Push in the GUIDE ASSY END bottom, and load paper flatly to the end. (*When the amount of paper is small, paper may not be loaded flatly as it is pushed by the GUIDE ASSY END. In this case, the paper may be bent. Do not shift the GUIDE ASSY END matched in Step 1.) Yes To Step 2 No Change the paper or change the paper size setting
Step
Yes To Step 2
3. Match the inverted delta symbols of the GUIDE SIDE ASSY F and PLATE (continued ASSY BOTTOM.
MCU PWB
Does the paper size setting correspond with the using paper?
GN10001EA
Check of HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE 1. Disconnect the J292 of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE. 2. Disconnect the P/J29 of the MCU PWB. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J292-1 J29-8 J292-2 J29-7 J292-3 J29-6 J292-4 J29-5 J292-5 J29-4 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of SWITCH ASSY SIZE 1. Replace the SWITCH ASSY SIZE. (p.344) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
To Step 3
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
168
Revision A
FIP-8 Panel Message Paper Out sssss tttt Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY NO PAPER HARNESS ASSY F-SNR NO PAPER SENSOR HARNESS ASSY 3TM HARNESS ASSY STM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Paper presence Check the paper in all trays. Is there any paper left in all trays? Check of HARNESS ASSY NO PAPER 1. Disconnect the J226 of the NO PAPER SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J221 of the HARNESS ASSY FSNR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J226-1 J221-3 J226-2 J221-2 J226-3 J221-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Supply paper
Step
Action and Question Check of HARNESS ASSY F-SNR 1. Disconnect the J22 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J221 of the HARNESS ASSY FSNR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J22-1 P221-3 J22-2 P221-2 J22-3 P221-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of NO PAPER SENSOR 1. Replace the NO PAPER SENSOR. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Check the HARNESS ASSY SNR of Tray2 1. Disconnect the J106 of the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J617 of the HARNESS ASSY SNR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J106-1 J617-9 J106-2 J617-8 J106-3 J617-7 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 4
3
TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR HARNESS ASSY SNR PWB ASSY 3TM/STM MCU PWB
4 5
To Step 5
Problem solved
1 2
To Step 3
To Step 6
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
169
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Check the HARNESS ASSY 3TM and the HARNESS ASSY STM of Tray2 1. Disconnect the J547 of the PWB ASSY 3TM/STM. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J670 of the HARNESS ASSY FSNR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J547-9 P670-4 J547-8 P670-5 J547-7 P670-6 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR of Tray 2 1. Replace the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR of Tray 2 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Check the HARNESS ASSY SNR of Tray3 1. Remove the J106 of TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR of Tray3. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J617 of the HARNESS ASSY SNR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J106-1 J617-9 J106-2 J617-8 J106-3 J617-7 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 7
Step
Action and Question Check the HARNESS ASSY 3TM of Tray3 1. Disconnect the J549 of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J672 of the HARNESS ASSY SNR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J549-B9 P672-4 J549-B8 P672-5 J549-B7 P672-6 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR of Tray 3 1. Replace the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR of Tray3. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Check of the HARNESS ASSY SNR of Tray4 1. Disconnect the J106 of the Tray 4. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J617 of the HARNESS ASSY SNR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J106-1 J617-9 J106-2 J617-8 J106-3 J617-7 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 10
To Step 8
Problem solved
10
To Step 11
Problem solved
To Step 9
11
To Step 12
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
170
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Check the HARNESS ASSY 3TM of Tray4 1. Disconnect the J549 of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J674 of the HARNESS ASSY SNR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J549-A9 P674-4 J549-A8 P674-5 J549-A7 P674-6 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR of Tray 4 1. Replace the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR of Tray 4. (p.435) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Check of PWB ASSY 3TM/STM 1. Replace the PWB ASSY 3TM/STM. (p.448)/(p.452) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 13
12
13
To Step 14
Problem solved
14
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
171
Revision A
FIP-9 Panel Message Paper Set ssss tttt Possible parts that caused the error SWITCH ASSY SIZE HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE PAPER SIZE SENSOR HARNESS ASSY 3TM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Yes No Change the paper or change the paper size setting
Step
Yes To Step 2
3. Match the inverted delta symbols of the GUIDE SIDE ASSY F and PLATE (continued ASSY BOTTOM.
Check of Paper Size To Step 2 Check if the paper size that is set in each Tray corresponds with the size specified by GUIDE END and GUIDE SIDE FRONT, or with the size specified by the driver of the computer. C A U T IO N Securely match the GUIDE END and GUIDE SIDE FRONT in the following procedure. In the case of Tray 1 1. Match the inverted delta symbols of the GUIDE ASSY END and TRAY. 2. Push in the GUIDE ASSY END bottom, and load paper flatly to the end. (*When the amount of paper is small, paper may not be loaded flatly as it is pushed by the GUIDE ASSY END. In this case, the paper may be bent. Do not shift the GUIDE ASSY END matched in Step 1.)
In the case of Tray 2 to 4 1. Match the inverted delta symbols of the END GUIDE ASSY and BOTTOM PLATE. 2. Match the inverted delta symbols of the FRONT SIDE GUIDE and BOTTOM PLATE.
END GUIDE ASSY FRONT SIDE GUIDE
GN10001EA
MAX
Does the paper size setting correspond with the using paper?
Check of HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE 1. Disconnect the J292 of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE. 2. Remove P/J29 of MCU PWB. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J292-1 J29-8 J292-2 J29-7 J292-3 J29-6 J292-4 J29-5 J292-5 J29-4 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
To Step 3
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
172
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Check of SWITCH ASSY SIZE 1. Replace the SWITCH ASSY SIZE. (p.344) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Check of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM and the HARNESS ASSY STM of Tray2 1. Disconnect the J816 of the PAPER SIZE SENSOR of the Tray2. 2. Disconnect the P/J546 of the PWB ASSY 3TM/PWB ASSY STM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J816-1 J546-3 J816-2 J546-2 J816-3 J546-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of PAPER SIZE SENSOR of Tray2 1. Replace the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR of Tray 2 (p.436) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Check of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM of Tray3 1. Disconnect the J820 of the PAPER SIZE SENSOR of the Tray 3. 2. Disconnect the P/J548 of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J820-1 J548-12 J820-2 J548-11 J820-3 J548-10 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 4
No Problem solved
Step
Action and Question Check of PAPER SIZE SENSOR of Tray3 1. Replace the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR of Tray 3 (p.436) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Check of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM of Tray4 1. Remove the J824 of the PAPER SIZE SENSOR of the Tray3. 2. Disconnect the P/J548 of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J824-1 J548-12 J824-2 J548-11 J824-3 J548-10 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of PAPER SIZE SENSOR of Tray4 1. Replace the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR of Tray 3 (p.436) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Check of PWB ASSY 3TM/STM 1. Replace PWB ASSY 3TM/ STM.(p.448) /(p.452) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 8
No Problem solved
To Step 5
To Step 9
To Step 6
Problem solved
To Step 8
Problem solved
To Step 7
10
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
173
Revision A
FIP-10 Panel Message Paper Set Tray tttt Possible parts that caused the error MCU PWB TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Does the paper in the MSI correspond with the specified size, direction and type by the printer driver? Check of the paper feed path from the MSI Check the paper feed path from the MSI. Is there any foreign matter inside the path. Yes To Step 2 No Set the paper properly. Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
FIP-11 Panel Message Service Req E056 Possible parts that caused the error MCU PWB TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of MCU PWB Turn the main power off and then back on. Does the error occurs again after the power is turned on? Yes Replace the MCU PWB (p.382) No Problem solved
1 2
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
174
Revision A
FIP-12 Panel Message Service Req E052 Possible parts that caused the error MCU PWB X-ROM PWB TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of the MCU PWB Turn the main power off and then back on. Does the error occur again after the power is turned on? Check of the MCU PWB Turn the main power on and off several times. Does the error occur? Replacement of the EEPROM Replace the EEPROM on the MCU PWB. (p.382) Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
C A U T IO N
Do not replace both the EEPROM and X-ROM PWB at one time. Doing so makes the printer unable to start up. When have replaced one of them, the stored data will be downloaded to the newly installed one from the other. (From EEPROM to X-ROM PWB, or From X-ROM PWB to EEPROM) Therefore, when replacing the EEPROM or the X-ROM PWB, be sure about the followings. When replacing EEPROM: X-ROM PWB and MCU PWB should be those that originally come with the printer. When replacing X-ROM PWB: EEPROM and MCU PWB should be those that originally come with the printer.
2 3
To Step 3
Problem solved
A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D
To Step 4
Be sure to perform the followings after replacing the EEPROM. 5.1.2 Part/unit-based adjustment items (p.460) Color Registration Adjustment Writing correction values of the followings Sensor Assy TP Motor Disp (for 4 colors)
Replacement of the MCU PWB After putting the removed EEPROM back to the place, replace the MCU PWB. (p.382) Does the error occur?
Put the Problem removed solved MCU PWB back and then replace the X-ROM PWB. (p.382)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
175
Revision A
FIP-13 Panel Message Service Req E050 Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY ROS ROS ASSY TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA 1. Disconnect the P/J12 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the P/J120 of the ROS ASSY. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J12-3 J120-12 J12-4 J120-11 J12-5 J120-10 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Power supply check of ROS Motor Check the voltage between the P/J121 and P/J12-2 of the MCU PWB. Is the voltage between P/J12-1 and P/ J12-2 24 VDC? Check of ROS ASSY 1. Replace the ROS ASSY. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the HARNESS ASSY ROS
MCU PWB
To Step 3
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
176
Revision A
FIP-14 Panel Message Check Paper Size Possible parts that caused the error SENSOR REGI HARNESS ASSY REGI HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Size Check if the paper size corresponds with the size specified by GUIDE ASSY END and GUIDE SIDE ASSY F of Tray1, or with the size specified by the driver of the computer. Yes To Step 2 No Change the paper or change the paper size setting
Step
Yes To Step 2
Securely match the GUIDE ASSY END and GUIDE SIDE ASSY F in the following (continued procedure. from left column) 1. Match the inverted delta symbols of the GUIDE ASSY END and TRAY. 2. Push in the GUIDE ASSY END bottom, and load paper flatly to the end. (*When the amount of paper is small, paper may not be loaded flatly as it is pushed by the GUIDE ASSY END. In this case, the paper may be bent. Do not shift the GUIDE ASSY END matched in Step 1.) 3. Match the inverted delta symbols of the GUIDE SIDE ASSY F and PLATE ASSY BOTTOM.
GN10001EA
Does the paper size setting correspond with the using paper?
Check of Paper Feed Roll for damage Check the Paper Feed Roll for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? Check of Paper Feed Gear for damage Check the Paper Feed Gears for abrasion and damage. Do the Paper Feed Gears rotate normally?
To Step 3
Replace the failed part with a new one. Replace the failed part with a new one.
To Step 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
177
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-4 J23A8-3 J23A6-5 J23A8-2 J23A6-6 J23A8-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-5 J23-A13 P23A6-4 J23-A14 P23A6-3 J23-A15 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 5
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A9 of the CLUTCH REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-7 P23A9-2 J23A6-8 P23A9-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-2 J23-A16 P23A6-1 J23-A17 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 8
To Step 6
To Step 9
9
Problem solved
Check of SENSOR REGI To Step 7 1. Replace the SENSOR REGI. (p.340) 2. Execute the test print. Does the error occur?
Check of CLUTCH REGI Replace the 1. Replace the CLUTCH REGI. (p.338) MCU PWB (p.382) 2. Execute the test print. Does the error occur?
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
178
Revision A
FIP-15 Panel Message Check Paper Size Possible parts that caused the error SENSOR REGI HARNESS ASSY REGI HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Size Check if the paper in the MSI corresponds with the specified size and direction by the driver of the computer. Does the paper size setting correspond with the using paper? Check of Paper Feed Roll for damage Check the Paper Feed Roll for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? Check of Paper Feed Gear for damage Check the Paper Feed Gears for abrasion and damage. Do the Paper Feed Gears rotate normally? Yes To Step 2 No Change the paper or change the paper size setting
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-4 J23A8-3 J23A6-5 J23A8-2 J23A6-6 J23A8-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-5 J23-A13 P23A6-4 J23-A14 P23A6-3 J23-A15 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of SENSOR REGI 1. Replace the SENSOR REGI. (p.340) 2. Execute the test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 5
4
CLUTCH REGI MCU PWB
To Step 6
To Step 3
Replace the failed part with a new one. Replace the failed part with a new one.
To Step 4
To Step 7
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
179
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A9 of the CLUTCH REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-7 P23A9-2 J23A6-8 P23A9-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-2 J23-A16 P23A6-1 J23-A17 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 8
To Step 9
Check of CLUTCH REGI Replace the 1. Replace the CLUTCH REGI. (p.338) MCU PWB (p.382) 2. Execute the test print. Does the error occur?
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
180
Revision A
FIP-16 Panel Message Check Transparency Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY REGI OHP SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Check the transparency in the Tray 1. Do the transparency in the Tray 1 has no white margins? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI1. 1. Remove the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Remove the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-1 J23A7-3 J23A6-2 J23A7-2 J23A6-3 J23A7-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the transparency with one that has no white margins. Replace the HARNESS ASSY REGI
Step
Yes
3
HARNESS ASSY R-BTM MCU PWB
1 2
Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY To Step 4 R-BTM1. 1. Remove the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Remove the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-8 J23-A10 P23A6-7 J23-A11 P23A6-6 J23-A12 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of OHP SENSOR 1. Replace the OHP SENSOR. (p.340) 2. Print the job that failed to print. Or do a test print. Does the error occur? Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
Problem solved
To Step 3
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
181
Revision A
FIP-17 Panel Message Check Transparency Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY REGI OHP SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Check the transparency in the Tray that is specified and used. Do the transparency in the Tray has no white margins? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI1. 1. Remove the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Remove the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-1 J23A7-3 J23A6-2 J23A7-2 J23A6-3 J23A7-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the transparency with one that has no white margins. Replace the HARNESS ASSY REGI
Step
Yes
3
HARNESS ASSY R-BTM MCU PWB
Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY To Step 4 R-BTM1. 1. Remove the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Remove the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-8 J23-A10 P23A6-7 J23-A11 P23A6-6 J23-A12 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of OHP SENSOR 1. Replace the OHP SENSOR. (p.340) 2. Print the job that failed to print. Or do a test print. Does the error occur? Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
Problem solved
To Step 3
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
182
Revision A
FIP-18 Panel Message Jam B Possible parts that caused the error ROLL ASSY FEED SENSOR REGI HARNESS ASSY N/P SOLENOID ASSY TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Operation check of the ROLL ASSY FEED 1. Make sure that the ROLL ASSY FEED is installed securely. 2. Check the ROLL ASSY FEED for abrasion. Does the ROLL ASSY FEED turn smoothly? Check of the HARNESS ASSY N/P 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A3 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A3-2 J23-A4 P23A3-1 J23-A5 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of SOLENOID ASSY 1. Replace the SOLENOID ASSY. (p.316) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the KIT ROLL MSI (p.312)
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-4 J23A8-3 J23A6-5 J23A8-2 J23A6-6 J23A8-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-5 J23-A13 P23A6-4 J23-A14 P23A6-3 J23-A15 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of SENSOR REGI 1. Replace the SENSOR REGI. (p.340) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 5
4
HARNESS ASSY REGI HARNESS ASSY R-BTM MCU PWB
To Step 6
To Step 3
Problem solved
To Step 4
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
183
Revision A
FIP-19 Panel Message Jam B, C1 Possible parts that caused the error ROLL ASSY FEED HARNESS ASSY R-BTM CLUTCH ASSY FEED TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Operation check of the ROLL ASSY FEED 1. Make sure that the ROLL ASSY FEED is installed securely. 2. Check the ROLL ASSY FEED for abrasion. Does the ROLL ASSY FEED turn smoothly? Check of the paper feed path Check the paper feed path of the Tray1. Are burrs and foreign matter absent in the paper feed path? Check of Paper Feed Roll for damage Check the Paper Feed Roll for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED. (p.312)
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A5 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A5-2 J23-A8 P23A5-1 J23-A9 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of CLUTCH ASSY FEED 1. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (p.355) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-4 J23A8-3 J23A6-5 J23A8-2 J23A6-6 J23A8-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 5
4
HARNESS ASSY REGI SENSOR REGI MCU PWB
To Step 6
Problem solved
To Step 3
To Step 7
To Step 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
184
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-5 J23-A13 P23A6-4 J23-A14 P23A6-3 J23-A15 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of SENSOR REGI 1. Replace the SENSOR REGI. (p.340) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 8
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
185
Revision A
FIP-20 Panel Message Jam B Possible parts that caused the error ROLL REGI RUBBER BTR UNIT ASSY IDT UNIT Fuser unit HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Rotation check of ROLL REGI RUBBER Check the ROLL REGI RUBBER for slip and abrasion. Does the ROLL REGI RUBBER turn smoothly? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the ROLL REGI RUBBER (p.338)
Step
Action and Question Check of BTR UNIT ASSY Drive Gear for damage Check the BTR UNIT ASSY Drive Gear for abrasion and damage. Does the BTR UNIT ASSY Drive Gear operate properly? Check of Fuser unit Drive Gear for damage Check the Fuser unit Drive Gear for abrasion and damage. Does the Fuser unit Drive Gear operate properly? Check of Paper Feed Roll for damage Check the Paper Feed Roll of Tray 1 for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A5 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A5-2 J23-A8 P23A5-1 J23-A9 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of CLUTCH ASSY FEED 1. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (p.355) 2.Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 6
5
CLUTCH ASSY FEED HARNESS ASSY REGI SENSOR REGI MCU PWB
To Step 7
To Step 8
Replace the failed part with a new one. Replace the HARNESS ASSY RBTM
8
Remove foreign matter. Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) Replace the IDT UNIT (p.386)
To Step 9
2 3
Check of the paper feed path To Step 3 Check the paper feed path of all Trays. Are burrs and foreign matter absent in the paper feed path? Check of BTR UNIT ASSY feed path Check the BTR UNIT ASSY for slip and abrasion. Does the BTR UNIT ASSY feed paper smoothly? Check of IDT UNIT feed path Check the IDT UNIT for slip and abrasion. Does the IDT UNIT feed paper smoothly? To Step 4
To Step 5
To Step 10
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
186
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-4 J23A8-3 J23A6-5 J23A8-2 J23A6-6 J23A8-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-5 J23-A13 P23A6-4 J23-A14 P23A6-3 J23-A15 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of SENSOR REGI 1. Replace the SENSOR REGI. (p.340) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 11
10
11
To Step 12
12
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
187
Revision A
FIP-21 Panel Message Service Req E086 Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY REGI HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of IDT2 Check if paper stick to and coil around the IDT2. Is there any paper that is sticking to and coiling around it? Check of SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC Check the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC for any foreign matter and check if jammed paper cover and interfere the sensor operation. Is it normal? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J271 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P272 of the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P272-16 J271-1 P272-15 J271-2 P272-14 J271-3 P272-13 J271-4 P272-12 J271-5 P272-11 J271-6 P272-10 J271-7 P272-9 J271-8 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes Remove the paper with attention to avoid any damage to the IDT2. To Step 3 No To Step 2
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Remove the P/J27 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J271 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J27-8 P271-9 J27-7 P271-10 J27-6 P271-11 J27-5 P271-12 J27-4 P271-13 J27-3 P271-14 J27-2 P271-15 J27-1 P271-16 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC 1. Replace the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. (p.337) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 3
4
SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC MCU PWB
1 2
Problem solved
To Step 2
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
188
Revision A
FIP-22 Panel Message Waste T BoxNearfull Replace Waste T Box Possible parts that caused the error Waste Toner Box HARNESS ASSY F-SNR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Waste Toner Box 1. Replace the Waste Toner Box. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Continuity check of ASSY F-SNR 1. Remove the J22 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the J225 of the TONER FULL SENSOR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J22-14 J225-1 J22-13 J225-2 J22-12 J225-3 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of TONER FULL SENSOR 1. Replace the TONER FULL SENSOR. (p.384) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
FIP-23 Panel Message Y Toner Low M Toner Low Possible parts that caused the error TONER FULL SENSOR MCU PWB Toner Cartridge M Toner Cartridge Y HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA TROUBLESHOOTING ANTENNA YM MCU PWB
1 2
Step
Action and Question Check of Toner Cartridge 1. Replace the corresponding Toner Cartridge. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA 1. Disconnect the P/J18 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the J182 of the ANTENA YM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J18-4 J182-1 J18-3 J182-2 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of ANTENNA YM 1. Replace the ANTENNA YM. (p.401) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 2
No Problem solved
To Step 3
To Step 3
Problem solved
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
189
Revision A
FIP-24 Panel Message C Toner Low K Toner Low Possible parts that caused the error Toner Cartridge C Toner Cartridge K HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Toner Cartridge 1. Replace the corresponding Toner Cartridge. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA 1. Disconnect the P/J18 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the J181 of the ANTENA CK. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J18-2 J181-1 J18-1 J181-2 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of ANTENNA YM 1. Replace the ANTENNA CK. (p.401) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
FIP-25 Panel Message Worn C Dev Unit Worn M Dev Unit Worn Y Dev Unit Worn K Dev Unit ANTENNA CK MCU PWB Possible parts that caused the error DEVE Unit C DEVE Unit K DEVE Unit M TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of DEVE UNIT 1. Replace the corresponding DEVE Unit. (p.392) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes Replace the MCU PWB (p.382) No Problem solved
1
To Step 3 Replace the HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
190
Revision A
FIP-26 Panel Message Worn Photoconductor Possible parts that caused the error Photoconductor unit TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Photoconductor unit 1. Replace the Photoconductor unit. (p.386) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes Replace the MCU PWB (p.382) No Problem solved
FIP-28 Panel Message Worn Transfer Unit Possible parts that caused the error MCU PWB BTR UNIT ASSY TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes Replace the MCU PWB (p.382) No Problem solved
MCU PWB
FIP-27 Panel Message Worn IDT Unit Possible parts that caused the error IDT UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of IDT UNIT 1. Replace the IDT UNIT. (p.386) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes Replace the MCU PWB (p.382) No Problem solved
MCU PWB
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
191
Revision A
FIP-29 Panel Message Color Regist Warn 5 Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY REGI SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of density Visually check the density of each color. Is an adequate density attained? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J271 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P272 of the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P272-16 J271-1 P272-15 J271-2 P272-14 J271-3 P272-13 J271-4 P272-12 J271-5 P272-11 J271-6 P272-10 J271-7 P272-9 J271-8 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Remove the P/J27 of the MCU PWB. Yes To Step 2 No Replace the MCU PWB (p.382) Replace the HARNESS ASSY REGI
Step
3
Color Regist Warn 6
1 2
To Step 3
Action and Question Yes 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ To Step 4 J271 of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J27-8 P271-9 J27-7 P271-10 J27-6 P271-11 J27-5 P271-12 J27-4 P271-13 J27-3 P271-14 J27-2 P271-15 J27-1 P271-16 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC To Step 5 Check the shutter of the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. Does the shutter of the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC operate properly? Check of SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC 1. Replace the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. (p.337) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur? Check of IDT UNIT for damage Check the surface on the IDT UNIT. Is the IDT UNIT surface damaged, dirty or whitish? Check of IDT UNIT gear Check the gear adhesion of the IDT UNIT. Is the IDT UNIT gear peeled? Check of IDT UNIT 1. Replace the IDT UNIT. (p.386) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur? To Step 6
6 7 8
Replace the IDT UNIT (p.386) Replace the IDT UNIT (p.386) Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
To Step 7
To Step 8
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
192
Revision A
FIP-30 Panel Message Color Regist Warn 3 Color Regist Warn 4 Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY REGI SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of density Visually check the density of each color. Is an adequate density attained? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J271 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P272 of the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P272-16 J271-1 P272-15 J271-2 P272-14 J271-3 P272-13 J271-4 P272-12 J271-5 P272-11 J271-6 P272-10 J271-7 P272-9 J271-8 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the MCU PWB (p.382) Replace the HARNESS ASSY REGI
Step
Yes
1 2
Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY To Step 4 R-BTM 1. Remove the P/J27 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J271 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J27-8 P271-9 J27-7 P271-10 J27-6 P271-11 J27-5 P271-12 J27-4 P271-13 J27-3 P271-14 J27-2 P271-15 J27-1 P271-16 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC Check the shutter of the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. Does the shutter of the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC operate properly? Check of SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC 1. Replace the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. (p.337) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur? Check of IDT UNIT for damage Check the area mounted with the Registration Control Patch on the IDT UNIT. Is the area mounted with the Registration Control Patch on the IDT UNIT damaged, dirty or whitish? To Step 5
To Step 3
To Step 6
To Step 7
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
193
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Check of IDT UNIT gear Check the gear adhesion of the IDT UNIT. Is the IDT UNIT gear peeled? Check of IDT UNIT 1. Replace the IDT UNIT. (p.386) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes Replace the IDT UNIT (p.386) Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
No To Step 8
FIP-31 Panel Message Color Regist Warn 2 Possible parts that caused the error
7 8
Problem solved
Check of ROS ASSY and execution of To Step 3 Correction of starting position in subscanning direction 1. Reinstall the ROS ASSY. 2. Execute Correction of starting position in sub-scanning direction. Does the error occur? Check of ROS ASSY and execution of Replace the Correction of starting position in sub- MCU PWB scanning direction (p.382) 1. Replace the ROS ASSY. 2. Execute Correction of starting position in sub-scanning direction. Does the error occur?
Problem solved
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
194
Revision A
FIP-32 Panel Message NonGenuineToner Y NonGenuineToner M Possible parts that caused the error Toner Cartridge M Toner Cartridge Y HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Toner Cartridge 1. Replace the corresponding Toner Cartridge. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA 1. Disconnect the P/J18 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the J182 of the ANTENA YM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J18-4 J182-1 J18-3 J182-2 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of ANTENNA YM 1. Replace the ANTENNA YM. (p.401) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
FIP-33 Panel Message NonGenuineToner C NonGenuineToner K Possible parts that caused the error ANTENNA YM MCU PWB Toner Cartridge C Toner Cartridge K HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Toner Cartridge 1. Replace the corresponding Toner Cartridge. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA 1. Disconnect the P/J18 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the J181 of the ANTENA CK. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J18-2 J181-1 J18-1 J181-2 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of ANTENNA YM 1. Replace the ANTENNA CK. (p.401) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
To Step 3
To Step 3
Problem solved
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
195
Revision A
FIP-34 Panel Message Replace Toner Y Replace Toner M Possible parts that caused the error Toner Cartridge M Toner Cartridge Y TROUBLESHOOTING MCU PWB
FIP-36 Panel Message Install Waste T Box Possible parts that caused the error WASTE TONER COLLECTOR HARNESS ASSY F-SNR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Waste Toner Box 1. Make sure that the WASTE TONER COLLECTOR is securely set. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Continuity check of ASSY F-SNR 1. Disconnect the J22 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the J224 of the TONER BOTTLE SET SENSOR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J22-11 J224-1 J22-10 J224-2 J22-9 J224-3 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of TONER BOTTLE SET SENSOR 1. Replace the TONER BOTTLE SET SENSOR. (p.384) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
Step
Action and Question Check of Toner Cartridge Check the corresponding Toner Cartridge. Is there enough toner left?
2
FIP-35 Panel Message Replace Toner C Replace Toner K Possible parts that caused the error Toner Cartridge C Toner Cartridge K TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Toner Cartridge Check the corresponding Toner Cartridge. Is there enough toner left? Yes Replace the MCU PWB (p.382) No Replace the corresponding Toner Cartridge.
To Step 3
MCU PWB
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
196
Revision A
FIP-37 Panel Message Install Photoconductor Wrong Photoconductor Possible parts that caused the error Photoconductor unit HARNESS ASSY CRUM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Photoconductor unit 1. Make sure that the Photoconductor unit has been set. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY CRUM 1. Disconnect the J20 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the J201 of the TERMINAL ASSY PHD. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J20-5 J201-2 J20-4 J201-3 J20-3 J201-4 J20-2 J201-5 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of Photoconductor unit 1. Replace the Photoconductor unit. (p.386) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
FIP-38 Panel Message Install Y TnrCart Install M TnrCart Possible parts that caused the error MCU PWB Toner Cartridge M Toner Cartridge Y HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA TROUBLESHOOTING ANTENNA YM MCU PWB
Step
Action and Question Check of Toner Cartridge 1. Make sure that the corresponding Toner Cartridge has been set. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Check of noise sources Check for noise sources, such as a note PC and a CR display, within 50cm around the printer. Is there any electronic equipment that generates noise around the printer?
Yes To Step 2
No Problem solved
To Step 3
To step 3
Problem solved
Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY To step 4 ANTENNA 1. Disconnect the P/J18 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the J182 of the ANTENA YM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J18-4 J182-1 J18-3 J182-2 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of ANTENNA YM 1. Replace the ANTENNA YM. (p.401) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
197
Revision A
FIP-39 Panel Message Install C TnrCart Install K TnrCart Possible parts that caused the error Toner Cartridge C Toner Cartridge K HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Toner Cartridge 1. Make sure that the corresponding Toner Cartridge has been set. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Check of noise sources Check for noise sources, such as a note PC and a CR display, within 50cm around the printer. Is there any electronic equipment that generates noise around the printer? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
To step 3
Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY To Step 3 ANTENNA 1. Disconnect the P/J18 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the J181 of the ANTENA CK. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J18-2 J181-1 J18-1 J181-2 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of ANTENNA YM 1. Replace the ANTENNA CK. (p.401) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
198
Revision A
FIP-40 Panel Message Jam B Possible parts that caused the error IDT UNIT BTR UNIT ASSY HARNESS ASSY HVLH HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of IDT UNIT Check IDT2 of the IDT UNIT. Is there any paper that is sticking to and coiling around the IDT2 in the IDT UNIT? Check of BTR UNIT ASSY Check the BTR UNIT ASSY. Check the BTR UNIT ASSY roll and gear for errors. Yes Remove the paper No To Step 2
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P13 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the J131 of the MHARNESS ASSY R-BTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P13-A13 J131-B9 P13-A10 J131-B3 P13-B9 J131-A4 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of HVPS 1. Replace the HVPS. (p.371) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23B3 of the HARNESS ASSY LH. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23-B12 P23B3-6 J23-B11 P23B3-7 J23-B10 P23B3-8 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 5
4
HVPS HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 POP SENSOR MCU PWB
5 6
To Step 6
Problem solved
To Step 7
2 3
To Step 3
Contact check of HARNESS ASSY To Step 4 HVLH Check P/J135 of the HARNESS ASSY HVLH. Is J135 of the HARNESS ASSY HVLH securely inserted in P135 of the HVPS?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
199
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23B3 of the HARNESS ASSY LH. 2. Disconnect the J23B5 of the POP SENSOR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23B3-6 J23B5-1 J23B3-5 J23B5-2 J23B3-4 J23B5-3 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of POP SENSOR 1. Replace the POP SENSOR. (p.325) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 8
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
200
Revision A
FIP-41 Panel Message Jam B Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 Fuser unit HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of the paper feed path Check the paper feed path. Are burrs and foreign matter absent in the paper feed path? Check of Paper Feed Roll for damage Check the Paper Feed Roll for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 1. Disconnect the P/J15 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector (FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR) P/J154 of the Fuser unit. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J15-B1 J154-7 J15-B2 J154-6 J15-B3 J154-5 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Remove foreign matter. Replace the failing part.
Step
Action and Question Power supply to EXIT SENSOR of Fuser unit 1. Make sure that the Fuser unit is correctly connected. 2. Check the voltage between J154-A1 and J154-A3. Is the voltage 3.3 VDC between J154A1 and J154-A3? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23B3 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23-B7 P23B3-11 J23-B8 P23B3-10 J23-B9 P23B3-9 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY LH 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23B3 of the HARNESS ASSY LH. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23B4 of the V-TRA FAN. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23B3-1 J23B4-2 J23B3-2 J23B4-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Operation check of the V-TRA FAN Turn the main power on. Does the V-TRA FAN operate normally?
Yes To Step 5
4
HARNESS ASSY LH V-TRA FAN MCU PWB
To Step 6
1 2
To Step 3
To Step 4
To Step 7
Problem solved
To Step 8
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
201
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Power supply to the V-TRA FAN 1. Make sure that the V-TRA FAN is correctly connected. 2. Check the voltage between J23B4-2 and J23B4-1. Is the voltage 24 VDC between J23B4-2 and J23B4-1? Check of V-TRA FAN 1. Replace the V-TRA FAN. (p.324) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the V-TRA FAN operate normally?
Yes To Step 9
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
202
Revision A
FIP-42 Panel Message Jam B Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 Fuser unit HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Heat Roll Check the Heat Roll of the Fuser unit. Is the Heat Roll wound with paper? Check of the paper feed path Check the paper feed path. Are burrs and foreign matter absent in the paper feed path? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 1. Disconnect the P/J15 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector (FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR) P/J154 of the Fuser unit. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J15-B1 J154-7 J15-B2 J154-6 J15-B3 J154-5 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes Remove the paper To Step 3 No To Step 2
Step
Action and Question Power supply to EXIT SENSOR of Fuser unit 1. Make sure that the Fuser unit is correctly connected. 2. Check the voltage between J154-A1 and J154-A3. Is the voltage 3.3 VDC between J154A1 and J154-A3? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23B3 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23-B7 P23B3-11 J23-B8 P23B3-10 J23-B9 P23B3-9 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY LH 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23B3 of the HARNESS ASSY LH. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23B4 of the V-TRA FAN. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23B3-1 J23B4-2 J23B3-2 J23B4-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Operation check of the V-TRA FAN Turn the main power on. Does the V-TRA FAN operate normally?
Yes To Step 5
4
HARNESS ASSY LH V-TRA FAN MCU PWB
To Step 6
1 2 3
To Step 4
To Step 7
Problem solved
To Step 8
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
203
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Power supply to the V-TRA FAN 1. Make sure that the V-TRA FAN is correctly connected. 2. Check the voltage between J23B4-2 and J23B4-1. Is the voltage 24 VDC between J23B4-2 and J23B4-1? Check of V-TRA FAN 1. Replace the V-TRA FAN. (p.324) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the V-TRA FAN operate normally?
Yes To Step 9
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
204
Revision A
FIP-43 Panel Message Jam B Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 Fuser unit TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Exit Roll Check the Exit Roll of the Fuser unit. Is the Exit Roll wound with paper? Check of the paper feed path Check the paper feed path. Are burrs and foreign matter absent in the paper feed path? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 1. Disconnect the P/J15 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector (FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR) P/J154 of the Fuser unit. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J15-B1 J154-7 J15-B2 J154-6 J15-B3 J154-5 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes Remove the paper To Step 3 No To Step 2
Step
Action and Question Power supply to EXIT SENSOR of Fuser unit 1. Make sure that the Fuser unit is correctly connected. 2. Check the voltage between J154-A1 and J154-A3. Is the voltage 3.3 VDC between J154A1 and J154-A3? Check of Fuser unit 1. Replace the Fuser unit. (p.361) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 5
4
MCU PWB
Problem solved
1 2 3
To Step 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
205
Revision A
FIP-44 Panel Message Service Req E051 Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 SENSOR ASSY TP Fuser unit FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Heat Roll Check the Heat Roll of the Fuser unit. Is the Heat Roll wound with paper?
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 1. Disconnect the P/J15 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect J151 and P/J153 of the SENSOR ASSY TP and P/J154 of the FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J15-A1 J151-4 J15-A2 J151-3 J15-A3 J151-2 J15-A4 J151-1 J15-A9 P153-2 J15-A10 P153-1 J15-B1 J154-7 J15-B2 J154-6 J15-B3 J154-5 J15-B4 J154-4 J15-B5 J154-3 J15-B6 J154-2 J15-B7 J154-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Power supply to Thermopile of SENSOR ASSY TP 1. Make sure that the SENSOR ASSY TP is correctly connected. 2. Check the voltage between J151-2 and J151-4. Is the voltage 5 VDC between P151-2 and P151-4?
Yes To Step 3
2
HARNESS ASSY R-BTM LVPS MCU PWB
No To Step 2
To Step 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
206
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Power supply to Wiper Solenoid of SENSOR ASSY TP 1. Make sure that the SENSOR ASSY TP is correctly connected. 2. Check the voltage between J153-1 and J153-2. Is the voltage 24 VDC between P153-1 and P153-2? Check of Thermistor of Fuser unit 1. Turn the main power on. 2. Check whether the error is displayed immediately or right after a short warm-up. Does the error still occur? Continuity check of FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR 1. Disconnect the P/J103 of the LVPS 2. Disconnect the P/J158 of the FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J103-5 J158-2 J103-3 J158-1 J103-1 J158-4 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of Fuser unit 1. Replace the Fuser unit. (p.361) W A R N IN G Wait until the Fuser unit cools, and then start work. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 5
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect P/J10 of MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect P/J101 of LVPS. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J10-12 J151-9 J10-11 J151-10 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of LVPS 1. Replace the LVPS. (p.373) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 9
To Step 6
Problem solved
Problem solved
To Step 7
To Step 8
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
207
Revision A
FIP-45 Panel Message Service Req E054 Possible parts that caused the error FAN FUSER HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Operation check of the FAN FUSER Turn the main power on. Does the FAN FUSER rotate properly without occurrence of an error? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 1. Disconnect the P/J104 of the LVPS. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J1041 of the FAN FUSER. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J104-1 J1041-3 J104-2 J1041-2 J104-3 J1041-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Power supply to the FAN FUSER 1. Make sure that the FAN FUSER is correctly connected. 2. Check the voltage between J1041-1 and J1041-3. Is the voltage 24 VDC between J1041-1 and J1041-3? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
Step
Action and Question Check of FAN FUSER signal (FAN ALARM) Check continuity between P1041-2 and P1041-3. Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J101 of the LVPS. 2. Disconnect P/J10 of MCU PWB. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J101-7 P10-14 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of LVPS 1. Replace the LVPS. (p.373) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 5
4
LVPS MCU PWB
To Step 6
1 2
To Step 3
Problem solved
MCU PWB
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
208
Revision A
FIP-47 Panel Message Service Req E053 Possible parts that caused the error MOTOR ASSY TRACKING HARNESS ASSY DISP HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Yes No To Step 2
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE 1. Disconnect the P/J29 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the J291 of the SENSOR ASSY TRACKING. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J29-1 J291-3 J29-2 J291-2 J29-3 J291-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of SENSOR ASSY TRACKING 1. Replace the SENSOR ASSY TRACKING. 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 4
3
SENSOR ASSY TRACKING MCU PWB
Check of MOTOR ASSY TRACKING To Step 3 1. Remove the COVER ASSY REAR. 2. Turn the main power on. 3. During warming-up operation of the printer, check the rotation of the blocking plate of the SHAFT ASSY TRACKING from the SENSOR ASSY TRACKING mounting section. Can you confirm that the SHAFT ASSY TRACKING turns? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY DISP 1. Disconnect the P/J22 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the J222 of the MOTOR ASSY TRACKING. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J22-4 J222-1 J22-5 J222-2 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Replace the MOTOR ASSY TRACKING
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
209
Revision A
FIP-48 Panel Message Service Req E057 Possible parts that caused the error FLAT CABLE ESS-MCU TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Controller 1. Power on or power off the main power several times. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
FIP-49 Panel Message Service Req E998 Possible parts that caused the error BOARD ASSY, MAIN FLAT CABLE ESS-MCU BOARD ASSY, MAIN TROUBLESHOOTING MCU PWB
1 2
Step
Action and Question Check of MCU PWB firmware version Check the firmware version of the MCU PWB. Is the version updated? Check of Controller firmware version Check the firmware version of the Controller. Is the version updated?
Yes To Step 2
1 2 3
Continuity check of FLAT CABLE ESS- Replace the MCU BOARD ASSY, MAIN 1. Disconnect the P/J14 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the CN600 of the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. 3. Check each wiring for continuity. Do all of the wiring have continuity?
To Step 3
Continuity check of FLAT CABLE ESS- To Step 4 MCU 1. Disconnect the P/J14 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the CN600 of the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. 3. Check each wiring for continuity. Do all of the wiring have continuity? Replacement of BOARD ASSY, MAIN Replace the BOARD ASSY MAIN. Does the error occur? Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
210
EPSON AcuLaser C9100 Option Single Tray Module/3 Tray Module FIP-O1
Panel Message Open E Possible parts that caused the error LH COVER INTL SW PWB ASSY 3TM/STM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM 1. Disconnect the J812 of the LH COVER INTL SW. 2. Disconnect the P/J546 of the PWB ASSY 3TM/STM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J812-1 J546-8 J812-2 J546-7 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of LH COVER INTL SW 1. Check the connection of the LH COVER INTL SW. 2. While pushing and releasing the LH COVER INTL SW, check continuity between J546-7 and J546-8. Is there continuity between P/J546-7 and P/J546-8 when the LH COVER INTL SW is pressed and discontinuity when it is released? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the HARNESS ASSY 3TM/ STM
Revision A
FIP-O2 Panel Message Paper Set Casette 2 tttt Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM PAPER SIZE SENSOR PWB ASSY 3TM/STM
TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Reinserting Tray2 Eject the Tray2 and reinsert it. Does the error occur? Check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM 1. Disconnect the J816 of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. 2. Disconnect the P/J546 of the PWB ASSY 3TM/STM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J816-1 J546-3 J816-2 J546-2 J816-3 J546-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of PAPER SIZE SENSOR 1. Replace the PAPER SIZE SENSOR. *(p.436) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved Replace the HARNESS ASSY 3TM/ STM
1 2
To Step 3
Problem solved
Note "*": For the 3 Tray Module, replace the PAPER SIZE SENSOR with the one of another tray and make this check.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
211
Revision A
FIP-O3 Panel Message Paper Set Casette 3 tttt Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY 3TM PAPER SIZE SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Reinserting Tray3 Eject the Tray3 and reinsert it. Does the error occur? Check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the J820 of the PAPER SIZE SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the P/J548 of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J820-1 J548-12 J820-2 J548-11 J820-3 J548-10 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of PAPER SIZE SENSOR 1. Replace the PAPER SIZE SENSOR. *(p.436) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved Replace the HARNESS ASSY 3TM
FIP-O4 Panel Message Paper Set Casette 4 tttt Possible parts that caused the error PWB ASSY 3TM HARNESS ASSY 3TM PAPER SIZE SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Reinserting Tray4 Eject the Tray4 and reinsert it. Does the error occur? Check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the J824 of the PAPER SIZE SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the P/J548 of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J824-1 J548-6 J824-2 J548-5 J824-3 J548-4 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of PAPER SIZE SENSOR 1. Replace the PAPER SIZE SENSOR. *(p.436) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved Replace the HARNESS ASSY 3TM
1 2
1 2
To Step 3
To Step 3
Problem solved
Problem solved
Note "*": For the 3 Tray Module, replace the PAPER SIZE SENSOR with the one of another tray and make this check.
Note "*": For the 3 Tray Module, replace the PAPER SIZE SENSOR with the one of another tray and make this check.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
212
Revision A
FIP-O5 Panel Message Paper Out Casette 2 tttt Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY SNR HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Paper presence Check the paper in the Tray2. Is there paper in the Tray 2? Check of HARNESS ASSY SNR 1. Disconnect the J106 of the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J617 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM/ STMR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J106-1 J617-9 J106-2 J617-8 J106-3 J617-7 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Supply paper
Step
Action and Question Check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM 1. Disconnect the J547 of the PWB ASSY 3TM/STM. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J670 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM/ STM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J547-9 P670-4 J547-8 P670-5 J547-7 P670-6 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR 1. Replace the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR. (p.439) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 4
3
PWB ASSY 3TM/STM TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR
1 2
4
To Step 3 Replace the HARNESS ASSY SNR
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
213
Revision A
FIP-O6 Panel Message Paper Out Casette 3 tttt Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY SNR HARNESS ASSY 3TM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Paper presence Check the paper in the Tray3. Is there paper in the Tray 3? Check of HARNESS ASSY SNR 1. Disconnect the J106 of the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J617 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J106-1 J617-9 J106-2 J617-8 J106-3 J617-7 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the J549 of the PWB ASSY 3TM/STM. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J672 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J549-B9 P672-4 J549-B8 P672-5 J549-B7 P672-6 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Supply paper
Step
Action and Question Check of TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR 1. Replace the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR. (p.439) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
No Problem solved
4
TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR PWB ASSY 3TM
1 2
To Step 3
To Step 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
214
Revision A
FIP-O7 Panel Message Paper Out Casette 4 tttt Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY SNR HARNESS ASSY 3TM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Paper presence Check the paper in the Tray4. Is there paper in the Tray 4? Check of HARNESS ASSY SNR 1. Disconnect the J106 of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J617 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J106-1 J617-9 J106-2 J617-8 J106-3 J617-7 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the J549 of the PWB ASSY 3TM/STM. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J674 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J549-A9 P674-4 J549-A8 P674-5 J549-A7 P674-6 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Supply paper
Step
Action and Question Check of TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR 1. Replace the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR. (p.439) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
No Problem solved
4
TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR PWB ASSY 3TM
1 2
To Step 3
To Step 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
215
Revision A
FIP-O8 Panel Message Paper Set Casette 2 tttt Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM PAPER SIZE SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Size Check if the paper in the Tray2 correspond with the specified paper size by END GUIDE ASSY and FRONT SIDE GUIDE, or with the specified size by the driver of the computer. C A U T IO N Securely match the END GUIDE ASSY and FRONT SIDE GUIDE in the following procedure. 1. Match the inverted delta symbols of the END GUIDE ASSY and BOTTOM PLATE. 2. Match the inverted delta symbols of the FRONT SIDE GUIDE and BOTTOM PLATE.
END GUIDE ASSY FRONT SIDE GUIDE
Step
Action and Question Check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the J816 of the PAPER SIZE SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the P/J546 of the MCU PWB. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J816-1 J546-3 J816-2 J546-2 J816-3 J546-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of PAPER SIZE SENSOR 1. Replace the PAPER SIZE SENSOR. (p.436) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 3
2
PWB ASSY 3TM/STM
Yes To Step 2
Problem solved
MAX
Does the paper size setting correspond with the using paper?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
216
Revision A
FIP-O9 Panel Message Paper Set Casette 3 tttt Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY 3TM PAPER SIZE SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Size Check if the paper in the Tray3 correspond with the specified paper size by END GUIDE ASSY and FRONT SIDE GUIDE, or with the specified size by the driver of the computer. C A U T IO N Securely match the END GUIDE ASSY and FRONT SIDE GUIDE in the following procedure. 1. Match the inverted delta symbols of the END GUIDE ASSY and BOTTOM PLATE. 2. Match the inverted delta symbols of the FRONT SIDE GUIDE and BOTTOM PLATE.
END GUIDE ASSY FRONT SIDE GUIDE
Step
Action and Question Check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the J820 of the PAPER SIZE SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the P/J548 of the MCU PWB. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J820-1 J548-12 J820-2 J548-11 J820-3 J548-10 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of PAPER SIZE SENSOR 1. Replace the PAPER SIZE SENSOR. (p.436) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 3
2
PWB ASSY 3TM
Yes To Step 2
Problem solved
MAX
Does the paper size setting correspond with the using paper?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
217
Revision A
FIP-O10 Panel Message Paper Set Casette 4 tttt Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY 3TM PAPER SIZE SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Size Check if the paper in the Tray4 correspond with the specified paper size by END GUIDE ASSY and FRONT SIDE GUIDE, or with the specified size by the driver of the computer. C A U T IO N Securely match the END GUIDE ASSY and FRONT SIDE GUIDE in the following procedure. 1. Match the inverted delta symbols of the END GUIDE ASSY and BOTTOM PLATE. 2. Match the inverted delta symbols of the FRONT SIDE GUIDE and BOTTOM PLATE.
END GUIDE ASSY FRONT SIDE GUIDE
Step
Action and Question Check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the J824 of the PAPER SIZE SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the P/J548 of the MCU PWB. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J824-1 J548-6 J824-2 J548-5 J824-3 J548-4 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of PAPER SIZE SENSOR 1. Replace the PAPER SIZE SENSOR. (p.436) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 3
2
PWB ASSY 3TM
Yes To Step 2
Problem solved
MAX
Does the paper size setting correspond with the using paper?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
218
Revision A
FIP-O11 Panel Message Jam E, C2 Possible parts that caused the error FEED ROLL HARNESS ASSY TA HARNESS ASSY 3TM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Yes No Replace the FEED ROLL (p.437)
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J840 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 2. Disconnect the J546 of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P840-1 J546-6 P840-2 J546-5 P840-3 J546-4 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of TAKEAWAY SENSOR 1. Replace the TAKEAWAY SENSOR. (p.445) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 4
3
TAKEAWAY SENSOR PWB ASSY 3TM/STM
Operation check of the FEED ROLL To Step 2 1. Make sure that the FEED ROLL is securely installed. 2. Check the FEED ROLL for abrasion. Does the FEED ROLL turn smoothly? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY TA 1. Disconnect the J830 of the TAKEAWAY SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J840 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J830-1 J840-3 J830-2 J840-2 J830-3 J840-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? To Step 3
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
219
Revision A
FIP-O12 Panel Message Jam E, C3 Possible parts that caused the error FEED ROLL HARNESS ASSY F/O HARNESS ASSY 3TM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Yes No Replace the FEED ROLL (p.437)
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J841 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 2. Disconnect the J548 of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P841-1 J548-9 P841-2 J548-8 P841-3 J548-7 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR 1. Replace the TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR. (p.441) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 4
3
TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR PWB ASSY 3TM
Operation check of the FEED ROLL To Step 2 1. Make sure that the FEED ROLL is securely installed. 2. Check the FEED ROLL for abrasion. Does the FEED ROLL turn smoothly? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY F/O 1. Disconnect the J821 of the TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J841 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J821-1 J841-3 J821-2 J841-2 J821-3 J841-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? To Step 3
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
220
Revision A
FIP-O13 Panel Message Jam E, C4 Possible parts that caused the error FEED ROLL HARNESS ASSY F/O HARNESS ASSY 3TM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Yes No Replace the FEED ROLL (p.437)
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J841 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 2. Disconnect the J548 of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P842-1 J548-3 P842-2 J548-2 P842-3 J548-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR 1. Replace the TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR. (p.441) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 4
3
TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR PWB ASSY 3TM
Operation check of the FEED ROLL To Step 2 1. Make sure that the FEED ROLL is securely installed. 2. Check the FEED ROLL for abrasion. Does the FEED ROLL turn smoothly? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY F/O 1. Disconnect the J821 of the TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J842 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J821-1 J842-3 J821-2 J842-2 J821-3 J842-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? To Step 3
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
221
Revision A
FIP-O14 Panel Message Service Req E115 Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Yes No Problem solved
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J251 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM/ STM. 2. Disconnect the J541 of the PWB ASSY 3TM/STM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J251-1 J541-10 J251-2 J541-9 J251-4 J541-7 J251-5 J541-6 J251-6 J541-5 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J251 of the PWB ASSY 3TM/STM. 2. Disconnect the J25 of the MCU PWB. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P251-1 J25-1 P251-2 J25-2 P251-4 J25-4 P251-5 J25-5 P251-6 J25-6 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 3
2
PWB ASSY 3TM/STM MCU PWB
Connection check of connectors To Step 2 1. Make sure that the Connector (J541) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM is securely connected to the Connector (P541) of the PWB ASSY 3TM/STM. 2. Make sure that the Connector (J251) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM is securely connected to the Connector (P251) of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Make sure that the Connector (J25) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM is securely connected to the Connector (P25) of the MCB PWB. Does the error occur?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
222
Revision A
FIP-O15 Panel Message Service Req E142 Possible parts that caused the error TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR ACTUATOR SNR HARNESS ASSY SNR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR installation check Are TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR and GEAR 29 installed correctly? Yes To Step 2 No Remove and reinstall the failing part.
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY SNR 1. Disconnect the relay connector P670/J617 of the HARNESS ASSY SNR. 2. Disconnect the J205 of the TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J617-6 J205-1 J617-5 J205-2 J617-4 J205-3 J617-3 J205-4 J617-2 J205-5 J617-1 J205-6 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM 1. Disconnect the J547 of the PWB ASSY 3TM/STM. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P670/J617 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J547-6 P670-7 J547-5 P670-8 J547-4 P670-9 J547-3 P670-10 J547-2 P670-11 J547-1 P670-12 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 5
4
HARNESS ASSY 3TM TRAY LEVEL SENSOR PWB ASSY 3TM/STM
Operation check of the TRAY FEED/ LIFT MOTOR 1. Make sure that the TRAY FEED/ LIFT MOTOR operates properly. 2. Check the rotation of each gear. Do TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR and each gear rotate properly? Check of ACTUATOR SNR for damage Check the ACUATOR SNR for bending or damage. Is the ACTUATOR SNR installed correctly?
To Step 3
To Step 6
To Step 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
223
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Installation check of TRAY LEVEL SENSOR Check the installation of the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR. Is the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR installed correctly? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY SNR 1. Disconnect the relay connector P670/J617 of the HARNESS ASSY SNR. 2. Disconnect the J108 of the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J617-12 J108-1 J617-11 J108-2 J617-10 J108-3 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the J547 of the PWB ASSY 3TM/STM. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P670/J617 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J547-12 P670-1 J547-11 P670-2 J547-10 P670-3 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of TRAY LEVEL SENSOR 1. Replace the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR. (p.440) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 7
To Step 8
To Step 9
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
224
Revision A
FIP-O16 Panel Message Service Req E143 Possible parts that caused the error TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR ACTUATOR SNR HARNESS ASSY SNR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR installation check Are TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR and GEAR 29 installed correctly? Yes To Step 2 No Remove and reinstall the failing part.
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY SNR 1. Disconnect the relay connector P672/J617 of the HARNESS ASSY SNR. 2. Disconnect the J205 of the TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J617-6 J205-1 J617-5 J205-2 J617-4 J205-3 J617-3 J205-4 J617-2 J205-5 J617-1 J205-6 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the J549B of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P672/J617 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J549B-6 P672-7 J549B-5 P672-8 J549B-4 P672-9 J549B-3 P672-10 J549B-2 P672-11 J549B-1 P672-12 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 5
4
HARNESS ASSY 3TM TRAY LEVEL SENSOR PWB ASSY 3TM
Operation check of the TRAY FEED/ LIFT MOTOR 1. Make sure that the TRAY FEED/ LIFT MOTOR operates properly. 2. Check the rotation of each gear. Do TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR and each gear rotate properly? Check of ACTUATOR SNR for damage Check the ACUATOR SNR for bending or damage. Is the ACTUATOR SNR installed correctly?
To Step 3
To Step 6
To Step 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
225
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Installation check of TRAY LEVEL SENSOR Check the installation of the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR. Is the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR installed correctly? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY SNR 1. Disconnect the relay connector P672/J617 of the HARNESS ASSY SNR. 2. Disconnect the J108 of the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J617-12 J108-1 J617-11 J108-2 J617-10 J108-3 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the J549B of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P672/J617 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J549B-12 P672-1 J549B-11 P672-2 J549B-10 P672-3 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of TRAY LEVEL SENSOR 1. Replace the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR. (p.440) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 7
To Step 8
To Step 9
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
226
Revision A
FIP-O17 Panel Message Service Req E144 Possible parts that caused the error TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR ACTUATOR SNR HARNESS ASSY SNR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR installation check Are TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR and GEAR 29 installed correctly? Yes To Step 2 No Remove and reinstall the failing part.
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY SNR 1. Disconnect the relay connector P674/J617 of the HARNESS ASSY SNR. 2. Disconnect the J205 of the TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J617-6 J205-1 J617-5 J205-2 J617-4 J205-3 J617-3 J205-4 J617-2 J205-5 J617-1 J205-6 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the J549A of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P674/J617 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J549A-6 P674-7 J549A-5 P674-8 J549A-4 P674-9 J549A-3 P674-10 J549A-2 P674-11 J549A-1 P674-12 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 5
4
HARNESS ASSY 3TM TRAY LEVEL SENSOR PWB ASSY 3TM
Operation check of the TRAY FEED/ LIFT MOTOR 1. Make sure that the TRAY FEED/ LIFT MOTOR operates properly. 2. Check the rotation of each gear. Do TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR and each gear rotate properly? Check of ACTUATOR SNR for damage Check the ACUATOR SNR for bending or damage. Is the ACTUATOR SNR installed correctly?
To Step 3
To Step 6
To Step 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
227
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Installation check of TRAY LEVEL SENSOR Check the installation of the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR. Is the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR installed correctly? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY SNR 1. Disconnect the relay connector P674/J617 of the HARNESS ASSY SNR. 2. Disconnect the J108 of the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J617-12 J108-1 J617-11 J108-2 J617-10 J108-3 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the J549A of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P674/J617 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J549A-12 P674-1 J549A-11 P674-2 J549A-10 P674-3 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of TRAY LEVEL SENSOR 1. Replace the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR. (p.440) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 7
To Step 8
To Step 9
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
228
Revision A
FIP-O18 Panel Message Check Paper Size Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY REGI HARNESS ASSY R-BTM SENSOR REGI TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Size Check if the paper in the Tray2 correspond with the specified paper size by END GUIDE ASSY and FRONT SIDE GUIDE, or with the specified size by the driver of the computer. C A U T IO N Securely match the END GUIDE ASSY and FRONT SIDE GUIDE in the following procedure. 1. Match the inverted delta symbols of the END GUIDE ASSY and BOTTOM PLATE. 2. Match the inverted delta symbols of the FRONT SIDE GUIDE and BOTTOM PLATE.
END GUIDE ASSY FRONT SIDE GUIDE
Step
Action and Question Check of Paper Feed Roll for damage Check the Paper Feed Roll for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? Check of Paper Feed Gear for damage Check the Paper Feed Gears for abrasion and damage. Do the Paper Feed Gears rotate normally? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-4 J23A8-3 J23A6-5 J23A8-2 J23A6-6 J23A8-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-5 J23-A13 P23A6-4 J23-A14 P23A6-3 J23-A15 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 3
No Replace the failed part with a new one. Replace the failed part with a new one. Replace the HARNESS ASSY REGI
2
CLUTCH REGI MCU PWB
3
No Change the paper or change the paper size setting
To Step 4
Yes To Step 2
To Step 5
To Step 6
MAX
Does the paper size setting correspond with the using paper?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
229
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Check of SENSOR REGI 1. Replace the SENSOR REGI. (p.340) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A9 of the CLUTCH REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-7 P23A9-2 J23A6-8 P23A9-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-2 J23-A16 P23A6-1 J23-A17 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 7
No Problem solved
6 7
To Step 8
To Step 9
Check of CLUTCH REGI Replace the 1. Replace the CLUTCH REGI. (p.338) MCU PWB (p.382) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
230
Revision A
FIP-O19 Panel Message Check Paper Size Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY REGI HARNESS ASSY R-BTM SENSOR REGI TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Size Check if the paper in the Tray3 correspond with the specified paper size by END GUIDE ASSY and FRONT SIDE GUIDE, or with the specified size by the driver of the computer. C A U T IO N Securely match the END GUIDE ASSY and FRONT SIDE GUIDE in the following procedure. 1. Match the inverted delta symbols of the END GUIDE ASSY and BOTTOM PLATE. 2. Match the inverted delta symbols of the FRONT SIDE GUIDE and BOTTOM PLATE.
END GUIDE ASSY FRONT SIDE GUIDE
Step
Action and Question Check of Paper Feed Roll for damage Check the Paper Feed Roll for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? Check of Paper Feed Gear for damage Check the Paper Feed Gears for abrasion and damage. Do the Paper Feed Gears rotate normally? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-4 J23A8-3 J23A6-5 J23A8-2 J23A6-6 J23A8-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-5 J23-A13 P23A6-4 J23-A14 P23A6-3 J23-A15 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 3
No Replace the failed part with a new one. Replace the failed part with a new one. Replace the HARNESS ASSY REGI
2
CLUTCH REGI MCU PWB
3
No Change the paper or change the paper size setting
To Step 4
Yes To Step 2
To Step 5
To Step 6
MAX
Does the paper size setting correspond with the using paper?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
231
Revision A
Step
Yes
No Problem solved
6 7
Check of SENSOR REGI To Step 7 1. Replace the SENSOR REGI. (p.338) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A9 of the CLUTCH REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-7 P23A9-2 J23A6-8 P23A9-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-2 J23-A16 P23A6-1 J23-A17 Do all of the wiring have continuity? To Step 8
To Step 9
Check of CLUTCH REGI Replace the 1. Replace the CLUTCH REGI. (p.338) MCU PWB (p.382) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
232
Revision A
FIP-O20 Panel Message Check Paper Size Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY REGI HARNESS ASSY R-BTM SENSOR REGI TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Size Check if the paper in the Tray4 correspond with the specified paper size by END GUIDE ASSY and FRONT SIDE GUIDE, or with the specified size by the driver of the computer. C A U T IO N Securely match the END GUIDE ASSY and FRONT SIDE GUIDE in the following procedure. 1. Match the inverted delta symbols of the END GUIDE ASSY and BOTTOM PLATE. 2. Match the inverted delta symbols of the FRONT SIDE GUIDE and BOTTOM PLATE.
END GUIDE ASSY FRONT SIDE GUIDE
Step
Action and Question Check of Paper Feed Roll for damage Check the Paper Feed Roll for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? Check of Paper Feed Gear for damage Check the Paper Feed Gears for abrasion and damage. Do the Paper Feed Gears rotate normally? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-4 J23A8-3 J23A6-5 J23A8-2 J23A6-6 J23A8-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-5 J23-A13 P23A6-4 J23-A14 P23A6-3 J23-A15 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 3
No Replace the failed part with a new one. Replace the failed part with a new one. Replace the HARNESS ASSY REGI
2
CLUTCH REGI MCU PWB
3
No Change the paper or change the paper size setting
To Step 4
Yes To Step 2
To Step 5
To Step 6
MAX
Does the paper size setting correspond with the using paper?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
233
Revision A
Step
Yes
No Problem solved
6 7
Check of SENSOR REGI To Step 7 1. Replace the SENSOR REGI. (p.338) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A9 of the CLUTCH REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-7 P23A9-2 J23A6-8 P23A9-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-2 J23-A16 P23A6-1 J23-A17 Do all of the wiring have continuity? To Step 8
To Step 9
Check of CLUTCH REGI Replace the 1. Replace the CLUTCH REGI. (p.338) MCU PWB (p.382) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
234
Revision A
FIP-O21 Panel Message Check Transparency Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY REGI OHP SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Check the transparency in the Tray 2. Do the transparency in the Tray 2 has no white margins? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI1. 1. Remove the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Remove the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-1 J23A7-3 J23A6-2 J23A7-2 J23A6-3 J23A7-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the transparency with one that has no white margins. Replace the HARNESS ASSY REGI
Step
Yes
3
HARNESS ASSY R-BTM MCU PWB
1 2
Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY To Step 4 R-BTM1. 1. Remove the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Remove the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-8 J23-A10 P23A6-7 J23-A11 P23A6-6 J23-A12 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of OHP SENSOR 1. Replace the OHP SENSOR. (p.340) 2. Print the job that failed to print. Or do a test print. Does the error occur? Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
Problem solved
To Step 3
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
235
Revision A
FIP-O22 Panel Message Check Transparency Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY REGI OHP SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Check the transparency in the Tray 3. Do the transparency in the Tray 3 has no white margins? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI1. 1. Remove the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Remove the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-1 J23A7-3 J23A6-2 J23A7-2 J23A6-3 J23A7-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the transparency with one that has no white margins. Replace the HARNESS ASSY REGI
Step
Yes
3
HARNESS ASSY R-BTM MCU PWB
1 2
Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY To Step 4 R-BTM1. 1. Remove the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Remove the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-8 J23-A10 P23A6-7 J23-A11 P23A6-6 J23-A12 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of OHP SENSOR 1. Replace the OHP SENSOR. (p.340) 2. Print the job that failed to print. Or do a test print. Does the error occur? Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
Problem solved
To Step 3
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
236
Revision A
FIP-O23 Panel Message Check Transparency Possible parts that caused the error HARNESS ASSY REGI OHP SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Paper Check the transparency in the Tray 4. Do the transparency in the Tray 4 has no white margins? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI1. 1. Remove the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Remove the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-1 J23A7-3 J23A6-2 J23A7-2 J23A6-3 J23A7-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the transparency with one that has no white margins. Replace the HARNESS ASSY REGI
Step
Yes
3
HARNESS ASSY R-BTM MCU PWB
1 2
Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY To Step 4 R-BTM1. 1. Remove the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Remove the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-8 J23-A10 P23A6-7 J23-A11 P23A6-6 J23-A12 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of OHP SENSOR 1. Replace the OHP SENSOR. (p.340) 2. Print the job that failed to print. Or do a test print. Does the error occur? Replace the MCU PWB (p.382)
Problem solved
To Step 3
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
237
Revision A
FIP-O24 Panel Message Jam E Possible parts that caused the error TAKEAWAY SENSOR HARNESS ASSY TA TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of the paper feed path Check the paper feed path. Are burrs and foreign matter absent in the paper feed path? Check of Paper Feed Roll for damage Check the Paper Feed Roll for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? Check of TAKEAWAY SENSOR Actuator for damage Check the ACUATOR SNR for bending or damage. Is the Actuator of the TAKEAWAY SENSOR installed correctly? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY TA 1. Disconnect the J830 of the TAKEAWAY SENSOR. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J840 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J830-1 J840-3 J830-2 J840-2 J830-3 J840-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Yes To Step 2 No Remove foreign matter. Replace the failed part with a new one. Replace the ACTUATOR SNR (p.439)
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY 3TM 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J840 of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM. 2. Disconnect the J546 of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P840-1 J546-6 P840-2 J546-5 P840-3 J546-4 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of TAKEAWAY SENSOR 1. Replace the TAKEAWAY SENSOR. (p.445) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 6
5
HARNESS ASSY 3TM PWB ASSY 3TM
1 2
Problem solved
To Step 3
To Step 4
To Step 5
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
238
Revision A
FIP-O25 Panel Message Jam E Possible parts that caused the error FEED ROLL HARNESS ASSY REGI HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Yes No Replace the FEED ROLL (p.437)
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-4 J23A8-3 J23A6-5 J23A8-2 J23A6-6 J23A8-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-5 J23-A13 P23A6-4 J23-A14 P23A6-3 J23-A15 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of SENSOR REGI 1. Replace the SENSOR REGI.(p.340) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 5
4
SENSOR REGI MCU PWB
Operation check of the FEED ROLL To Step 2 1. Make sure that the FEED ROLL is securely installed. 2. Check the FEED ROLL for abrasion. Does the FEED ROLL turn smoothly? Check of the paper feed path Check the paper feed paths of Tray 2 to Tray 4. Are burrs and foreign matter absent in the paper feed path? Check of Paper Feed Roll for damage Check the Paper Feed Rolls of Tray 2 to Tray 4 for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? To Step 3
To Step 6
To Step 4
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
239
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Check of HARNESS ASSY MAIN 1. Disconnect the P/J365 of the DUPLEX PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J261 of the HARNESS ASSY MAIN. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J365-10 J261-B2 J365-9 J261-B3 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the J26 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J261 of the HARNESS ASSY MAIN. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J26-13 P261-B10 J26-14 P261-B9 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Check of DUPLEX PWB 1. Replace the DUPLEX PWB. (p.419) 2. Turn the main power on. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 4
To Step 5
To Step 3
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
240
Revision A
FIP-O27 Panel Message Jam B, D Possible parts that caused the error DUPLEX ASSY HARNESS ASSY REGI HARNESS ASSY R-BTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Installation check of DUPLEX ASSY 1. Check the installation of the DUPLEX ASSY. 2. Perform Test Print by Duplex printing. Does the error occur? Check of the paper feed path Check the paper feed path of the DUPLEX ASSY. Are burrs and foreign matter absent in the paper feed path? Check of Paper Feed Roll for damage Check the Paper Feed Roll of the DUPLEX ASSY for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
Step
Action and Question Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY REGI 1. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Disconnect the J23A8 of the SENSOR REGI. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J23A6-4 J23A8-3 J23A6-5 J23A8-2 J23A6-6 J23A8-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY R-BTM 1. Disconnect the P/J23 of the MCU PWB. 2. Disconnect the relay connector P/ J23A6 of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. P23A6-5 J23-A13 P23A6-4 J23-A14 P23A6-3 J23-A15 Do all of the wiring have continuity?
Yes To Step 5
4
SENSOR REGI MCU PWB
5
To Step 3 Remove foreign matter.
To Step 6
To Step 4
Check of SENSOR REGI Replace the 1. Replace the SENSOR REGI. (p.340) MCU PWB (p.382) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the error occur?
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
241
Revision A
FIP-O28 Panel Message Jam B, D Possible parts that caused the error DUPLEX ASSY GATE DUPLEX GUIDE DUP IN DUPLEX ROLL HARNESS ASSY DUP DUPLEX PWB DUPLEX SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of the paper feed path Check the paper feed path of the DUPLEX ASSY. Are burrs and foreign matter absent in the paper feed path? Check of Paper Feed Roll for damage Check the Paper Feed Roll of the DUPLEX ASSY for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? Check of Paper Feed Roll Drive Gear 1. Is the Paper Feed Roll Drive Gear of the DUPLEX ASSY engaged? 2. Check the Paper Feed Roll Drive Gear of the DUPLEX ASSY for abrasion and damage. Does the Paper Feed Roll rotate normally? Yes To Step 2 No Remove foreign matter.
Step
Yes
No Replace the GATE DUPLEX (p.423) Replace the GUIDE DUP IN (p.418) Replace the DUPLEX ROLL (p.421)
4
DUPLEX CLUTCH DUPLEX MOTOR EXIT MOTOR MCU PWB HARNESS ASSY MAIN HARNESS ASSY R-BTM
Check of GATE DUPLEX for damage To Step 5 Check the GATE DUPLEX for damage. Is paper fed properly? Check of GUIDE DUP IN for damage Check the GATE DUP IN for damage. Is paper fed properly? Check of DUPLEX ROLL for damage Check the DUPLEX ROLL for abrasion and damage. Does the DUPLEX ROLL operate normally? Continuity check of HARNESS ASSY DUP 1. Disconnect the P/J362 of the DUPLEX PWB. 2. Disconnect the J3622 of the DUPLEX SENSOR. 3. Check if the following wiring have continuity. J362-3 J3622-3 J362-4 J3622-2 J362-5 J3622-1 Do all of the wiring have continuity? To Step 6
5 6
To Step 7
To Step 8
To Step 3
8
To Step 4 Replace the failed part with a new one.
Power supply to the DUPLEX SENSOR To Step 9 1. Make sure that the DUPLEX SENSOR is correctly connected. 2. Check the voltage between J362-3 and J362-1. Is the voltage 3.3 VDC between J362-3 and J362-1?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
242
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Power supply to the DUPLEX CLUTCH 1. Make sure that the DUPLEX CLUTCH is correctly connected. 2. Check the voltage between J364-2 and J364-1. Is the voltage 24 VDC between J364-2 and J364-1? Operation check of the DUPLEX MOTOR 1. Check the installation of the DUPLEX MOTOR. 2. Make sure that the DUPLEX MOTOR operates properly. 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the DUPLEX MOTOR operate normally? Operation check of the EXIT MOTOR 1. Check the installation of the EXIT MOTOR. 2. Make sure that the EXIT MOTOR operates properly. 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Does the EXIT MOTOR operate normally?
Yes To Step 10
10
To Step 11
11
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
243
Revision A
Controller
C H E C K P O IN T
FIP-C2
Panel Message Service Req C0999 Service Req C1002 Service Req C1010 Service Req C1100 Service Req C1101 Possible parts that caused the error Service Req C0307 Service Req C0308 Service Req C0309 Service Req C0800 Service Req C0998 Service Req C1400 Service Req C1500 Service Req C1550 Service Req C1600 Service Req C1800 Service Req C1999 BOARD ASSY, MAIN TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of Standard ROM-DIMM 1. Check whether the installed ROMDIMM is the specified one and is securely connected. (Remove it once and reinstall it again.) Does the error occur? Replace the Standard ROM-DIMM 1. Replace the Standard ROM-DIMM. Does the error occur? External noise 1. Check the surrounding of the printer for electrical equipment. 2. Disconnect all cables connected to the printer, except the AC cable, and make operation check. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
Since a controller-related service call error may occur due to the print data structure sent by the host/application, make operation check while simultaneously changing the operating environment, print data, etc.
Service Req C1120 Service Req C1121 Service Req C1122 Service Req C1123
FIP-C1
Panel Message Service Req C0017 Service Req C0088 Service Req C0089 Service Req C0091 Service Req C0300 Service Req C0301 Service Req C0302 Service Req C0303 Service Req C0304 Service Req C0305 Service Req C0306 Possible parts that caused the error BOARD ASSY, MAIN TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question External noise 1. Check the surrounding of the printer for electrical equipment. 2. Disconnect all cables connected to the printer, except the AC cable, and make operation check. Does the error occur? Yes Replace the BOARD ASSY, MAIN (p.375) No Problem solved
Standard ROM-DIMM
2 3
To Step 3
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
244
Revision A
FIP-C3
Panel Message Service Req C1180 Service Req C1181 Possible parts that caused the error BOARD ASSY, MAIN TROUBLESHOOTING Option ROM-DIMM Service Req C1185
FIP-C4
Panel Message Service Req C1020 Possible parts that caused the error BOARD ASSY, MAIN TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of RAM-DIMM Check whether the installed RAMDIMM is the specified one and is securely connected. (Remove it once and reinstall it again.) Does the error occur? Replace the RAM-DIMM 1. Replace the Standard RAM-DIMM. Does the error occur? External noise 1. Check the surrounding of the printer for electrical equipment. 2. Disconnect all cables connected to the printer, except the AC cable, and make operation check. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
RAM-DIMM
Step
Action and Question Check the Option ROM-DIMM Check whether the installed ROMDIMM is the specified one and is securely connected. (Remove it once and reinstall it again.) Does the error occur? Replace the Option ROM-DIMM 1. Replace the Standard ROM-DIMM. Does the error occur? External noise 1. Check the surrounding of the printer for electrical equipment. 2. Disconnect all cables connected to the printer, except the AC cable, and make operation check. Does the error occur?
Yes To Step 2
No Problem solved
2 3
To Step 3
2 3
To Step 3
C H E C K P O IN T
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
245
Revision A
FIP-C5
Panel Message Service Req C1200 Possible parts that caused the error BOARD ASSY, MAIN TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of EEPROM Initialize the EEPROM. Refer to EEPROM initialization (p69) Does the error occur? External noise 1. Check the surrounding of the printer for electrical equipment. 2. Disconnect all cables connected to the printer, except the AC cable, and make operation check. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved
FIP-C6
Panel Message Service Req C1210 Service Req C2000 Possible parts that caused the error BOARD ASSY, MAIN TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Check of host PC Restart the host PC. Does the error occur? Check of Printer Driver Reinstall the Printer Driver. Does the error occur? External noise 1. Check the surrounding of the printer for electrical equipment. 2. Disconnect all cables connected to the printer, except the AC cable, and make operation check. Does the error occur? Yes To Step 2 No Problem solved Problem solved Problem solved
1 2
1 2 3
To Step 3
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
Level 2 FIP
246
Revision A
FIP-F1
Possible parts that caused the error MAIN POWER SWITCH&INLET LVPS TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Action and Question Power Cord Check continuity of the Power Cord. Does the Power Cord have normal continuity? AC power source Check the voltage of the AC power source. Is the voltage of the AC power source nearly the rated AC voltage 10%. Check of MAIN POWER SWITCH&INLET Is the LINK securely attached to the MAIN POWER SWITCH & INLET? Check of MAIN POWER SWITCH&INLET Replace the MAIN POWER SWITCH&INLET. Is power switched on? Check of LVPS Replace the LVPS. (p.373) Is power switched on? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the Power Cord
1 2
To Step 3
3 4
To Step 4
Problem solved
To Step 5
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
247
Revision A
Test Printing
No
No
No
TROUBLESHOOTING
248
Revision A
This FIP assumes that the printer controller is normal. However, executing test print with the engine alone allows easy judgment of whether the problem, except the phenomenon that cannot be confirmed by test print, is a printer controller side fault or an engine side fault. Test print executed with the engine alone is normal Printer controller side fault Test print executed with the engine alone is also abnormal Engine side fault If there may be something wrong with the printer controller, replace the printer controller and interface cable with properly functioning ones and see if that works. If the problem continues to occur, check the host side and perform troubleshooting efficiently using the following image Quality FIPs according to a description of the problem.
To perform troubleshootings for picture quality problems effectively, print images on A4 or A3 sized paper and determine the exact cause of the trouble referring to the Image Quality FIP on the next page.
If the failure cannot be restored to normal by the image quality FIP, check using the image quality FIP again, then check by replacing the Possible parts that caused the error in the image quality FIP in due order, and also perform troubleshooting using 7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information (p513), etc.
TROUBLESHOOTING
249
Revision A
TROUBLESHOOTING
250
Revision A
The image trouble interval does not always match the circumference of the roll.
IDT Cleaning Brush (IDT UNIT) IDT 1 (IDT UNIT) IDT 2 (IDT UNIT)
Magnet Roll IDT Cleaning Brush Detoner Roll Drum OPC Magnet Roll IDT2 Detoner Roll IDT Cleaning Brush Drum Refresher RTC Drum OPC BTR IDT1 Magnet Roll Drum Refresher RTC Drum OPC Magnet Roll IDT Cleaning Brush Detoner Roll IDT1 Drum Refresher RTC
Drum OPC or IDT 1 Photoconductor unit or IDT UNIT IDT Cleaning Brush IDT UNIT IDT 1 or Drum OPC IDT UNIT or Photoconductor unit IDT 2 or BTR IDT 1 IDT 2 IDT UNIT or Photoconductor unit IDT UNIT IDT UNIT
TROUBLESHOOTING
251
Revision A
During the cleaning cycle, never touch the energized areas and drive areas. Figure 3-6. Short Circuit Location
C A U T IO N
In the following step, never short the pattern with the other cores, on-board printed surfaces, etc.
3. After the cleaning cycle is complete, short the unmounted pattern R699 (on CN600) on the controller board with the tip of a mini-screwdriver (flatblade).
C H E C K P O IN T
Test print can also be executed by removing the controller board and shorting the unmounted pattern (TPRINT/P14 bottom left) for IOT Test Pattern Print on the MCU PWB. (Refer to Figure 3-7. MCU PWB Short Circuit Location.)
P14
TPRINT (R210)
GN14002EA
TROUBLESHOOTING
252
Revision A
Print is not started if no paper is loaded in the Tray 1. Printing operation is not started if the engine is in an error state.
5. To confirm continuous printing, execute the short state continuously. 6. Install the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p298)
GN14003EA
TROUBLESHOOTING
253
Revision A
3.5.5 FIP
FIP-P1 STAIN (AFTERIMAGE/FOGGING)
Problems The printed surface is stained. Possible parts that caused the error IDT UNIT
Before starting troubleshooting, check if the paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question IDT UNIT Enter the Support Mode, and execute [Cleaning] from the Printer Adjust Menu. Was the trouble fixed? IDT UNIT Enter the Maintenance Mode, and execute [Power Cleaning] from the Maintenance Menu. * [Power Cleaning] does not function unless the temperature and humidity in the engine are in the specified states. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To step 2
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
254
Revision A
FIP-P2
Light image
Problems The image density is low as a whole. Possible parts that caused the error Toner Cartridge (C/K/M/Y) GEAR ASSY HR GEAR UNIT DEVE MOTOR ASSY TRACKING TRACKING ASSY REAR TRACKING ASSY FRONT Photoconductor unit HVPS IDT UNIT BTR UNIT ASSY ROS ASSY DEVE UNIT K (C,M,Y) MCU PWB BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Step
Action and Question Paper condition 1. Set new dry recommended paper. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Is image density normal? Toner Cartridge (C/K/M/Y) Is there enough toner in the Toner Cartridge? GEAR ASSY HR/GEAR UNIT DEVE Does the GEAR ASSY HR/GEAR UNIT DEVE drive properly?
No To Step 3
3 4
Replace the Toner Cartridge Replace the GEAR ASSY HR/GEAR HIGH ASSY DEVE (p.406)/ (p.411) Replace the MOTOR ASSY TRACKING/ TRACKING ASSY REAR/ TRACKING ASSY FRONT (p.408)/ (p.411)/ (p.407) Repair the faulty grounding area.
To Step 5
GN14004EA
TRACKING ASSY FRONT/REAR Does the TRACKING ASSY FRONT/ REAR operate properly?
To Step 6
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Continuous printing Have more than 3,000 copies been printed continuously? Yes Leave the printer unoperated for more than 6 hours before restarting the job. No To Step 2
Grounding of Photoconductor unit Check the grounding circuit of the Photoconductor unit. (Check the high-voltage lead wire to the Photoconductor unit - IDT Unit BTR UNIT ASSY.) Is the grounding of the Photoconductor unit normal?
To Step 7
TROUBLESHOOTING
255
Revision A
Step
Action and Question HVPS 1. Replace the HVPS. (p.371) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Photoconductor unit 1. Replace the Photoconductor unit. (p.386) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? IDT UNIT 1. Replace the IDT UNIT. (p.386) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? ROS ASSY 1. Replace the ROS ASSY. (p.357) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? DEVE UNIT (C/M/Y/K) 1. Replace the DEVE UNIT. (p.392) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
No To Step 8
Step
Action and Question MCU PWB 1. Replace the MCU PWB. (p.382) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. C A U T IO N The MCU PWB built-in sample that does not pass through the controller can be output by shorting TP on the BOARD ASSY, MAIN with a screwdriver or similar tool. When no problem occurs in the MCU PWB built-in sample, a possible cause is a BOARD ASSY, MAIN fault. (p.252) Was the trouble fixed?
13
Problem solved
To Step 9
Problem solved
To Step 10
10
Problem solved
To Step 11
11
Problem solved
To Step 12
12
Problem solved
To Step 13
TROUBLESHOOTING
256
Revision A
FIP-P3
White paper
Problems The whole paper is printed in completely white. Possible parts that caused the error Toner Cartridge (C/K/M/Y) GEAR ASSY HR GEAR UNIT DEVE MOTOR ASSY TRACKING TRACKING ASSY REAR TRACKING ASSY FRONT Photoconductor unit HVPS IDT UNIT BTR UNIT ASSY ROS ASSY MCU PWB BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Step
Action and Question GEAR ASSY HR/GEAR UNIT DEVE Does the GEAR ASSY HR/GEAR UNIT DEVE drive properly?
Yes To Step 4
No Replace the GEAR ASSY HR/GEAR HIGH ASSY DEVE (p.406)/ (p.411) Replace the MOTOR ASSY TRACKING/ TRACKING ASSY REAR/ TRACKING ASSY FRONT (p.408)/ (p.411)/ (p.407) Repair the faulty grounding area.
TRACKING ASSY FRONT/REAR Does the TRACKING ASSY FRONT/ REAR operate properly?
To Step 5
GN14005EA
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Paper condition 1. Set new dry recommended paper. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Is image density normal? Toner Cartridge (C/K/M/Y) Is there enough toner in the Toner Cartridge? Yes Replace the MAIN BOARD, ASSY (p.375) To Step 3 No To Step 2
Grounding of Photoconductor unit Check the grounding circuit of the Photoconductor unit. (Check the high-voltage lead wire to the Photoconductor unit - IDT Unit BTR UNIT ASSY.) Is the grounding of the Photoconductor unit normal? HVPS 1. Replace the HVPS. (p.371) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Photoconductor unit 1. Replace the Photoconductor unit. (p.386) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
To Step 6
Problem solved
To Step 7
7
Replace the Toner Cartridge
Problem solved
To Step 8
TROUBLESHOOTING
257
Revision A
Step
Action and Question IDT UNIT 1. Replace the IDT UNIT. (p.386) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? ROS ASSY 1. Replace the ROS ASSY. (p.357) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? MCU PWB 1. Replace the MCU PWB. (p.382) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. C A U T IO N The MCU PWB built-in sample that does not pass through the BOARD ASSY, MAIN can be output by shorting TP on the MCU PWB with a screwdriver or similar tool. When no problem occurs in the MCU PWB built-in sample, a possible cause is a BOARD ASSY, MAIN fault. Was the trouble fixed?
No To Step 9
Problem solved
To Step 10
10
Problem solved
To Step 11
11
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
258
Revision A
FIP-P4
Step
Action and Question Environmental factors Check the environmental factors such as temperature around the printer in the morning. If the temperature is much higher than the recommended level, advise the user to change it. Is it possible to use the printer under the recommended environment? AUGER (C/K/M/Y) 1. Replace the AUGER of the corresponding color. (p.397) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? MOTOR DISP (C/K/Y/M) 1. Replace the MOTOR DISP of the corresponding color. (p.399) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? TONER DISPENSER ASSY 1. Replace the TONER DISPENSER ASSY. (p.389) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? DEVE UNIT K (C,M,Y) 1. Replace the DEVE UNIT of the corresponding color. (p.392) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
Yes If the printer does not return to normal even under the recommended environment, go to Step 3. Problem solved
To step 4
GN14030EA
Problem solved
To step 5
C A U T IO N
Be careful of the following when installing the KIT HEATER ASSY or KIT HEATER DELE ASSY. Power consumption is increased by the heater. Set to the power-saving mode since the MCU PWB life will shorten with power on for 24 hours. Safety precautions are required to prevent Thermostat off, etc.
Problem solved
To step 6
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Paper condition 1. Load new, dry, recommended paper since moistened paper may result in low density. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Is image density normal? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
Problem solved
To step 7
TROUBLESHOOTING
259
Revision A
Step
Action and Question ROS ASSY 1. Wipe off the contamination and foreign matter of the ROS window of the corresponding color. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? ROS ASSY 1. Replace the ROS ASSY. (p.357) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? MCU PWB 1. Replace the MCU PWB. (p.382) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. C A U T IO N The MCU PWB built-in sample that does not pass through the BOARD ASSY, MAIN can be output by shorting TP on the MCU PWB with a screwdriver or similar tool. When no problem occurs in the MCU PWB built-in sample, a possible cause is a BOARD ASSY, MAIN fault. Was the trouble fixed? BOARD ASSY, MAIN 1. Replace the BOARD ASSY MAIN. (p.375) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
No To step 8
Step
Action and Question Grounding of Photoconductor unit Check the grounding circuit of the Photoconductor unit. (Check the high-voltage lead wire to the Photoconductor unit - IDT Unit BTR UNIT ASSY.) Are the grounding and high-voltage lead wire of the Photoconductor unit normal?
11
Problem solved
To step 9
Problem solved
To step 10
10
Problem solved
To step 11
TROUBLESHOOTING
260
Revision A
FIP-P5
FIP-P6
Problems White spots (beads carryover in image) occur in a halftone (HT) or solid image, or the carrier itself is developed in the background other than the image. Also, when touched by hand, the printed surface feels rough. Possible parts that caused the error DEVE UNIT K (C,M,Y)
189mm
13mm
Possible parts that caused the error Photoconductor unit DEVE UNIT K (C,M,Y)
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Environmental factors Check the environmental factors such as temperature around the printer in the morning. If the temperature is much higher than the recommended level, advise the user to change it. Did the printer return to normal under the recommended environment? DEVE UNIT K (C,M,Y) 1. Replace the DEVE UNIT. (p.392) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
GN14031EA
1
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question T/V increase and IDT surface coating 1. Run about 100 pieces of A3 paper to prompt toner consumption to increase T/V (Tribo Value: Toner charging amount) and coat the ITD surface. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No Replace the Photoconductor unit (p.386). If the fogging occurs, replace the DEVE UNIT (p.392).
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
261
Revision A
FIP-P7
Grit
Problems White patches occur in a halftone (HT), solid or similar image. In many cases, toner appears to stick in the center of the white patch. Possible parts that caused the error TONER DISPENSER ASSY DEVE UNIT K (C/K/M/Y) Toner Cartridge (C/K/M/Y)
GN14032EA
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question TONER DISPENSER ASSY 1. Replace the TONER DISPENSER ASSY. (p.389) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? DEVE UNIT K (C,M,Y) 1. Replace the DEVE UNIT. (p.392) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To step 2
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
262
Revision A
FIP-P8
White streaks
Problems White patches occur in the halftone or sold image area in the paper feeding direction. Possible parts that caused the error DEVE UNIT K (C,M,Y) ROS ASSY IDT UNIT Photoconductor Unit Fuser unit
Step
Action and Question IDT UNIT 1. Replace the IDT UNIT. (p.386) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Photoconductor unit 1. Replace the Photoconductor unit. (p.386) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
No To step 4
Problem solved
GN14010EA
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question DEVE UNIT K (C,M,Y) 1. Replace the DEVE UNIT. (p.392) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Between DEVE UNIT Top Cover and ROS seal glass Check for contamination or obstacles between the DEVE UNIT Top Cover and ROS seal glass. Are obstacles absent? Yes Problem solved No To step 2
To step 3
Clean the area between the DEVE UNIT Top Cover and ROS seal glass.
TROUBLESHOOTING
263
Revision A
FIP-P9
25mm
GN14033EA
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question DEVE UNIT K (C,M,Y) 1. Replace the DEVE UNIT. (p.392) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Printer main unit 1. Correct the tilting of the printer. (Rear/Front: Within 5mm Left/Right: Within 10mm) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To step 2
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
264
Revision A
Skew
Scanning position misalignment, full magnification misalignment or left-toright magnification misalignment occurs in the main scanning direction.
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Color Registration Adjustment Execute Correction of starting position in sub-scanning direction. (p.463) Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Color Registration Adjustment Execute Adjustment of starting position in main-scanning direction. (p.464) Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No
TROUBLESHOOTING
265
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Photoconductor unit/IDT UNIT 1. Reinstall the Photoconductor unit and ITD UNIT. (p.386) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? IDT1 1. Check the insertion of the power supply connector of ITD1 (P/J134 of HVPS). 2. Check the contact of the IDT1 Shaft and power supply plate (SRG CONT IDT). Does the problem still occur? HVPS 1. Replace the HVPS. (p.371) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No Replace the Photoconduc tor unit and IDT UNIT (p.386)
Problem solved
To Step 3
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
266
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Paper 1. Replace the paper. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
No
Problem solved
To Step 3
TROUBLESHOOTING
267
Revision A
GN14015EA
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question DEVE UNIT K (C,M,Y) 1. Replace the DEVE UNIT of the corresponding color. (p.392) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Paper 1. Replace the paper. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
268
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question IDT UNIT 1. Replace the IDT UNIT. (p.386) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
189mm 5mm
Type A: Horizontal streak of about 5mm width Type B: Two horizontal streaks spaced about 5mm Type C: Type B where the upper one is extremely conspicuous. In Type A, the overall BTR-IDT2 Nip width becomes conspicuous as a horizontal band. In Types B and C, the borders of a Nip width are wrinkled and become conspicuous as horizontal lines. Possible parts that caused the error IDT UNIT BTR UNIT ASSY
Problem solved
GN14017EA
C A U T IO N
This problem may occur if the LH ASSY is opened/closed with the printer powered off and the printer is then not powered on after the work is finished to perform warming-up operation. On the next day, horizontal steaks may become lighter and inconspicuous on the print. Basically, most of the horizontal streaks will gradually show the sign of recovery and disappear. Do not replace the IDT UNIT immediately, but wait for some time and check again. When the parts must be replaced, replace them in order of IDT UNIT and BTR UNIT ASSY. (The problem will be resolved by merely replacing the IDT UNIT.)
TROUBLESHOOTING
269
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
10~14mm
Step Action and Question Tooth tips of IDT2 Rear outside gear, inside gear and IDT1 Rear side gear 1. If foreign matter has stuck, remove it being careful not to damage the tooth tips. 2. If the gear tooth tip is damaged, e.g. dented or scratched, replace the IDT UNIT. 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No Replace the IDT UNIT (p.386)
GN14034EA
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC 1. Reinstall the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. 2. Replace the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY (p.305)
TROUBLESHOOTING
270
Revision A
FIP-P19 Scales
Problems Scale-shaped toner fly-off occurs in halftones (regardless of the colors). Scales often occur in the vertical direction (paper feeding direction). Scale-shaped toner fly-off nearly matches the pitch of the DTS blade. Possible parts that caused the error BTR UNIT ASSY
7mm GN14035EA
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Paper 1. Replace the paper. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No
1
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
271
Revision A
50mm
GN14036EA
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Wipe the BTR surface with a damp cloth that was squeezed tightly, and then wipe it with a dry cloth. C A U T IO N Do not use the drum cleaner. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY (p.305)
TROUBLESHOOTING
272
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question IDT2 1. Check the insertion of the power supply connector of ITD2 (P/J133 of HVPS). 2. Check the contact of the IDT2 Shaft and power supply plate (DRIVE ASSY PR). 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? HVPS 1. Replace the HVPS. (p.371) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? IDT1 1. Check the operation of the power supply pin on the IDT1 cleaner main unit side. (Check that the pin is not retracted) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
Problem solved
To Step 3
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
273
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Check the installation states of the BTR UNIT ASSY parts. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? IDT UNIT 1. Check the installation states of the IDT UNIT parts. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Check the insertion of the power supply connectors of BTR (P/J135, T401 of HVPS). 2. Check the contact of the BTR power supply pin (main unit side) and power supply plate (Unit side). 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? IDT2 1. Check the operation of the power supply pin on the IDT2 cleaner main unit side. (Check that the pin is not retracted) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes To Step 2 No Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY (p.305)
To Step 3
To Step 4
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
274
Revision A
GN14024EA
IDT UNIT
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Tooth tips of IDT1 Front side gear 1. If foreign matter has stuck, remove it being careful not to damage the tooth tips. 2. If the gear tooth tip is damaged, e.g. dented or scratched, replace the IDT UNIT. 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No Replace the IDT UNIT (p.386)
TROUBLESHOOTING
275
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Paper 1. Replace the paper. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
Problem solved
Mylar sheet
DTS Cover Possible parts that caused the error BTR UNIT ASSY
TROUBLESHOOTING
276
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Paper 1. Replace the paper. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question DEVE UNIT K (C,M,Y) 1. Replace the DEVE UNIT. (p.392) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Paper 1. Replace the paper. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To step 2
Problem solved
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
277
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? DEVE UNIT K (C,M,Y) 1. Replace the DEVE UNIT. (p.392) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Paper 1. Replace the paper. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Check of paper loading orientation and paper type 1. Change the paper loading orientation. 2. Use the recommended paper. Was the trouble fixed? Fuser unit 1. Replace the Fuser unit. (p.361) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
Problem solved
To Step 3
Problem solved
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
278
Revision A
Step
Action and Question PH MAIN ASSY 1. Replace the PH MAIN ASSY. (p.332) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Check of paper loading orientation and paper type 1. Change the paper loading orientation. 2. Use the recommended paper. Was the trouble fixed? Tray1/Tray2-4/Tray2 1. Replace Tray 1 or Tray 2-4. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? MSI 1. Replace the MSI. (p.310) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
Problem solved
To Step 3
Problem solved
To Step 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
279
Revision A
Step
Action and Question BTR UNIT ASSY 1. Replace the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Check of paper loading orientation and paper type 1. Change the paper loading orientation. 2. Use the recommended paper. Was the trouble fixed? TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY 1. Replace the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY. (p.362) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? CHUTE TRANS 1. Replace the CHUTE TRANS. (p.324) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
Problem solved
To Step 3
To Step 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
280
Revision A
Step
Action and Question LH ASSY 1. Replace the LH ASSY. (p.307) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Check of paper loading orientation and paper type 1. Change the paper loading orientation. 2. Use the recommended paper. Was the trouble fixed? TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY 1. Replace the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY. (p.362) 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? GATE ASSY FUT 1. Check the shape or position of the GATE ASSY FUT. Is the shape or position of the GATE ASSY FUT normal? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
Problem solved
To Step 3
To Step 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
281
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question
Proceed to Step 2 when the KIT
Yes If improvement is not made in the recommended environment, proceed to the other white patchrelated FIP.
HEATER ASSY or KIT HEATER DELE ASSY has already been installed. Check of printer operating environment Check the environment first in the morning. If humidity is high, it is advised to operate the printer in the recommended environment. Can the printer be operated in the recommended environment?
GN14016EA
C A U T IO N
Be careful of the following when installing the KIT HEATER ASSY or KIT HEATER DELE ASSY. Power consumption is increased by the heater (at sleep mode: 4W ~ 20W). Set to the power-saving mode since the MCU PWB life will shorten with power on for 24 hours. Safety precautions are required to prevent Thermostat off, etc.
Failure of KIT HEATER ASSY or KIT HEATER DELE ASSY 1. Wait for more than 15 minutes after power-on. 2. Remove the CASSETE ASSY, and touch the area around the SEAL SCREW stuck on the sheet metal of the main unit frame to make sure that it is warm. Is the area around the SEAL SCREW of the main unit frame warm? Test print Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
To Step 3
Replace the KIT HEATER ASSY or the KIT HEATER DELE ASSY (p.358)
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
282
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Paper 1. Replace the paper.
C A U T IO N
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question IDT UNIT Enter the Support Mode, and execute [Cleaning] from the Printer Adjust Menu. Was the trouble fixed? RTC Roll in Photoconductor unit Check the RTC Roll surface. Is there foreign matter, deformation or damage on the RTC Roll surface? Yes Problem solved No To step 2
No ---
Load paper, being careful not to touch the transfer side of the paper (manual feed: bottom side, cassette: top side) with your hands.
2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
If there is any foreign matter, remove it with a dry swab. If the surface is deformed or damaged, replace the Photoconductor unit.
---
TROUBLESHOOTING
283
Revision A
Step
Action and Question Output terminals to Photoconductor unit on HVPS rear side 1. Grind the output terminals on the HVPS rear side with sandpaper. 2. Install the HVPS after making sure that the output terminal on the HVPS rear side make proper contact with the spring on the Photoconductor unit side. 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
94mm
GN14018EA
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Environmental factors Check the environmental factors such as temperature around the printer in the morning. If the temperature is much higher than the recommended level, advise the user to change it. Did the printer return to normal under the recommended environment? Yes Problem solved No To Step 2
TROUBLESHOOTING
284
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question IDT UNIT 1. Enter the Support Mode, and execute [Cleaning] from the Printer Adjust Menu. 2. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No If improvement is not made by executing Step 1 several times, proceed to Step 2. Replace the IDT UNIT (p.386)
Output terminals to Photoconductor unit on HVPS rear side 1. Grind the output terminals on the HVPS rear side with sandpaper. 2. Install the HVPS after making sure that the output terminal on the HVPS rear side make proper contact with the spring on the Photoconductor unit side. 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed?
Problem solved
TROUBLESHOOTING
285
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Output terminal to Photoconductor unit on HVPS rear side 1. Grind the output terminal F on the HVPS rear side with sandpaper. 2. Install the HVPS after making sure that the output terminal F on the HVPS rear side make proper contact with the spring on the Photoconductor unit side. 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No Replace the HVPS (p.371)
(HVPS backside)
DEVE BIAS(M)
GN14047EA
TROUBLESHOOTING
286
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Output terminal to Photoconductor unit on HVPS rear side 1. Grind the output terminal D on the HVPS rear side with sandpaper. 2. Install the HVPS after making sure that the output terminal D on the HVPS rear side make proper contact with the spring on the Photoconductor unit side. 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No Replace the HVPS (p.371)
A B E F G H C M D P
(HVPS backside)
RTC POWER(C)
DRUM UNIT(PL6.1.2)
RTC(C)
GN14048EA
TROUBLESHOOTING
287
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Output terminal to Photoconductor unit on HVPS rear side 1. Grind the output terminal P on the HVPS rear side with sandpaper. 2. Install the HVPS after making sure that the output terminal P on the HVPS rear side make proper contact with the spring on the Photoconductor unit side. 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No Replace the HVPS (p.371)
(HVPS backside)
IDT UNIT(PL6.1.1)
TROUBLESHOOTING
288
Revision A
Before starting troubleshooting, check the printer paper feed path. Make sure that there is no foreign matter, such as staples, paperclips and paper scraps, in the feed path.
Step Action and Question Output terminal to Photoconductor unit on HVPS rear side 1. Grind the output terminal N on the HVPS rear side with sandpaper. 2. Install the HVPS after making sure that the output terminal N on the HVPS rear side make proper contact with the spring on the Photoconductor unit side. 3. Print the image that has a problem, or execute test print. Was the trouble fixed? Yes Problem solved No Replace the HVPS (p.371)
189mm 189mm
A B E F G H C M D P
(HVPS backside)
IDT UNIT(PL6.1.1)
TROUBLESHOOTING
289
Revision A
3.6 Appendix
This printer cannot identify the faulty motor from the panel message. This section provides the information for identifying the faulty motor on the main motors DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY PR. Refer to 3.1.5 WarmingUp Flowchart At Power-ON (p.151). For the other motors, refer to Chapetr 2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES.
WIRING DIAGRAM
DEVE UNIT
PH MAIN ASSY
CASSETTE ASSY
DRIVE ASSY PR
Main Motor runs in reverse rotation direction when it finishes Warm Up, JOB or process control or it stops due to fault occurrence. IDT Unit and Drive Gear are disengaged by this reverse rotation, and IDT Unit can be removed. Test Point: Between Main Motor J1061-10 (+) and GND (-) Voltage approx. +1.6VDC, frequency approx. 1.4KHz
TROUBLESHOOTING
Appendix
290
Revision A
Test Point: Between PR Motor J1071-10 (+) and GND (-) When Motor is ON (normal speed), the voltage should be approx. +1.6VDC, and the frequency approx. 1.5KHz.
TROUBLE MODE
Table 3-7. Trouble mode
State Runaway Phenomenon Paper jam Image quality Abnormal noise Rotation unreached Image quality DRIVE ASSY MAIN Paper cannot run Expansion in process direction Noise increase Reduction in process direction --Expansion in process direction Noise increase Reduction in process direction DRIVE ASSY PR
TROUBLESHOOTING
Appendix
291
CHAPTER
Revision A
4.1 Overview
This section describes procedures for disassembling the main components of the product. Unless otherwise specified, disassembly units or components can be reassembled by reversing the disassembly procedure. Things, if not strictly observed, that could result in injury or loss of life are described under the heading Warning. Precautions for any disassembly or assembly procedures are described under the heading CAUTION. Chips for disassembling procedures are described under the heading CHECK POINT. If the assembling procedure is different from the reversed procedure of the disassembling, the procedure is described under the heading REASSEMBLY. Any adjustments required after disassembling the units are described under the heading ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED. When you have to remove any units or parts that are not described in this chapter, refer to the exploded diagrams in the appendix. Consult Exploded Diagrams (p.562) in Appendix when you remove or disassemble any unit or component for which disassembly procedure is not described in this manual. Read precautions described in the next section before starting.
4.1.1 Precautions
See the precautions given under the heading WARNING and CAUTION in the following column when disassembling or assembling the product.
W A R N IN G
Disconnect the power cable before disassembling or assembling the printer. If you need to work on the printer with power applied, strictly follow the instructions in this manual. Always wear gloves for disassembly and reassembly to avoid injury from sharp metal edges. To protect sensitive microprocessors and circuitry, use static discharge equipment, such as anti-static wrist straps, when accessing internal components. Avoid exposing yourself to the laser beam to prevent injury (blindness). When you perform maintenance or service of the laser printer, never open any cover on which a warning label about laser beam is affixed. Understand how the laser beam functions and take maximum precautions not to injure yourself or anyone around you. The Fuser unit and other high-temperature parts remain at hazardous temperature for a certain period of time even after stop of operation and turning off of the power. To prevent suffering a burn, be sure to wait after power turning off until the temperature of the parts cool down to a safe level, and then start working on the printer. To avoid dust explosion or ignition, never bring any consumables close to flame or throw them into fire. When developer or oil stuck to your skin or clothes, wipe it off with a dry cloth carefully and wash it away with water completely.
Overview
293
Revision A
W A R N IN G
Take great care not to put developer or toner contained in the consumables into your mouth or eye or not to inhale it. Take due care that no one around you put developer or toner into the mouth or eye or inhale it. (Spread a sheet of paper inside and around the printer to prevent soiling.) Since there are many different screws, use them in correct positions. Be extremely careful of differentiating between the screws for resin and those for sheet metal. If the screw for resin is mistaken for the screw for sheet metal, its threads will be broken, leading to a crushed screw hole or trouble. Do not pick up the dropped toner with a vacuum cleaner (for home use). To do so may cause the sucked toner particles to catch fire by sparks of the electric contacts. If the toner has dropped on the floor, etc., clean it with a broom or wipe it with a cloth moistened with neural detergent. If it is necessary to clean a lot of dropped toner with a cleaner, use a cleaner exclusively designed for toner.
C A U T IO N
Use only recommended tools for disassembling, assembling or adjusting the printer. Apply lubricants and adhesives as specified. Make the specified adjustments when you disassemble the printer. (Refer to Chapter 5 for details.) Remove the Cassette Assy, WASTE TONER COLLECTOR (p.295), Photoconductor unit (p.386) and IDT UNIT (p.386), and place them in a place where they will not interfere with your work. (Depending on the area of disassembly/reassembly, however, they may be kept installed if they need not be removed for work.)
WASTE TONER COLLECTOR
PHD
IDT UNIT
CASSETTE ASSY
Photoconductor unit
GN30001EC
GN009EB
Overview
294
Revision A
C A U T IO N
When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH Assy cannot be closed unless the Hook of the Stopper Assy IDT is pulled up by your finger as shown below to release the Stopper. In addition, the IDT UNIT must not be installed or removed with the LH ASSY closed. (p.386)
HOW TO REMOVE THE WASTE TONER COLLECTOR 1. Hold the left and right handles (positions in Figure 4-1) of the WASTE TONER COLLECTOR and pull out the WASTE TONER COLLECTOR.
C A U T IO N
LH ASSY
Be sure to store the removed WASTE TONER COLLECTOR in a standing position, and take care not to give it impact or topple it over (to prevent mis-detection of full toner). Also, do not peel off the seal of the WASTE TONER COLLECTOR. To do so will leak the recovered toner.
Hook
GN30003EA
GN30002EA
Overview
295
Revision A
Shape
Identification Gold Threads are coarser than those of the sheet metal type. Threads are tapered. Black Flanged Threads are coarser than those of the sheet metal type. Threads are tapered. Silver Flanged Threads are slightly tapered.
Precautions Since the screw has a self-tapping function, its threads will be broken if the screw is inserted and tightened diagonally.
Resin
Since the screw has a self-tapping function, its threads will be broken if the screw is inserted and tightened diagonally.
Coarse
Part or like Resin
Sheet metal
Sheet metal Part or like
Since the screw has a self-tapping function, its threads will be broken if the screw is inserted and tightened diagonally.
Sheet metal
Sheet metal
Since the screw has a self-tapping function, its threads will be broken if the screw is inserted and tightened diagonally.
Sheet metal
Sheet metal Part or like
Sheet metal
Sheet metal Part or like
Sheet metal
Sheet metal Part or like
Since the screw has a self-tapping function, its threads will be broken if the screw is inserted and tightened diagonally.
Overview
296
Revision A
4.1.3 Tools
Use only specified tools to avoid damaging the printer.
Name Phillips screwdriver No. 1 Slotted screwdriver Cutting pliers Commercial Availability Available Available Available Code B743800100 B743000100 B740400100
Rear Right
Left
Front
GN30004EA
Figure 4-2. Directions Screws are mentioned with descriptions including (mounting location, color, feature, thread part length, and so on). Unless otherwise specified, it is assumed that a Phillips screwdriver is used to loosen and remove the screws in the sketches. If black arrows are shown with numbers, they show the order to act for the step.
C H E C K P O IN T
Some parts are listed as spare parts but not mentioned in disassembly/assembly procedure. Therefore, look carefully how they are installed before you removing them. All options are to be removed before servicing, as a rule. However, you can leave them installed if their removal is not necessary.
White arrows (FRONT) in the drawings show the front side of the printer. For the location of the connector (P/J), refer to APPENDIX (p.496).
Overview
297
Revision A
4.2 Cover
4.2.1 COVER ASSY RIGHT, COVER ASSY FRONT
REMOVAL 1. Remove the three screws (silver, 14mm) that secure the COVER ASSY RIGHT, and slide and remove the COVER ASSY RIGHT to the Rear side. 2. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. 3. Remove the two screws (black, flanged tapping, 6mm) that secure the RIGHT SUPPORT and LEFT SUPPORT. 4. While holding the COVER ASSY FRONT, remove the two screws (black, flanged tapping, 8mm) that secure the PLATE HINGEs, and remove the COVER ASSY FRONT.
3)
4)-1
Hook
1)-1
1)-2
4)-2 3)
Hooks
GN30101EB
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the COVER ASSY FRONT to the left and right PLATE HINGEs with the two screws (black, flanged tapping, 8mm). 2. Secure the RIGHT SUPPORT and LEFT SUPPORT to the COVER ASSY FRONT with the two screws (black, flanged tapping, 6mm). 3. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT. 4. Fit the three Hooks of the COVER ASSY RIGHT, slide the COVER ASSY RIGHT to the Front side, and secure it with the three screws (silver, 14mm).
Figure 4-3. Removing the COVER ASSY RIGHT and COVER ASSY FRONT
Cover
298
Revision A
Since the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP is connected to the main unit by the HARNESS ASSY PANEL, do not separate it from the main unit too far.
Rear
GN30102EA
Figure 4-4. Removing the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP and CONTROL PANEL (1)
Cover
299
Revision A
Grounding cable
Connector
4)-1
4)-1 4)-2 6) 5)
7) GN30102EB
Figure 4-5. Removing the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP and CONTROL PANEL (2)
Cover
300
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Connect the Grounding cable to the Plate of the CONTROL PANEL. 2. Connect the HARNESS ASSY PANEL to the Connector (CN1) of the CONTROL PANEL.
C A U T IO N
Hooks Route
1. Route the Grounding cable as shown in Figure 4-6 to prevent it from being pinched between the CONTROL PANEL Hooks and COVER HIGH ASSY TOP.
3. Match the four Hooks of the CONTROL PANEL with the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP, and install the CONTROL PANEL. 4. Secure the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP with the two Front side screws (silver, flanged, 8mm) and two Rear side screws (silver, flanged, 8mm), and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
Figure 4-6. Installing the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP and CONTROL PANEL
2. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 3. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
Cover
301
Revision A
2)-1
1) 2)-1
2)-2
GN30103EA Figure 4-7. Removing the COVER ASSY REAR and COVER RH LOW
3)-1
3)-2
Cover
302
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
2)-1
1. Secure the COVER REAR LH LOW with the one screw (silver, flanged, 8mm). 2. Secure the COVER FRONT LH LOW with the one screw (silver, flanged, 8mm).
1)-2
1)-1 GN30104EA
Figure 4-8. Removing the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW
Cover
303
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Match the three Hooks to the BRACKET SENSOR, install the FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR, and connect the Connector (J223) of the HARNESS ASSY F-SNR. 2. Apply the SPACER SENSOR to the rear side of the BRACKET SENSOR with the supplied double-faced tape so that the Hooks of the FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR do not come off.
C A U T IO N
2)
3)-2
Adhesive surface of double-faced tape
GN30105EB
SPACER SENSOR
Apply the SPACER SENSOR to prevent the SENSOR Hooks from moving away and coming off toward the inside. Completely clean the application surface to remove oil, contamination, etc.
Cover
304
Revision A
1. Open the LH ASSY. 2. Grip and release the two Hooks of the BTR UNIT ASSY, rotate the BTR UNIT ASSY around the Hinges, and remove the BTR UNIT ASSY upward.
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the BTR UNIT ASSY, starting with its Hinges, and securely engage the two Hooks. 2. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 2. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181)) After replacing the BTR UNIT ASSY, execute the following. 5.1.2 Part/unit-based adjustment items (p.460) Life counter clear Figure 4-10. Removing the BTR UNIT ASSY
GN30201EC
A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D
Paper Transport
305
Revision A
Hooks
REINSTALLATION 1. Match and install the four Hooks of the INTERLOCK SWITCH to the main unit Frame. 2. Connect the Connector (J10B1) of the HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 to the Connector (P10B1) of the INTERLOCK SWITCH.
C A U T IO N
1. The Connectors of the INTERLOCK SW and HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 have no vertical orientations of connection. Connect them, referring to the figure.
3. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
GN30202EA
C A U T IO N
2. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 3. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
Paper Transport
306
Revision A
4.3.3 LH ASSY
REMOVAL 1. Remove the DUPLEX ASSY (option). (p.414) 2. Remove the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 3. Open the LH ASSY. 4. Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 5. Remove the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 6. Disconnect the Harness from the Connectors (P/J135) (T401) of the HVPS. 7. Remove the HARNESS ASSY HVLH from the nine Clamps. 8. Disconnect the Harness from the Relay Connector (P/J261) of the DUPLEX. 9. Remove the Relay Connector (P/J23B3) of the LH ASSY, and remove the Harness from the Clamp.
GN30203EC
7) 7) 7) 6)-2 6)-1
3)
7)
8)
9)-1
9)-2
Paper Transport
307
Revision A
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293)
15. While holding the LH ASSY, pull out the Front side and Rear side Pins. 16. Pull the Lever of the HANDLE ASSY LH to release the latch, and remove the LH ASSY.
16)
15)
CAUTION 3)
PIN LH F GN30204EB
Paper Transport
308
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
2. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293)
1. Raise the Lever of the HANDLE ASSY LHs, and install the LH ASSY to the main unit. 2. Fit the Front side and Rear side Pins.
C A U T IO N
4. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 5. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
14. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 15. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (Option) (p.414)
3. Fit the Pins as far as they will go, being careful of the orientations of their notches (surface D).
3. Open the LH ASSY. 4. Secure the Front side BRACKET PIN LH with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 5. Secure the front and rear SUPPORT L/Hs with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 6. Secure the Earth Wire to the Clamp, and secure the Rear side BRACKET PIN LH with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm) by tightening it together with the Earth Wire. 7. Connect the Relay Connector (J23B3) of the LH ASSY to the Connector (P23B3) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM, and secure the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM to the Clamp. 8. Connect the Relay Connector (J261) of the DUPLEX to the Connector (P261) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM. 9. Secure the HARNESS ASSY HVLH to the nine Clamps. 10. Connect the Connectors (J135) (T401) of the HARNESS ASSY HVLH to the Connectors (P135) (T401) of the HVPS. 11. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 12. Install the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 13. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
Paper Transport
309
Revision A
1. During work, be careful not to damage the Chute surface of the COVER CHUTE MSI.
MSI 1. Remove the DUPLEX ASSY (Option). (p.414) 2. Remove the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 3. Remove the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 4. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J23A3) of the SOLENOID ASSY and the Connector (P/J23A1) of the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR. 5. Open the LH ASSY about 15cm as shown in Figure 4-14. 6. Remove the two screws (silver, flanged, 8mm) that secure the MSI, and remove the MSI from the main unit in the direction of arrow.
6)-1 8) 7)
6)-2
7)
ROLL ASSY TURN 7. Turn the MSI upside down, remove the two E Rings that secure both ends of the ROLL ASSY TURN, and remove the two BEARINGs and GEAR TURN MSIs. 8. BY avoiding the FRAME ASSY MSI as shown by the arrow in Figure 4-14, remove the ROLL ASSY TURN.
6)-1
CHECK POINT 1)
GN30205EB
Paper Transport
310
Revision A
REINSTALLATION ROLL ASSY TURN 1. Install the LINK of the MAIN POWER SWITCH & INLET.
C H E C K P O IN T
1. Since the installation hole of the INLET, where the LINK will be inserted, is dark, use a flashlight or remove the COVER ASSY REAR to do your work.
2. By turning ON/OFF the Power Switch on front side, make sure that the Rear side MAIN POWER SWTICH & INLET clicks and turns on/off in synchronization with the motion of the LINK.
2. Insert the ROLL ASSY TURN from the opposite side of the GEAR TURN MSIs, and set it to the FRAME ASSY MSI. 3. Secure the two BEARINGs and GEAR TURN MSIs to both ends of the ROLL ASSY TURN with the E Rings.
MSI 4. With the LH ASSY opened about 15cm, secure the MSI with the two screws (silver, flanged, 8mm). 5. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
2. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 3. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
6. Connect the Connector (J23A23) of the SOLENOID ASSY to the Connector (P23A3) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM. 7. Connect the Connector (P23A1) of the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR to the Connector (J23A1) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM. 8. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 9. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303)
Paper Transport
311
Revision A
4.3.5 ROLL ASSY FEED ENV, ROLL ASSY FEED, HOLDER ASSY RETARD, SPRING RETARD
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
3. Be careful not to lose the SPRING RETARD attached to the HOLDER ASSY RETARD.
1. When replacing the ROLL ASSY FEED ENV, ROLL ASSY FEED and HOLDER ASSY RETARD, replace them simultaneously since they reach the end of their useful life at the same time. 2. During work, be careful not to damage the Chute surface of the COVER CHUTE MSI.
REMOVAL 1. Remove the DUPLEX ASSY (Option). (p.414) 2. Remove the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 3. Remove the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 4. Remove the MSI from the main unit. (p.310) 5. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) that secure the COVER CHUTE MSI, and remove the COVER CHUTE MSI. 6. Turn the SHAFT ASSY PICK UP in the direction of arrow until it reaches the position where the ROLL ASSY FEED ENVs can be removed easily, extend the opening of the ROLL ASSY FEED ENV, remove the Boss from the SHAFT ASSY PICK UP, and remove the two ROLL ASSY FEED ENVs. 7. Release the one Hook of the ROLL CORE, and move the ROLL CORE in the direction of arrow. 8. Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED from the Spring Pin of the SHAFT ASSY PICK UP. 9. Release the one Hook of the ROLL CORE, and move the ROLL CORE in the direction of arrow. 10. Move the Spacer in the direction of arrow. 11. Lower the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM. 12. Open the Stud in the direction of arrow, and remove the HOLDER ASSY RETARD.
GN30206EB 10) 12)-1 Boss 11) 9) 6)-2 6)-1 6)-2
12)-2
SPRING RETARD
Figure 4-15. Removing the ROLL ASSY FEED ENV, ROLL ASSY FEED, HOLDER ASSY RETARD and SPRING RETARD
Paper Transport
312
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Lower the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM, open the Stud, and install the HOLDER ASSY RETARD.
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the HOLDER ASSY RETARD, match the SPRING RETARD with the Boss of the FRAME ASSY MSI securely.
2. Move the Spacer. 3. Match the ROLL ASSY FEED to the Spring Pin of the SHAFT ASSY PICK UP, and install it securely. 4. Move the left and right ROLL COREs to the inside, respectively, fit the Hooks, and secure them to the SHAFT ASSY PICK UP. 5. Extend the opening of the ROLL ASSY FEED ENV, match the Boss to the hole of the SHAFT ASSY PICK UP, and install the two ROLL ASSY FEED ENVs. 6. Secure the COVER CHUTE MSI with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). 7. Install the MSI to the main unit. (p.310) 8. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 9. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 10. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (Option) (p.414)
Paper Transport
313
Revision A
4.3.6 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM, SPRING PICK UP, GEAR PICK UP, GEAR CAM
REMOVAL
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
3. Since the two SPRING N/Fs are freed, be careful not to lose them.
1. During work, be careful not to damage the Chute surface of the COVER CHUTE MSI.
11)
1. Remove the DUPLEX ASSY (Option). (p.414) 2. Remove the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 3. Remove the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 4. Remove the MSI from the main unit. (p.310) 5. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) that secure the COVER CHUTE MSI, and remove the COVER CHUTE MSI. 6. Remove the SPRING PICK UP.
7)-2 8) 9) SPRING N/F SPRING N/F 12) 10)
C A U T IO N
2. To prevent the SPRING PICK UP from being lost, do not remove only one side but release both Hooks and store them.
6) LEVER GEAR
7. Release the one Hook of the GEAR PICK UP, and remove the GEAR PICK UP. 8. Remove the GEAR CAM (together with the SPRING GEAR CAM and STOPPER LEVER). 9. Remove the E Ring that secures the BEARING (black) located on the SOLENOID ASSY side, and while holding down the LEVER GEAR, remove the BEARING. 10. Remove the E Ring that secures the BEARING (gold), and remove the BEARING 11. Remove the SHAFT ASSY PICK UP. 12. Lift and remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM.
Figure 4-16. Removing the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM, SPRING PICK UP, GEAR PICK UP and GEAR CAM
Paper Transport
314
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM so that its left and right Bosses are fitted into the SPRING N/Fs. 2. Install the SHAFT ASSY PICK UP. 3. Secure the BEARING (gold) with the E Ring. 4. Secure the BEARING (black) located on the SOLENOID ASSY side with the E Ring. 5. Install the GEAR CAM (together with the SPRING GEAR CAM and STOPPER LEVER).
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the GEAR CAM, push the SOLENOID ASSY Lever and LEVER GEAR and simultaneously match the D cut surface of the Shaft.
6. Match the one Hook of the GEAR PICK UP, and install the GEAR PICK UP. 7. Install the SPRING PICK UP. 8. Secure the COVER CHUTE MSI with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). 9. Install the MSI to the main unit. (p.310) 10. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 11. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 12. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (Option) (p.414)
Paper Transport
315
Revision A
1. During work, be careful not to damage the Chute surface of the COVER CHUTE MSI.
6)-3
5)
REMOVAL 1. Remove the DUPLEX ASSY (Option). (p.414) 2. Remove the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 3. Remove the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 4. Remove the MSI from the main unit. (p.310) 5. Remove the Harness from the Clamp of the PLATE ASSY. 6. Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 6mm) that secures the SOLDNOID ASSY, and while pushing down the LEVER GEAR, remove the SOLENOID ASSY. REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the SOLENOID ASSY with the one screw (gold, tapping, 6mm). 2. Secure the Harness of the SOLENOID ASSY to the Clamp. 3. Install the MSI to the main unit. (p.310) 4. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 5. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 6. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (Option) (p.414)
C A U T IO N
6)-2 GN30208EB 6)-1
2. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 3. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
Paper Transport
316
Revision A
1. During work, be careful not to damage the Chute surface of the COVER CHUTE MSI.
9) 8)-1
CAUTION 2)
REMOVAL 1. Remove the DUPLEX ASSY (Option). (p.414) 2. Remove the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 3. Remove the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 4. Remove the MSI from the main unit. (p.310) 5. Remove the SPRING PICK UP. 6. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) that secure the PLATE ASSY, and remove the PLATE ASSY. 7. Remove the Harness from the Clamp of the PLATE ASSY. 8. Lower the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM, and remove the MSI TRAY exercising care not to peel the Pad. 9. Remove the Harness from the groove of the FRAME ASSY MSI.
6)-1 5) 6)-2 GN30209E 7) 8)-2 6)-1
Paper Transport
317
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Lower the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM, and install the MSI TRAY exercising care not to peel the Pad. 2. Pass the HARNESS ASSY N/P into the groove of the FRAME ASSY MSI, and secure it to the Clamp of the PLATE ASSY.
C A U T IO N
3. Secure the PLATE ASSY with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). 4. Install the SPRING PICK UP. 5. Install the MSI to the main unit. (p.310) 6. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 7. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 8. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (Option) (p.414)
Paper Transport
318
Revision A
1)
1. During work, be careful not to damage the Chute surface of the COVER CHUTE MSI.
REMOVAL 1. Raise the MSI TRAY, and pull out the TRAY EXTENT. 2. Release the three Hooks of the COVER SENSOR, release the one Boss with a flat-blade screwdriver or similar tool, and remove the COVER SENSOR. 3. Peel the SPACER SENSOR that secures the Hook of the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR on the rear side of the TRAY BASE. 4. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J23A2) of the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR. 5. Release the four Hooks of the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR, and remove the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR. REINSTALLATION 1. Match the four Hooks, and install the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR. 2. Connect the Connector (J23A2) of the HARNESS ASSY N/P to the Connector (P23A2) of the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR. 3. Apply the SPACER SENSOR with the supplied double-faced tape on the rear side of the TRAY BASE so that the Hooks of the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR do not come off.
C A U T IO N
2)-1
2)-2 4) 5) Boss 3)
Adhesive surface of double-faced tape
2. Apply the SPACER SENSOR to prevent the SENSOR Hooks from moving away and coming off toward the inside. Completely clean the application surface to remove oil, contamination, etc.
Hooks GN30210EC
SPACER SENSOR
4. Match the three Hooks and one Boss, and install the COVER SENSOR. 5. Lower the MSI TRAY. Figure 4-19. Removing the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR
Paper Transport
319
Revision A
REMOVAL 1. Raise the MSI TRAY, and pull out the TRAY EXTENT. 2. Remove the one screw (silver, flanged tapping, 8mm) that secures the RACK GEAR located on the GUIDE SIDE FRONT side, remove the RACK GEAR, and remove the GUIDE SIDE FRONT. 3. Remove the one screw (silver, flanged tapping, 8mm) that secures the RACK GEAR located on the GUIDE SIDE REAR side, remove the RACK GEAR, and remove the GUIDE SIDE REAR.
2)-3
3)-3
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
2)-2
Install the GUIDE SIDE FRONT and GUIDE SIDE REAR, with the two GUIDE SIDE FRONT/REAR shifted toward the inside.
3)-2 3)-1
2)-1
1. Secure the RACK GEAR located on the GUIDE SIDE REAR side with the one screw (silver, flanged tapping, 8mm), and install the GUIDE SIDE REAR. 2. Secure the RACK GEAR located on the GUIDE SIDE FRONT side with the one screw (silver, flanged tapping, 8mm), and install the GUIDE SIDE FRONT. 3. Lower the MSI TRAY.
CAUTION) GN30211EA
Figure 4-20. Removing the GUIDE SIDE FRONT and GUIDE SIDE REAR
Paper Transport
320
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Securely engage the three Hooks of the COVER EXIT with the Frame, and install the COVER EXIT. 2. Secure the COVER EXIT with the two screws (silver, flanged tapping, 8mm). 3. Match the two Hooks of the CAP FUT with the grooves of the COVER EXIT, and install the CAP FUT. 4. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 5. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (Option) (p.414)
C A U T IO N
6)-2 GN30212EA
After installing the COVER EXIT, make sure that the three Hooks of the COVER EXIT are securely inserted.
Paper Transport
321
Revision A
CAUTION 2)
5)-2
When it cannot be removed easily, loosen the screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) that secures the BRACKET CONNECTOR D to the LH ASSY in advance.
10)-2
C A U T IO N
7)-2
8)-2 6)-2
8. Remove the three screws (black, flanged tapping, 8mm: The lower side is tightened together with the GND) that secure the PLATE TIE F, and remove the PLATE TIE F. 9. Pull up the Opening/Closing Lever of the HANDLE ASSY L/H toward you. 10. Release the two bottom Hooks and one top Hook of the two lower HOLDER LATCHes, respectively, and remove the two HOLDER LATCHes. 11. Remove the HANDLE ASSY L/H.
7)-1
GN30213EB
Figure 4-22. Removing the HANDLE ASSY L/H and WIRE ASSY GND
Paper Transport
322
Revision A
7. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
2. When installing the HANDLE ASSY L/H, note the orientation of the Spring
2. Match the one top Hook and two bottom Hooks of the two lower HOLDER LATCHes, and install the two HOLDER LATCHes.
C A U T IO N
6. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 7. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
8. Install the CAP FUT and COVER EXIT. (p.321) 3. When installing the HOLDER LATCH, fit the top Hook first and then fit the bottom Hooks. 9. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 10. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (Option) (p.414)
3. Install the PLATE TIE F, and tighten and secure the PLATE TIE F together with the WIRE ASSY GND with the three screws (black, flanged tapping, 8mm). 4. Insert and install the PLATE TIE R between the BRACKET CONNECTOR D and LH ASSY, and tighten the BRACKET CONNECTOR D and three Harness Terminals to the PLATE TIE R with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
C A U T IO N
4. When you have loosened the screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) that secures the BRACKET CONNECTOR D to the LH ASSY, remember to tighten this screw.
5. Tighten and secure the PLATE TIE R together with the WIRE ASSY GND with the two screws (black, flanged tapping, 8mm). 6. Hold the LATCH EXIT, HOLDER LATCH and LINK LATCH EXIT in the installation positions, match the one top Hook and two bottom Hooks of the HOLDER LATCH, and install the two upper HOLDER LATCHes.
C A U T IO N
5. When installing the HOLDER LATCH, fit the top Hook first and then fit the bottom Hooks.
Paper Transport
323
Revision A
5)-1 5)-2
Hook 6)
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 2. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
GN30214EA
Paper Transport
324
Revision A
5)-2
4) 5)-1
REINSTALLATION 1. Match the Hook, and install the POP SENSOR. 2. Connect the Connector (J23B5) of the HARNESS ASSY LH to the Connector (P23B5) of the POP SENSOR. 3. Install the CHUTE TRANS mounted with the CHUTE TRANS INLET and V-TRA FAN. (p.324) 4. Install the BTR UNIT ASSY. (p.305) 5. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 2. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
GN30215EA
Figure 4-24. Removing the POP SENSOR
Paper Transport
325
Revision A
5)
5)
6)-2 7) 6)-3
6)-1
GN30216EA
Figure 4-25. Removing the ROLL PINCH TURN and SPRING TURN
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 2. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
Paper Transport
326
Revision A
3)-2
REINSTALLATION 1. Match the KIT CHUTE TRANS to the Rear side Boss, and secure it with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm). 2. Install the Fuser Unit. (p.361) 3. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 2. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
GN30217EA
Figure 4-26. Removing the KIT CHUTE TRANS
Paper Transport
327
Revision A
C A U T IO N
3. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 4. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
4)
1. When removing/installing the ROLLER ASSY EXIT 1, be careful not to lose the SPACER.
SPACER Hooks
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the ROLLER ASSY EXIT 1 together with the SPACER.
C A U T IO N
3)-2
2. When removing/installing the ROLLER ASSY EXIT 1, be careful not to lose the SPACER.
2. Match the two Hooks of the BEARING OCT, fit the BEARING OCT, and fit the BEARING 6 (gold). 3. Secure the Rear side of the ROLLER ASSY EXIT 1 with the E Ring. 4. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
3)-1
2)-1
2)-2 GN30218EB
Figure 4-27. Removing the ROLLER ASSY EXIT 1
Paper Transport
328
Revision A
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 2. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
GN30219EA
5. Install the CAP FUT and COVER EXIT. (p.321) 6. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 7. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (Option) (p.414)
Paper Transport
329
Revision A
C A U T IO N
2. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 3. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
4. Install the SPRING GEAR C/G. 5. Install the CAP FUT and COVER EXIT. (p.321) 6. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 7. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (Option) (p.414)
4)
1. When installing the LEVER ASSY GEAR and CLUTCH ASSY SPRING, note their orientations of installation.
2. Secure the BRACKET ASSY LEVER with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). 3. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
7)-1
GN30220EB
7)-2
Paper Transport
330
Revision A
7)-1
7)-2
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 2. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
GN30221EA
5. Install the CAP FUT and COVER EXIT. (p.321) 6. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 7. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (Option) (p.414) Figure 4-30. Removing the CHUTE FUT UP
Paper Transport
331
Revision A
10)
10) GN30223EA
Paper Transport
332
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Remove the CASSETTE ASSY. 2. Put your hand into the main unit from where the CASSETTE ASSY was removed, and pass the Connector of the HARNESS ASSY REGI into the bushing hole of the main unit. 3. Secure the Harness of the HARNESS ASSY REGI to the Clamp. 4. Raise the CHUTE PH. 5. Secure the PH MAIN ASSY with the four screws (gold, 30mm). 6. Secure the WIRER ASSY REGI to the FRAME PH MAIN with the one screw (silver, flanged, 8mm). 7. Connect the Connector (J23A6) of the HARNESS ASSY REGI of the OHP SENSOR to the Connector (P23A6) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM. 8. Connect the Connector (J271) of the HARNESS ASSY REGI of the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC to the Connector (P271) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM. 9. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 10. Install the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. (p.337) 11. Secure the front and rear SUPPORT L/Hs with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm). (p.307) 12. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT, release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 2. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
13. Install the MSI to the main unit. (p.310) 14. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 15. Install the CASSETTE ASSY.
Paper Transport
333
Revision A
12)-2 Black
Black
Figure 4-32. Removing the BEARING ONEWAY, CLUTCH ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY TURN (1)
Paper Transport
334
Revision A
1. In the following step, note that the Washer may not be slid as it is stuck in the groove of the E Ring on the Shaft.
16)-1
16)-2
15) B
18) 17)
15. Remove the E Ring that secures the BEARING ONEWAY located on the Front side, and slide the Washer and BEARING ONEWAY to the Rear side (Rubber Roll side). 16. Slide the ROLL ASSY TURN to the Front side, and remove the ROLL ASSY TURN. 17. From the ROLL ASSY TURN, remove the BEARING ONEWAY and NYLON WASHER and the BEARING-6 and GEAR TURN.
C A U T IO N
Figure 4-33. Removing the BEARING ONEWAY, CLUTCH ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY TURN (2)
Paper Transport
335
Revision A
16. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 17. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (Option) (p.414)
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the BEARING ONEWAY and NYLON WASHER on the Front side of the ROLL ASSY TURN, and install the GEAR TURN and BEARING-6 on the Rear side of the ROLL ASSY TURN. 2. Install the ROLL ASSY TURN to the main unit Frame from the Rear side. 3. Slide the NYLON WASHER and BEARING ONEWAY to the Front side, and secure the BEARING ONEWAY with the E Ring.
C A U T IO N
3. Note that the E Ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY FEED and the E Ring that secures the BEARING ONEWAY differ in thickness.
4. Install the CLUTCH ASSY FEED on the Rear side, and secure it with the E Ring. 5. Secure the BRACKET SW with the three screws (silver, 6mm). 6. Connect the Connector (J23A4) of the CHUTE ASSY FEED to the Connector (P23A4) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM. 7. Secure the CHUTE with the one screw (black, flanged tapping, 8mm). 8. Secure the CHUTE ASSY LOWER with the four screws (black, flanged tapping, 8mm) and one screw (gold, flanged, 6mm). 9. Install the PH MAIN ASSY. (p.332) 10. Install the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (p.353) 11. Install the GEAR ASSY HR. (p.406) 12. Install the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. (p.337) 13. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT. 14. Install the COVER EXIT.(p.321) 15. Install the MSI to the main unit. (p.310)
Paper Transport
336
Revision A
2)
3)
REINSTALLATION 1. Connect the Relay Connector (J272) of the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC to the Connector (P272) of the HARNESS ASSY REGI. 2. Secure the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC with one screw (silver, 6mm). 3. Secure the Earth Wire to the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC with one screw (silver, 6mm). 4. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT, release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
4)
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 2. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
GN30224EC
Figure 4-34. Removing the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC
Paper Transport
337
Revision A
REMOVAL 1. Remove the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 2. Remove the MSI from the main unit. (p.310) 3. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT and LH ASSY. 4. Remove the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm) that secure the front and rear SUPPORT L/Hs. (p.307) 5. Remove the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. (p.337) 6. Remove the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 7. Remove the PH MAIN ASSY. (p.332) 8. Remove the E Ring that secures the CLUTCH REGI. 9. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J23A9) of the CLUTCH REGI, and remove the CLUTCH REGI. 10. Release the one Hook of the GEAR REGI, and remove the GEAR REGI. 11. Remove the BEARING RUBBER F (gold) and BEARING RUBBER R (black), and remove the ROLL REGI RUBBER and CLUTCH PH.
CAUTION 1) GN30225EB 9)-1 8) 9)-2 11)-1 10) 11)-1
11)-3
Paper Transport
338
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the ROLL REGI RUBBER and CLUTCH PH, and install the BEARING RUBBER F (gold) and BEARING RUBBER R (black). 2. Match the one Hook of the GEAR REGI, and install the GEAR REGI. 3. Install the CLUTCH REGI, and connect the Connector (J23A9) of the HARNESS ASSY REGI to the Connector (P23A9) of the CLUTCH REGI.
C A U T IO N
4. Secure the CLUTCH REGI with the E Ring. 5. Install the PH MAIN ASSY. (p.332) 6. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 7. Install the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. (p.337) 8. Secure the front and rear SUPPORT L/Hs with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm). (p.307) 9. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT, release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
2. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 3. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
10. Install the MSI to the main unit. (p.310) 11. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303)
Paper Transport
339
Revision A
15. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the OHP SENSOR, and remove the OHP SENSOR from the BRKT SNR OHP.
9)-1
15)
C A U T IO N
1. Before starting the following step, check the installation condition of the SPRING SNR REGI. Also be careful not to deform or lose the SPRING SNR REGI.
13)-2
14)
13)-1
12. After turning the ACTUATOR REGI until its Actuator section is almost perpendicular, shift and move away the Shaft in the direction of arrow, and remove the ACTUATOR REGI together with the SPRING SNR REGI. 13. Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) that secures the BRKT SNR OHP, and leave the BRKT SNR OHP suspended. 14. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J23A7) of the OHP SENSOR.
GN30226EB
Figure 4-36. Removing the ACTUATOR REGI, SENSOR REGI and OHP SENSOR
Paper Transport
340
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the OHP SENSOR to the BRKT SNR OHP with the one screw (silver, 6mm). 2. Connect the Connector (J23A7) of the HARNESS ASSY REGI to the Connector (P23A7) of the OHP SENSOR. 3. Secure the BRKT SNR OHP with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm). 4. Install the SPRING SNR REGI to the ACTUATOR REGI as shown in Figure 4-36, and while holding the ACTUATOR REGI so that its Actuator section is almost perpendicular, install the ACTUATOR REGI to the PH MAIN ASSY from the right-hand side Shaft. 5. Match the three Hooks of the SENSOR REGI, and install the BRKT SENSOR REGI. 6. Connect the Connector (J23A8) of the HARNESS ASSY REGI to the Connector (P/J23A8) of the SENSOR REGI. 7. Match the two Hooks of the BRKT SNR REGI, and install the BRKT SNR REGI. 8. Secure the BRKT SNR REGI with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm). 9. Install the PH MAIN ASSY. (p.332) 10. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 11. Install the SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC. (p.337) 12. Secure the front and rear SUPPORT L/Hs with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm). (p.307) 13. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT, release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
15. Install the COVER FRONT LH LOW and COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303)
2. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 3. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
Paper Transport
341
Revision A
C A U T IO N
2. Connect the Harness tagged B to the Sensor marked B (LEVEL SENSOR 2) on the BRACKET.
5. Secure the BRACKET with the one screw (silver, 6mm). 6. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302)
REINSTALLATION 1. Match the Hooks of the LEVEL SENSOR 1 and LEVEL SENSOR 2, and install the LEVEL SENSOR 1 and LEVEL SENSOR 2. 2. Apply the two SPACER SENSORs to the rear surface of the BRACKET with the supplied double-faced tape so that the Hooks of the LEVEL SENSOR 1 and LEVEL SENSOR 2 do not come off.
6) 6) LEVEL SENSOR 2 SPACER 5) SENSOR 3) 5)
Rear surface: Double-faced tape
LEVEL SENSOR 1
Projection
Notch 3) 4) 2)
C A U T IO N
1. Apply the SPACER SENSORs to prevent the SENSOR Hooks from moving away and coming off toward the inside. Completely clean the application surface to remove oil, contamination, etc.
GN30227EB
3. Match the projection with the notch of the BRACKET, and install the BRACKET. 4. Connect the Connectors (J23B1)(J23B2) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM to the Connector (P23B1) of the LEVEL SENSOR 1 and the Connector (P23B2) of the LEVEL SENSOR 2.
Paper Transport
342
Revision A
Frame notch
4)-2
5)-1
1. When installing the SENSOR ASSY PAPER, hitch the Rear side Hook first. 2. After installing the SENSOR ASSY PAPER, make sure that the Rear side Hook of the HOLDER N/P is securely inserted in the main unit Frame and that the ACTUATOR NO PAPER operates without fail by touching them.
5)-2
3. Connect the Connector (P221) of the HARNESS ASSY F-SNR to the Connector (J221) of the HARNESS ASSY NO PAPER of the SENSOR ASSY PAPER. 4. Secure the COVER SNR WBOX with the two screws (silver, flanged, 8mm). 5. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT. 6. Install the CASSETTE ASSY.
Figure 4-38. Removing the NO PAPER SENSOR and SENSOR ASSY PAPER
Paper Transport
343
Revision A
C A U T IO N
2. Hitch the Harness on the SWITCH ASSY SIZE as shown in Figure 4-39.
5. Install the LVPS. (p.373) 6. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302)
6)-2
4. Release the Hook at top of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE, and remove the SWITCH ASSY SIZE. 5. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J291) of the SENSOR ASSY TRACKING. 6. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the SENSOR ASSY TRACKING, and remove the SENSOR ASSY TRACKING.
6)-1 5)
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the SENSOR ASSY TRACKING with the one screw (silver, 6mm). 2. Connect the Connector (J291) of the HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE to the Connector (P291) of the SENSOR ASSY TRACKING.
C A U T IO N
CAUTION 1) 4)-1 4)-2
1. Hitch the Harness on the SENSOR ASSY TRACKING as shown in Figure 4-39.
3)
3. Match the Hook at top of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE, and install the SWITCH ASSY SIZE. 4. Connect the Connector (J292) of the HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE to the Connector (P292) of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE.
CAUTION 2) GN30229EC
Figure 4-39. Removing the SWITCH ASSY SIZE and SENSOR ASSY TRACKING
Paper Transport
344
Revision A
CAUTION 3)
1. When replacing the ROLL ASSY FEED/ROLL ASSY SIDE, replace them simultaneously with the HOLDER ASSY RETARD since they reach the end of their useful life at the same time.
5) 4) 3)
REMOVAL 1. Remove the CASSETTE ASSY. 2. Remove the E Ring that secures the BEARING-8 from the SHAFT ASSY, and remove the BEARING-8. 3. Remove the E Ring that secures the front side ROLL ASSY SIDE, and take off the ROLL ASSY SIDE. 4. Remove the E Ring that secures the ROLL ASSY FEED, and turn and take off the ROLL ASSY FEED, being careful not to bring it into contact with the Crimp Pins attached to the SHAFT ASSY. 5. Remove the E Ring that secures the far side ROLL ASSY SIDE, and turn and take off the ROLL ASSY SIDE, being careful not to bring it into contact with the Crimp Pins attached to the SHAFT ASSY. 6. Take off the SHAFT ASSY by turning it, being careful not to bring the crimping pins attached to the SHAFT ASSY into contact with the hole of TRAY.
6)
Crimping Pins
2)-2
2)-1
CAUTION 2)
Stoppers
GN30230EA
Figure 4-40. Removing the SHAFT ASSY, ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY SIDE
Paper Transport
345
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
2. Each ROLL has Stoppers in the cross groove. When installing it, pass each Roll by turning it to prevent the Stoppers from making contact with the crimping pins of the SHAFT ASSY. In the installation position, turn each ROLL so that the crimping pins of the SHAFT ASSY stop at the Stoppers in the groove.
1. While turning the SHAFT ASSY to prevent the crimping pins attached to the SHAFT ASSY from making contact with the hole of TRAY, pass the SHAFT ASSY from the far side of the Tray. 2. While turning the Rear side ROLL ASSY SIDE to prevent it from making contact with the crimping pins attached to the SHAFT ASSY, install the ROLL ASSY SIDE and secure it with the E Ring. 3. While turning the ROLL ASSY FEED to prevent it from making contact with the crimping pins attached to the SHAFT ASSY, install the ROLL ASSY FEED and secure it with the E Ring.
C A U T IO N
4. Install the Front side ROLL ASSY SIDE, and secure it with the E Ring. 5. Install the Bearing-8, and secure it to the Shaft Assy with the E Ring. 6. Install the CASSETTE ASSY.
Paper Transport
346
Revision A
1. When replacing the HOLDER ASSY RETARD, replace it simultaneously with the ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY SIDE since they reach the end of their useful life at the same time.
CAUTION 2), 3)
REMOVAL 1. Remove the CASSETTE ASSY. 2. Remove the SHAFT ASSY. (p.345) 3. Push the LEVER RETAD in the direction of arrow.
C A U T IO N
LEVER RETARD 3) Spring
2. In the following step, be careful not to lose the Spring of the HOLDER ASSY RETARD.
Recess
4. While pushing the left and right Studs to the inside, remove the HOLDER ASSY RETARD. REINSTALLATION
Hook
GN30231EB
1. While pushing the left and right Studs to the inside, install the HOLDER ASSY RETARD.
C A U T IO N
3. When installing the HOLDER ASSY RETARD, securely press its Spring against the Boss of the TRAY, push the LEVER RETARD in, and make sure that the Hook fits into the recess of the HOLDER ASSY RETARD.
4. Make certain that the ROLL ASSY FEED and HLLDER ASSY RETARD are not making contact. If they are making contact, reconfirm the above CAUTION 3.
Paper Transport
347
Revision A
Reinstallation
In the following step, gently remove the PIN LOCKING using a mini screwdriver or similar tool so that the PIN LOCKING is not deformed.
3)-1 3)-2
REINSTALLATION 1. Match the hole of the TRAY with the hole of the GEAR SECTOR. 2. Move the GUIDE ASSY END to the position in Figure 4-42 (17" position), and match the hole of the CAM SIZE with the U groove of the TRAY. 3. Secure the CAM SIZE with the PIN LOCKING. 4. Secure the GEAR IDLE with the one screw (black, flanged tapping, 6mm). 5. Install the CASSETTE ASSY.
Figure 4-42. Removing the CAM SIZE, PIN LOCKING and GEAR IDLE
Paper Transport
348
Revision A
REMOVAL 1. Remove the CASSETTE ASSY. 2. Move the GUIDE ASSY END to the position in Figure 4-43 (17" position). 3. Remove the one screw (black, flanged tapping, 10mm) that secures the GUIDE ASSY END, and remove the GUIDE ASSY END.
3)-2
REINSTALLATION 1. In the position in Figure 4-43 (17" position), secure the GUIDE ASSY END with the one screw (black, flanged tapping, 10mm). 2. Install the CASSETTE ASSY.
3)-1
GN30233EA
Paper Transport
349
Revision A
4)-1
1. Do not move them away fully since the Front side RACK GEAR cannot be removed in Step 4.
3. Remove the one screw (black, flanged tapping, 6mm) that secures the PINION GEAR on the Bottom side of the Tray, and remove the PINION GEAR. 4. While pushing the Bosses of the RACK GEARs from the Top side of the Tray, slide the RACK GEARs, and remove the RACK GEARs from the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R and GUIDE ASSY SIDE F.
C A U T IO N
2. In the following step, be sure to hold down the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM while putting the knobs of ARM FRONT and ARM REAR down (unlocking) since the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM pops up.
5)
CAUTION 3)
6) 6)
5. Lower the ARM FRONT and ARM REAR, and raise the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM. 6. Slide and remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R and GUIDE ASSY SIDE F.
GN30234EB
Figure 4-44. Removing the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R and GUIDE ASSY SIDE F
Paper Transport
350
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Slide and install the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R and GUIDE ASSY SIDE F. 2. Lower the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM.
C A U T IO N
3. When installing the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R and GUIDE ASSY SIDE F, install the PINION GEAR with the two GUIDE ASSY SIDE F/R matched on the inside.
3. Install the RACK GEARs to the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R and GUIDE ASSY SIDE F. 4. On the Bottom side of the Tray, secure the PINION GEAR with the one screw (black, flanged tapping, 6mm). 5. Install the CASSETTE ASSY.
Paper Transport
351
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the ACTUATOR N/E with the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM lowered. 2. Install the CASSETTE ASSY.
Paper Transport
352
Revision A
7)-3
Tab Stopper
7)-2 GN30236EC
Paper Transport
353
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the DRIVE ASSY MAIN with the four screws (gold, flanged, 6mm), and secure to the Clamp the Harness that comes from the INLET.
C A U T IO N
1. Install the DRIVE ASSY MAIN after matching the Stopper of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the Tab of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED as shown in Figure 4-46.
2. Secure the Harness of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED to the Clamp, and connect the Connector (J23A5) of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED to the Connector (P23A5) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM. 3. Secure the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the Clamp, and connect the Connector (J1061) of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM to the Connector (P1061) of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. 4. Raise the Rear side Lever Handle of the Fuser unit. 5. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
2. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 3. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
6. Install the GEAR ASSY HR. (p.406) 7. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302)
Paper Transport
354
Revision A
[Removal]
[Reinstallation]
CAUTION 1)
GN30237EA
Paper Transport
355
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Engage the Gears of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. 2. Turn the DRIVE ASSY MAIN counterclockwise. 3. Rotate the Gear of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED, and fit the CLUTCH ASSY FEED.
C A U T IO N
1. Install the Tab of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED in the position shown in Figure 4-47.
4. Install the SHAFT ASSY CLUTCH, BEARING-8 and BEARING-SLIDE in this order and secure them with the E Ring. 5. Install the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (p.353) 6. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
2. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 3. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
7. Install the GEAR ASSY HR. (p.406) 8. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302)
Paper Transport
356
Revision A
4.4 ROS
4.4.1 ROS ASSY
REMOVAL 1. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298) 2. Remove the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 3. Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the BRACKET ROS COVER, and remove the BRACKET ROS COVER. 4. Disconnect the Harness from the three Relay Connectors (P/J111) (P/ J120) (P/J1431) of the ROS ASSY. 5. Remove the two SCREW ROSs and SPRING ROSs. 6. Remove the ROS ASSY along the Front side in the direction of arrow. REINSTALLATION 1. Install the ROS ASSY along the Front side.
C A U T IO N
A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D
After replacing the ROS ASSY, execute the following. 5.1.2 Part/unit-based adjustment items (p.460) Color Registration Adjustment
4)
[Reinstallation]
5)
6)
5)
When installing the ROS ASSY, insert it along the Front side and match the ROS ASSY hole and Positioning Pin. After installation, make sure that the ROS ASSY is not loose.
2. Insert the SCREW ROSs into the SPRING ROSs, and secure the ROS ASSY with the SCREW ROSs. 3. Connect the Relay Connectors (P111) and (P120) of the ROS ASSY to the Connectors (J111) and (J120) of the HARNESS ASSY ROS, and connect the Relay Connector (P1431) of the ROS ASSY to the Connector (J1431) of the HARNESS ASSY ESS-ROS. 4. Secure the BRACKET ROS COVER with the two screws (silver, 6mm). 5. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 6. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and install the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298)
GN30301EB
ROS
357
Revision A
2. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298) 3. Remove the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 4. Remove the ROS ASSY. (p.357) 5. Remove the LVPS. (p.373) 6. Cut off the two BANDs that tie the Harness of the Thermostat together with the Harness of the FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR, and release the Harness of the Thermostat. 7. Loosen the one screw that secures the Rear side of the TARNSPORT EXIT ASSY, lift the TARNSPORT EXIT ASSY, move away the Harness of the Thermostat, and tighten the screw to secure the TARNSPORT EXIT ASSY.
C A U T IO N
1)
7)
CAUTION 11)
2. Be careful not to get the Harness of the SENSOR ASSY TP pinched under the TARNSPORT EXIT ASSY.
8)-2 8)-1
8. Peel off the Tape, and peel and remove the Thermostat from the main unit Frame.
C A U T IO N
TAPE
Figure 4-49. Removing the KIT HEATER ASSY and KIT HEATER DELE ASSY (1)
ROS
358
Revision A
13)-1
12)
12)
13)-2 CAUTION 6)
CAUTION 8)
CAUTION 6) 11)
CAUTION 7)
*
10) 12) 12) CLAMPCLAMP GN30303EA 12)
Figure 4-51. Removing the KIT HEATER ASSY and KIT HEATER DELE ASSY (3)
9)
9)
9)
CAUTION 9)
GN30302EC-2
Figure 4-50. Removing the KIT HEATER ASSY and KIT HEATER DELE ASSY (2)
ROS
359
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
4. Take the following cautions for installation of the KIT HEATER ASSY or KIT HEATER DELE ASSY. The Heater increases power consumption. Select the power saving mode (Support Menu: Sleep Mode=Enable) because keeping power on for 24 hours will shorten the service life of the MCU PWB. Safety precautions are required to prevent Thermostat off, etc. 5. When the part is installed for the first time, execute Steps 2) to 5) in Removal and then carry out the following procedure.
C H E C K P O IN T
Steps 6) to 9) are executed only when the KIT HEATER DELE ASSY is installed.
6. In the position of main unit Frame shown in Figure 4-49, apply the Thermostat with the supplied double-faced tape. 7. Apply the Tape to cover the entire Thermostat. 8. Loosen the one screw that secures the Rear side of the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY, lift the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY, pass the Harness of the Thermostat between the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY and main unit Frame like the Harness of the SENSOR ASSY TP, and tighten the screw to secure the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY.
C A U T IO N
1. Secure the HEATER ASSY/HEATER ASSY DELE with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm).
C A U T IO N
10. Be careful not to get the Harness pinched under the TARNSPORT EXIT ASSY.
6. Secure the part while pushing it tightly in the direction of arrow. 7. Run the Harness of the HEATER ASSY/HEATER ASSY DELE under the SHAFT ASSY TRACKING.
9. As shown in Figure 4-49, tie the Harness of the Thermostat to the Harness of the FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR with two BANDs. 10. Install the LVPS (p.373), and connect the Connector of the WIRE ASSY HEAT to the Connector (P102) of the LVPS. 11. Install the ROS ASSY. (p.357) 12. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 13. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and install the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298) 14. Apply the SEAL SCREW to the HEATER ASSY/HEATER ASSY DELE fixing screw tip (Front side only) in the Top Plate of the CASSETTE ASSY Entry.
C A U T IO N
2. Fit the Clamps in two places of the main unit Frame bottom and in two places of the Rear side, and install the BUSH in the round hole of the Rear from the Rear side. 3. Pass the Harness of the HEATER ASSY/HEATER ASSY DELE into the BUSH, pull out the Connectors and Thermostat (KIT HEATER DELE only) to the Rear side of the main unit, and secure the Harness to the four Clamps. 4. Apply the CLAMP CKN-10 to the Rear side in the position shown in Figure 4-51. 5. Connect the WIRE ASSY HEAT to the Connector (J102) of the MAIN POWER SWITCH & INLET and the Connector of the HEATER ASSY/ HEATER ASSY DELE, and secure it to the CLAMP CKN-10.
C A U T IO N
8. To avoid wire breakage, do not forcibly bend both ends of the Fuse of the WIRE ASSY HEAT. 9. Wind the Harness of the MAIN POWER SWITCH & INLET twice around the CLAPM WS-2NS to adjust its length.
11. As shown in Figure 4-49, put the entire surface of the SEAL SCREW into the recess of the Top Plate. 12. After installation, switch power on, wait for more than 15 minutes, touch the main unit Frame around the SEAL SCREW through the CASSETTE ASSY Entry, and make sure that it is warm (the HEATER ASSY/HEATER ASSY DELE is operating properly).
ROS
360
Revision A
C A U T IO N
1. Since the Fuser unit becomes hot, start your work after it has thoroughly cooled off.
4. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 5. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181)) After replacing the Fuser unit, execute the following. 5.1.2 Part/unit-based adjustment items (p.460) Life counter clear
REMOVAL 1. Open the LH ASSY. 2. Lower the black Lever Handles (Front/Rear), and release the Fuser unit from the Boss. 3. Remove the Fuser Unit in the direction of arrow.
C A U T IO N
A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D
2. When holding the Fuser Unit, hold the green Lever Handles.
Green Lever Handle
REINSTALLATION
Hole of Frame
1. Match the Boss of the Fuser unit with the hole of the Frame, and install the Fuser unit.
C A U T IO N
Boss
2. Raise the Lever Handles (Front/Rear), and secure the Fuser unit. 3. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
361
Revision A
1. Since the Fuser unit becomes hot, start your work after it has thoroughly cooled off.
2. Remove the Fuser unit. (p.361) 3. Release the two Hooks of the COVER EXIT TOP, and remove the COVER EXIT TOP. 4. Remove the one screw (silver, flanged, 12mm) that secures the BRACKET EXIT, and remove the BRACKET EXIT. 5. Remove the one screw (gold, 8mm) that secures the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY. 6. Release the Hook of the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY, and remove the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY. 7. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the SENSOR ASSY TP. 8. Disconnect the Harness from the Connectors (P/J151) (P/J153) of the SENSOR ASSY TP, and remove the SENSOR ASSY TP.
CAUTION 2)
Clamp
GN30402EA
Figure 4-53. Removing the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY and SENSOR ASSY TP
362
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
2. When a new SENSOR ASSY TP has been installed, tear off the bar code side of the applied label. As a correction value, write the value in the least significant two digits given under the bar code of the separated stub.
1. Connect the Connectors (J151) (J153) of the HAFRNESS ASSY R-TOP1 to the Connectors (P151) (P153) of the SENSOR ASSY TP. 2. Secure the SENSOR ASSY TP with the one screw (silver, 6mm). 3. Match the Hook of the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY, and install the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY. 4. Secure the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY with the one screw (gold, 8mm). 5. Install the BRACKET EXIT together with the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY with the one screw (silver, flanged, 12mm). 6. Match the two Hooks of the COVER EXIT TOP, and install the COVER EXIT TOP. 7. Install the Fuser Unit. (p.361) 8. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
3. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 4. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181)) After replacing the SENSOR ASSY TP, execute the following. 5.1.2 Part/unit-based adjustment items (p.460) Write adjustment value When a new SENSOR ASSY TP has been installed, tear off the bar code side of the applied label. As a correction value, write the value in the least significant two digits given under the bar code of the separated stub.
A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D
363
Revision A
C A U T IO N
1. Since the Fuser unit becomes hot, start your work after it has thoroughly cooled off.
2. Remove the Fuser unit. (p.361) 3. Remove the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY. (p.362) 4. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) that secure the KIT CHUTE EXIT UP. 5. Release the two Hooks of the KIT CHUTE EXIT UP, and remove the KIT CHUTE EXIT UP. 6. Remove the E Ring that secures the GEAR 28Z, and take off the GEAR 28Z. 7. Remove the E Ring that secures the GEAR 28Z D, and take off the GEAR 28Z D and BEARING 6. 8. Remove the E Ring that secures the SPACER, and slide and remove the ROLL ASSY EXIT 2 to the SPACER side.
6)-1
GN30403EA
364
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the ROLL ASSY EXIT 2 from the SPACER side and secure the SPACER with the E Ring.
C A U T IO N
3. When installing the GEAR 28Z D, note the orientation of the GEAR 28Z D.
2. Fit the GEAR 28Z D and BEARING 6, and secure the GEAR 28Z D with the E Ring. 3. Fit the GEAR 28Z, and secure the GEAR 28Z with the E Ring. 4. Match the two Hooks of the KIT CHUTE EXIT UP, and install the KIT CHUTE EXIT UP. 5. Secure the KIT CHUTE EXIT UP with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). 6. Install the TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY.(p.362) 7. Install the Fuser Unit. (p.361) 8. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
4. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 5. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
365
Revision A
1. Since the Fuser unit becomes hot, start your work after it has thoroughly cooled off.
4. Remove the Fuser unit. (p.361) 5. Remove the FAN FUSER. (p.369) 6. Remove the two screws (black, flanged, 8mm) that secure the DUCT FUSER, and remove the DUCT FUSER. 7. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector of the LVPS. 8. Release the two Cable Bands, and remove the Harness from the two Clamps. 9. After releasing the Left side Hook with a mini flat-blade screwdriver, also release the Right side Hook, and remove the FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR. 10. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J158) of the FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR.
8)-1 6)-1
7) 6)-2
6)-1
GN30404EB
366
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Connect the Harness to the Connector (P/J158) of the FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR. 2. Match the two Hooks, and install the FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR.
C A U T IO N
3. Secure the two Cable Bands, and secure the Harness to the two Clamps. 4. Connect the Connector (J103) of the FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR to the Connector (P103) of the LVPS. 5. Secure the DUCT FUSER with the three screws (black, flanged, 8mm). 6. Install the FAN FUSER. (p.369) 7. Install the Fuser Unit. (p.361) 8. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 9. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 10. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
367
Revision A
4.6 Electrical
4.6.1 SENSOR HUM TE
4)
REMOVAL 1. Remove the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 2. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the HOLDER SENSOR, and remove the HOLDER SENSOR. 3. Release the two Hooks of the SENSOR HUM TE, and remove the SENSOR HUM TE from the HOLDER SENSOR. 4. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J152) of the SENSOR HUM TE.
3) 2)-2
REINSTALLATION 1. Connect the Connector (J152) of the HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 to the Connector (P152) of the SENSOR HUM TE. 2. Match the two Hooks of the SENSOR HUM TE, and install the SENSOR HUM TE to the HOLDER SENSOR. 3. Secure the HOLDER SENSOR with the one screw (silver, 6mm). 4. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) Figure 4-56. Removing the SENSOR HUM TE
GN30501EA
Electrical
368
Revision A
Hooks 5) 4)
1. When installing the FAN FUSER, note the orientation of the FAN FUSER.
1. Match the two Hooks of the FAN FUSER to the DUCT FUSER, and install the FAN FUSER.
C A U T IO N
GN30502EB
Figure 4-57. Removing the FAN FUSER
2. After installation, make sure that the two Hooks engage the FAN FUSER securely.
2. Connect the Connector (J1041) of the HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 to the Connector (P1041) of the FAN FUSER. 3. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 4. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 5. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
Electrical
369
Revision A
4.6.3 FAN LV
REMOVAL 1. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. 2. Remove the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 3. Remove the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 4. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J105) of the LVPS. 5. Remove the two SCREW FANs that secure the FAN LV, and remove the FAN LV.
Clamps
Tab
Notch
REINSTALLATION 1. Match the Notch of the FAN LV with the Tab of the Fan Bracket, and secure the FAN LV with the two SCREW FANs. 2. Route the Harness of the LVPS as shown in Figure 4-58, and connect the Connector (J105) of the FAN LV to the Connector (P105) of the LVPS. 3. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 4. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 5. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Figure 4-58. Removing the FAN LV
GN30503EA
Electrical
370
Revision A
4.6.4 HVPS
REMOVAL 1. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. 2. Remove the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 3. Remove the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 4. Remove the FAN LV. (p.370) 5. Disconnect the Harnesses from the six Connectors (P/J131) (P/J132) (P/ J133) (P/J134) (P/J135) (T401) of the HVPS, and release the Harnesses from the Clamp on the HVPS. 6. Remove the five screws (silver, 6mm) and four screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) that secure the HVPS. 7. Release the two Hooks of the HVPS, and remove the HVPS from the two Bosses.
White Red Red
Clamp Boss
Boss Hook
Bosses
A A B
GN30504EB
Hooks
Electrical
371
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
1. Before installing the HVPS, make certain that the Bias Springs (A in Figure 4-59) and Plate Spring (B in Figure 4-59) of the main unit Frame are not deformed. Also be careful not to deform them during installation.
3. If the Connectors on the HVPS are not connected securely, the following faults will occur. Securely connect the Connectors when installing the HVPS. Table 4-2. Symptoms that appear when connectors are disconnected
Connector No. P/J131 P/J132 P/J133 P/J134 P/J135 Connection Target MCU PWB LVPS IDT UNIT IDT UNIT Symptom Paper printed in blank. Paper printed in blank. Paper edge gets dirty. Printed slightly light.
1. Fit the HVPS into the two Bosses, and fit the two Hooks. 2. Secure the HVPS with the five screws (silver, 6mm) and four screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
C A U T IO N
2. Use the screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the holes marked TAP on the Board.
BTR UNIT ASSY Can be printed. BTR may be wound with paper depending on environment. IDT UNIT Ghosts appear and print colors get intense.
P/J133 or P/J134
3. Connect the Connectors (J131) (J132) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM to the Connectors (P131) (P132) of the HVPS. Connect the Connector (J133) of the DRIVE ASSY PR to the Connector (P133) of the HVPS, connect the Connector (J134) of the HARNESS ASSY IDT to the Connector (P134) of the HVPS, and secure the Harnesses to the Clamp on the HVPS. Connect the Connectors (J135) (T401) of the HARNESS ASSY HVLH to the Connectors (P135) (T401) of the HVPS. 4. Install the FAN LV. (p.370) 5. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 6. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 7. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
T401
Electrical
372
Revision A
8) 2)
Clamp
6)-1 5)
Electrical
373
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Connect the Connector (J102) of the MAIN POWER SWITCH & INLET to the Connector (P102) of the LVPS, and secure the Harness to the Clamp. 2. Secure the MAIN POWER SWITCH & INLET with the two screws (gold, flat, 8mm). 3. Secure the Earth Wire with the one screw (silver, with toothed washer, 4mm). 4. Secure the BRACKET SW with the three screws (silver, 6mm). 5. Fit the LINK of the MAIN POWER SWITCH & INLET. 6. Install the COVER REAR LH LOW. (p.303) 7. Match the Tab of the LVPS, and secure the LVPS with the three screws (silver, 6mm) and three screws (gold, flanged, 6mm). 8. Connect the Connectors (J101) (J106) (J108) of the HARNESS ASSY RBTM to the Connectors (P101) (P106) (P108) of the LVPS. Connect the Connectors (J107) (J10A) (J104) of the HARNESS ASSY RTOP1 to the Connectors (P107) (P10A) (P104) of the LVPS. Connect the Connector (J105) of the FAN LV to the Connector (P105) of the LVPS. Connect the Connector (J103) of the FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR to the Connector (P103) of the LVPS. Connect the Connector (J109) of the HARNESS ASSY ESS-LVPS to the Connector (P109) of the LVPS. 9. Secure the Harness with the Clamp. 10. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302)
C A U T IO N
If the Connectors on the LVPS are not connected securely, the following faults will occur. Securely connect the Connectors when installing the LVPS. Table 4-3. Symptoms that appear when connectors are disconnected
Connector No. P/J101 P/J102 P/J103 P/J104 P/J105 P/J106 Connection Target MCU PWB MAIN POWER SWITCH & INLET Fuser unit FUSER FAN LVPS FAN DRIVE ASSY MAIN Not started. Power not switched on. Service Req E051 occurs. Service Req E054 occurs. Service Req E055 occurs. During printing, the paper feeding system does not operate, resulting in a paper jam. During printing, the BTR does not rotate, resulting in a paper jam inside the LH ASSY. Paper printed in blank. CONTROL PANEL is not displayed. Symptom
P/J107
DRICE ASSY PR
Electrical
374
Revision A
CN405, CN415
CN500
1. Use a wrist band to protect the BOARD ASSY, MAIN from static damage. If a wrist band is unavailable, touch a metal part before starting your work to discharge static electricity from inside your body. 2. Be careful not to get injured by the solder on the back of the Board.
1. Remove the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298) 2. Disconnect the Harnesses from the four Connectors (CN405, CN415) (CN500) (CN600) (CN601) of the BOARD ASSY, MAIN.
CN600
CN601
Electrical
375
Revision A
Grounding cable
ESS BOX
Figure 4-62. Removing the BOARD ASSY, MAIN (2) Figure 4-63. Removing the BOARD ASSY, MAIN (3)
Electrical
376
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the BOARD ASSY, MAIN with the five screws (silver, 6mm) and nine screws (gold, 8mm). 2. Secure the Grounding cable of the Control Panel with the one screw (gold, 8mm). 3. Connect the Connector (CN500) of the HARNESS ESS-LVPS to the Connector (CN500) of the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. Connect the Connector (CN405, CN415) of the Control Panel to the Connector (CN405) of the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. Connect the Connector (CN600) of the FLAT CABLE ESS-MCU to the Connector (CN600) of the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. Connect the Connector (CN601) of the HARNESS ESS-ROS to the Connector (CN601) of the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. 4. Install the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298)
A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D
C A U T IO N
3. Fogging will occur if you forget connecting the Harness (CN601) from the ROS ASSY. If fogging has occurred, pass several ten pieces of white paper to remove the contamination sticking to the Drum. 4. The printer will not start if you power it on without connecting the Harness (CN600). 5. If the Connectors on the BOARD ASSY, MAIN are not connected securely, the following faults will occur. Securely connect the Connectors when installing the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. Table 4-4. Symptoms That Appear when Connectors Are Disconnected
Connector No. CN500 CN405 CN600 CN601 Connection Target LVPS CONTROL PANEL MCU PWB ROS ASSY Symptom CONTROL PANEL is not displayed. CONTROL PANEL is not displayed. Service Req C0998 occurs. Paper printed in blank.
After replacing the BOARD ASSY, MAIN, execute the following. 5.1.2 Part/unit-based adjustment items (p.460) Write USB ID
[U[
Electrical
377
Revision A
Clamp
Square hole
HARNESS ESS-LVPS Ferrite core Figure 4-65. Releasing the HARNESS ESS-LVPS
Electrical
378
Revision A
Square hole
PLATE WP CABLE
Electrical
379
Revision A
12)-2
12)-1
11)-1 11)-1
RIGHT SUPPORT
11)-1
GN30507ED
Notch
Electrical
380
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. On the Right side, pass the FLAT CABLE ESS-MCU into the notch of the ESS BOX, and secure the ESS BOX with the fourteen screws (silver, 6mm). 2. On the Front side, secure the ESS BOX with the one screw (silver, 6mm), and secure the RIGHT SUPPORT and WIRE EARTH to the ESS BOX with the one screw (silver, flanged, 8mm). 3. Secure the SHIELD ASSY CRUM with the five screws (silver, 6mm). 4. Secure the PLATE WP CABLE with the six screws (silver, 6mm).
C A U T IO N
Match the two Bosses of the ESS BOX with the two Positioning Holes of the ESS BOX.
Figure 4-71. Installing the PLATE WP CABLE 5. Pass the HARNESS ESS-ROS into the square hole, and secure it to the two Clamps. 6. Pass the HARNESS ESS-LVPS into the square hole, and secure it to the two Clamps. 7. Install the Ferrite core to the HARNESS ESS-LVPS. 8. Pass the HARNESS ASSY PANEL into the round hole, and secure it to the two Clamps. 9. Install the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. (p.375) 10. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299)
Electrical
381
Revision A
1. Do not replace the MCU PWB and X-ROM PWB simultaneously. 2. Use a wrist band to protect the PWBs from static damage. If a wrist band is unavailable, touch a metal part before starting your work to discharge static electricity from inside your body. 3. Be careful not to get injured by the solder on the back of the Board. When replacing the MCU PWB, remove the EEPROM from the old MCU PWB and install it on the new MCU PWB before use.
9)
Notch
12)
C H E C K P O IN T
1. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. 2. Remove the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 3. Remove the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298) 4. Remove the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 5. Remove the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. (p.375) 6. Remove the ESS BOX. (p.378) 7. Remove the X-ROM PWB from the PWB Support. 8. Disconnect the X-ROM PWB from the Connector (P/J19) of the MCU PWB. 9. Disconnect the FLAT CABLE ESS-MCU from the Connector (P/J14) of the MCU PWB. 10. Disconnect the Harnesses from the sixteen Connectors (P/J18) (P/J17) (P/ J11) (P/J12) (P/J15) (P/J23) (P/J26) (P/J10) (P/J29) (P/J16) (P/J13) (P/ J25) (P/J20) (P/J22) (P/J27) (P/J21) of the MCU PWB. 11. Remove the four screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the MCU PWB, and remove the MCU PWB. 12. Remove the EEPROM from the MCU PWB.
11)-1 11)-2 11)-1 8) 11)-1 7) P/J100
Silver side
11)-1
Terminal side
GN30508EC
Electrical
382
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the MCU PWB with the four screws (silver, 6mm). 2. Connect the Connector (J18) of the HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA to the Connector (P18) of the MCU PWB. Connect the Connectors (J11) (J12) of the HARNESS ASSY ROS to the Connectors (P11) (P12) of the MCU PWB. Connect the Connectors (J15) (J17) of the HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 to the Connectors (P15) (P17) of the MCU PWB. Connect the Connectors (J23) (J26) (J10) (J16) (J13) (J25) (J27) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM to the Connectors (P23) (P26) (P10) (P16) (P13) (P25) (P27) of the MCU PWB. Connect the Connector (J29) of the HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE to the Connector (P29) of the MCU PWB. Connect the Connector (J20) of the HARNESS ASSY CRUM to the Connector (P20) of the MCU PWB. Connect the Connector (J22) of the HARNESS ASSY F-SNR to the Connector (P22) of the MCU PWB. Connect the Connector (J21) of the HARNESS ASSY DISP to the Connector (P21) of the MCU PWB. 3. Connect the Flat Terminal (J14) of the FLAT CABLE ESS-MCU to the Connector (P/14) of the MCU PWB. 4. Connect the Connector (J19) of the X-ROM to the Connector (P19) of the MCU PWB. 5. Secure the X-ROM PWB with the PWB Support. 6. Install the ESS BOX. (p.378) 7. Install the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. (p.375) 8. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 9. Install the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298) 10. Install the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 11. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
C A U T IO N
4. If the Connectors on the MCU PWB are not connected securely, the following faults will occur. Securely connect the Connectors when installing the MCU PWB. Table 4-5. Symptoms that appear when connectors are disconnected
Connector No. P/J10 P/J11 P/J12 P/J13 P/J14 P/J15 P/J16 Connection Target LVPS ROS ASSY ROS ASSY HVPS BOARD ASSY, MAIN Fuser unit, etc. DRIVE ASSY MAIN Not started. Service Req E050 occurs. Service Req E050 occurs. Paper is printed in blank. Service Req C0998 occurs. Service Req E051 occurs. During printing, the paper feeding system does not operate, resulting in a paper jam. During printing, the BTR does not rotate, resulting in a paper jam inside the LH ASSY. Install uuuu TnrCart occurs. Service Req E053 occurs. Replace Photocondctr occurs. --Symptom
P/J17
DRIVE ASSY PR
ANTENNA CK ANTENNA YM X-ROM PWB IDT UNIT (PWBA CRUM) MOTOR DISP Y/M/C/ K MOTOR ASSY TRACKING, etc. Each Sensor, Clutch, etc. Additional Tray SENSOR ASSY TRACKING, etc. EEPROM
Service Req E051 occurs. Not started. Additional cassette is not recognized. Service Req E053 occurs. Service Req E052 occurs.
Electrical
383
Revision A
SPACER SENSOR
Snap
Figure 4-73. Removing the TONER FULL SENSOR and TONER BOTTLE SET SENSOR
384
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Match the three Hooks of the TONER BOTTOLE SET SENSOR, and install the TONER BOTTOLE SET SENSOR. 2. Connect the Connector (J224) of the HARNESS ASSY F-SNR to the Connector (P224) of the TONER BOTTOLE SET SENSOR. 3. Match the three Hooks of the TONER FULL SENSOR, and install the TONER FULL SENSOR. 4. Connect the Connector (J225) of the HARNESS ASSY F-SNR to the Connector (P225: Blue) of the TONER FULL SENSOR. 5. On the rear surface of the BRKT SNR WBOX, apply the two SPACER SENSORs with the supplied double-faced tape so that the Hooks of the TONER FULL SENSOR and TONER BOTTOLE SET SENSOR do not come off.
C A U T IO N
Apply the SPACER SENSORs to prevent the SENSOR Hooks from moving away and coming off toward the inside. Completely clean the application surface to remove oil, contamination, etc.
6. Fit the Snap into the main unit Frame, and secure the COVER SNR WBOX with the two screws (silver, flanged, 8mm). 7. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT. 8. Install the CASSETTE ASSY.
385
Revision A
1. Before removing the IDT UNIT, be sure to remove the Photoconductor unit.
GN30602EB-1
Figure 4-74. Removing the IDT UNIT and Photoconductor unit (1)
386
Revision A
Orange
4)
2. Since the Roll surfaces of the Photoconductor unit are close to the floor, put the removed Photoconductor unit on a level place. Place it with the RTC Rolls up as shown below.
RTC Roll
GN30621EA
3. Handle the IDT UIT and Photoconductor unit carefully. Be sure to protect the surfaces so that they are not exposed to direct sunlight and strong light. Do not touch the Roll surfaces of the IDT UIT and Photoconductor unit with your hands or tools. Also, do not cough or sneeze at the Roll surfaces. 5. Move the Lever of the IDT UNIT in the direction of arrow, release the Stopper (creamy white), and holding the Band (black) of the IDT UNIT, pull out the IDT UNIT slowly.
C A U T IO N
Black
5)-2
5)-1
4. Since the IDT UNIT is heavy, take it out slowly, being careful not to drop it.
GN30602EB-2
Figure 4-75. Removing the IDT UNIT and Photoconductor unit (2)
387
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D
1. Make sure that the LH ASSY is open, confirm the positions of the IDT Guide and IDT Frame, and holing the Band (black) of the IDT UNIT, push in the IDT UNIT.
C A U T IO N
After replacing the IDT UNIT, execute the following. 5.1.2 Part/unit-based adjustment items (p.460) Life counter clear Color Registration Adjustment After replacing the Photoconductor unit, execute the following. 5.1.2 Part/unit-based adjustment items (p.460) Color Registration Adjustment
[Reinstallation]
CAUTION 6)
6. When replacing the IDT UNIT with a new one, make certain that the Stopper is retracted. If the Stopper has come out, move the Lever to retract the Stopper.
Lever
2. Match the Guide of the IDT UNIT with the Shaft of the Photoconductor unit, and securely install the Photoconductor unit.
C A U T IO N
7. In the following step, operate the Handle after the lock is released by securely pushing the IDT UNIT as far as it will go.
3. Holding the Handle of the ITD UNIT, push in the IDT UNIT slowly and surely as far as it will go. 4. Return the Handle of the IDT UNIT. 5. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT, release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
Handle
C A U T IO N
8. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
DRUM UNIT
GN30603EA
388
Revision A
13)-2
12)
13)-1
14)
10)-2 8) 10)-1
8)
8)
GN30604EC
389
Revision A
Harness hooks
Hook
16)-2
17)
HARNESS ESS-ROS
CAUTION 2)
GN30605ED
390
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the WIRE EARTH with the screw (silver, 6mm). 2. Match the two Rear side Hooks of the TONER DISPENSER ASSY to the square holes, and install the TONER DISPENSER ASSY.
C A U T IO N
2. When installing the TONER DISPENSER ASSY, refer to Figure 4-78, route the HARNESS ESS-ROS into the far side of the TONER DISPENSER ASSY, and being careful not to get it pinched by the TONER DISPENSER ASSY.
3. Secure the TONER DISPENSER ASSY with the three screws (silver, 6mm) and three screws (silver, flanged, 8mm). 4. Secure the HARNESS ASSY ROS to the two Harness hooks.
C A U T IO N
12. Connect the Connectors (J17) (J15) of the HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 to the Connectors (P17) (P15) of the MCU PWB. Connect the Connectors (J11) (J12) of the HARNESS ASSY ROS to the Connectors (P11) (P12) of the MCU PWB. Connect the Connectors (J23) (J26) (J10) (J16) (J13) (J25) (J27) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM to the Connectors (P23) (P26) (P10) (P16) (P13) (P25) (P27) of the MCU PWB. Connect the Connector (J29) of the HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE to the Connector (P29) of the MCU PWB. Connect the Connector (J20) of the HARNESS ASSY CRUM to the Connector (P20) of the MCU PWB. Connect the Connector (J22) of the HARNESS ASSY F-SNR to the Connector (P22) of the MCU PWB. 13. Install the ESS BOX. (p.378) 14. Install the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. (p.375) 15. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 16. Install the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298) 17. Install the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 18. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
3. The Spiral-wound side of the HARNESS ASSY ROS is the MCU PWB side.
5. Remove the paper that blocks the drain port of each Auger (Y/M/C/K).
C A U T IO N
6. Secure each Auger (Y/M/C/K) with the one screw (black, tapping, flanged, 8mm). 7. Slide open the Shutters to the original positions.
C A U T IO N
5. Open the Shutters (Y/M/C/K) without fail. If they are not open, the COVER ASSY INNER cannot be installed in Step 17.
8. Remove the spread paper. 9. Secure the FRAME TIE FRONT with the four screws (silver, 6mm).
391
Revision A
When removing the DEVE HOLDERs and DEVE UNITs, work can be done easier by removing them in order of Y, M, K and C from top to bottom.
C A U T IO N
1. The DEVE UNIT can be replaced color by color. However, the DEVE UNIT C cannot be removed unless the DEVE UNIT (K) is removed first (to avoid the projection of the main unit Frame).
4)-1
4)-2
1. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. 2. Remove the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 3. Open the LH ASSY. 4. Remove the four screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the FRAME TIE FRONT, and remove the FRAME TIE FRONT.
4)-1
GN30606ED-1
392
Revision A
2. Do not stick the adhesive of the tape to the drain port. 3. Do not touch the Rolls of the DEVE UNITs. When removing the DEVE UNIT (Y), do not bump the Roll against the sheet metal of the main unit Frame.
7)-1
Tape
9. Remove the three screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the DEVE UNIT (Y), and while pulling the DEVE HOLDER and DEVE UNIT (Y) toward you, remove and place them on the paper. 10. Similarly, remove the DEVE HOLDERs and DEVE UNITs (M/K/C) in due order.
C A U T IO N
5)
Paper
10)
4. Remove the DEVE HOLDERs and DEVE UNITs in order of Y, M, K and C from top to bottom.
9)-1 9)-2
GN30606ED-2
393
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
9. Push the SHUTTER ASSY SUB, and make sure that it comes back by the force of the SPRING SHUTTER.
5. Install the DEVE HOLDERs and DEVE UNITs in order of C, K, M and Y from bottom to top. 6. Only when installing a new DEVE UNIT, execute the following Steps 1), 2). When not replacing the DEVE UNIT with a new one, start from Step 3). SPRING SHUTTER and SPRING ASSY SUB are packed with the service part DEVE UNIT. 7. Do not tilt the DEVE UNIT unnecessarily. If it is tilted, toner will drop from the Toner Supply Port and/or Toner Ejection Port. If toner has dropped, install the DEVE UNIT after cleaning. 8. Be sure to remove the Cap of the Toner Supply Port. If the DEVE UNIT is installed with the Cap fitted, the Cap may enter the DEVE UNIT, causing abnormal printing operation.
Groove
Latch Toner Supply Port Toner Ejection Port SPRING SHUTTER SHUTTER ASSY SUB
MagRoll Cover
1. Place the DEVE UNIT in a horizontal position, and install the SPRING SHUTTER. 2. Match and fit the Latch of the SHUTTER ASSY SUB to the groove of the DEVE UNIT.
394
Revision A
The Pin inserting position can be easily checked by illuminating the position with a penlight.
C A U T IO N
10. When installing the DEVE HOLDER, match the two Pins of the DEVE HOLDER with the holes of the DEVE UNIT (C), and match the two Bosses of the DEVE HOLDER with the holes of the Frame.
3)
4. Secure the DEVE HOLDER to the DEVE UNIT (C) with the three screws (silver, 6mm). 5. Similarly, install the DEVE HOLDERs and DEVE UNITs (K/M/Y) in due order.
C A U T IO N
3) 2) 3)
3)
11. When installing the DEVE UNIT (K/M/Y), insert it by sliding it along the upper groove of the already installed DEVE UNIT.
4)
DEVE UNIT far side
GN30607EC
Figure 4-82. Installing the DEVE UNIT K (C, M, Y) (2) 6. Remove the paper that blocks the drain port of each Auger (Y/M/C/K).
C A U T IO N
12. Do not stick the adhesive of the tape to the drain port.
7. Secure each Auger (Y/M/C/K) with the one screw (black, tapping, flanged, 8mm). 8. Slide open the Shutters to the original positions.
C A U T IO N
13. Open the Shutter (Y/M/C/K) without fail. Unless the Shutter (Y/M/C/K) is open, the COVER ASSY INNER cannot be installed in Step 12.
395
Revision A
14. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 15. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
12. Install the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 13. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D
After replacing the DEVE UNIT, execute the following. 5.1.2 Part/unit-based adjustment items (p.460) Life counter clear
396
Revision A
4)-1
4)-1
Dowel
8)
CAUTION 1)
6)-3
6)-2
5)
6)-1
GN30609EC
397
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the SHUTTER HSG to the AUGER, and secure the AUGER with the one screw (black, flanged tapping, 8mm) and one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm).
C A U T IO N
1. Securely push the Dowel of the SHUTTER HSG into the AUGER.
2. Slide open the Shutters to the original positions. 3. Secure the FRAME TIE FRONT with the four screws (silver, 6mm). 4. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
2. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 3. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
5. Install the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 6. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D
After changing the AUGER, execute the following according to the replaced color. 6.3.1 Maintenance Menu Items (p.483) Toner Admix (maintenance mode)
398
Revision A
1)
CAUTION 3)
GN30610EB
399
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D
1. In the following step, visually check that the SHAFT DRIVE DISP is securely installed. To visually check the Output Shaft of the MOTOR DISP (K), the ANTENNA CK must be removed.
After replacing the MOTOR DISP, execute the following. 5.1.2 Part/unit-based adjustment items (p.460) Write adjustment value When you have installed a new MOTOR DISP, tear off the bar code side of the applied label. As a correction value, write the 3-digit value between *s given under the barcode of the separated stub.
1. Turn the Coupling of the MOTOR DISP (K), match the orientation of the Output Shaft of the MOTOR DISP (K) with that of the cut surface of the SHAFT DRIVE DISP, and install the MOTOR DISP (K). 2. Remove the ANTENNA CK (p.397), and visually check that the SHAFT DRIVE DISP is installed. 3. Secure the MOTOR DISP (K) with the three screws (gold, tapping, 22mm), and install the ANTENNA CK. 4. Connect the Connector (P214) of the MOTOR DISP (K) to the Connector (J214) of the HARNESS ASSY DISP. 5. Similarly, install the other MOTOR DISPs (Y/M/C).
C A U T IO N
2. After installing all MOTOR DISPs, visually check again that the cut surface of the SHAFT DRIVE DISP is inserted in the Output Shaft of the MOTOR DISP. Turn the SHAFT DRIVE DISP, and make certain that the MOTOR DISP rotates. 3. After installation, tear off the bar code side of the label applied to the new MOTOR DISP.
6. Install the TONER DISPENSER ASSY. (p.389) 7. Install the ESS BOX. (p.378) 8. Install the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. (p.375) 9. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 10. Install the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298) 11. Install the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 12. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
400
Revision A
(Gray) 10)-1
REMOVAL 1. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. 2. Remove the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 3. Remove the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298) 4. Remove the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 5. Remove the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. (p.375) 6. Remove the ESS BOX. (p.378) 7. Remove the TONER DISPENSER ASSY. (p.389) 8. Remove the MOTOR DISP (K). (p.399)
C A U T IO N
Hooks 13)-2 (Yellow) 13)-1 10)-2
1. When removing the ANTENNA CK, be sure to remove the MOTOR DISP (K).
9. Release the four Hooks of the ANTENNA CK. 10. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J181) of the ANTENNA CK, and remove the ANTENNA CK.
C A U T IO N
11. Similarly, remove the MOTOR DISP (Y) and MOTOR DISP (M). (p.399)
C A U T IO N
3. When removing the ANTENNA YM, be sure to remove the MOTOR DISP (Y) and MOTOR DISP (M).
(Yellow) CAUTION 4)
GN30611EB
12. Release the four Hooks of the ANTENNA YM. 13. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J182) of the ANTENNA YM, and remove the ANTENNA YM.
401
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
1. Connect the Connector (J182) of the ANTENNA YM to the Connector (P182) of the HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA (yellow). 2. Match the four Hooks of ANTENNA YM, and secure the ANTENNA YM. 3. Install the MOTOR DISP (Y) and MOTOR DISP (M). (p.399) 4. Connect the Connector (P181) of the ANTENNA CK to the Connector (J181) of the HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA (gray). 5. Match the four Hooks of ANTENNA CK, and secure the ANTENNA CK. 6. Install the MOTOR DISP (K). (p.399) 7. Install the TONER DISPENSER ASSY. (p.389) 8. Install the ESS BOX. (p.378) 9. Install the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. (p.375) 10. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 11. Install the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298) 12. Install the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 13. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
402
Revision A
8)-1
SHUTTER HSG
GN30612EB
403
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
1. When installing the HSG-CTRG, match the SHAFT DRIVE DISP with the Output Shaft of the MOTOR DISP.
1. Secure the target HSG-CTRG (Y/M/C/K) to the TONER DISPENSER ASSY with the one screw (silver, flanged, 6mm) and two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). 2. Secure the target AUGER (Y/M/C/K) with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm). (p.397)
C A U T IO N
2. After assembling, make sure that the Latch of the AUGER (Y/M/C/K) is securely inserted in the HSG-CTRG (Y/M/C/K). A print error may occur if there is a gap between the AUGER (Y/M/C/K) and HSG-CTRG.
3. Install the TONER DISPENSER ASSY. (p.389) 4. Install the ESS BOX. (p.378) 5. Install the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. (p.375) 6. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 7. Install the COVER ASSY RIGHT. (p.298) 8. Install the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 9. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
404
Revision A
Hooks
This Motor drives the IDT UNIT, Photoconductor unit and BTR UNIT ASSY. Handle it with extreme care to protect it against impact. If it is dropped, for example, the print quality will be affected.
REMOVAL 1. Remove the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 2. Disconnect the Connector (P1071) of the HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 from the DRIVE ASSY PR, and disconnect the Connector (P/J133) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM from the HVPS. 3. Remove the Harness from the one Clamp and two Hooks. 4. Remove the six screws (black, flanged, 6mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY PR, and remove the DRIVE ASSY PR.
REINSTALLATION
GN30613EA
1. Secure the DRIVE ASSY PR with the six screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 2. Secure the Harness to the one Clamp and two Hooks. 3. Connect the Connector (P1071) of the HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 to Connector (J1071) of the DRIVE ASSY PR. Connect the Connector (J133) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM to the Connector (P133) of the HVPS. 4. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302)
405
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the GEAR ASSY HR with the three screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 2. Secure the Cable Band to the GEAR ASSY HR. 3. Connect the Connector (J103) of the FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR to the Connector (P103) of the LVPS. 4. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302)
GN30614EA
Figure 4-88. Removing the GEAR ASSY HR
406
Revision A
C A U T IO N
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 2. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
8. Install the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 9. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
9)-2
9)-1 Boss
9)-2
8)
7) GN30615EC
407
Revision A
[Reinstallation]
1)-1
1)-2
C A U T IO N
1. When removing the MOTOR ASSY TRACKING, be sure to replace it mounted with the Photoconductor unit and IDT UNIT.
4)
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
2. After replacing the MOTOR ASSY TRACKING, do not remove/install the Photoconductor unit and IDT UNIT before switching power on/off. If the Shaft rotates accidentally, the DEVE UNIT moves to the Photoconductor unit side, and if the IDT UNIT is removed/installed in this state, the Photoconductor unit and ID UNIT may interfere, resulting in damage.
3) GN30616EC
1. Match the orientation of the hole in the MOTOR ASSY TRACKING with the D cut surface of the Shaft, and while rotating the MOTOR ASSY TRACKING in the direction of arrow, set it to the correct position. 2. Secure the MOTOR ASSY TRACKING with the three screws (gold, 25mm). 3. Connect the Connector (P222) of the MOTOR ASSY TRACKING to the Connector (J222) of the HARNESS ASSY F-SNR. 4. Install the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 5. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
408
Revision A
12)
409
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Insert the SHAFT ASSY TRACKING into the Frame of the main unit.
C A U T IO N
1. When installing the SHAFT ASSY TRACKING, be sure to place the raised portion of the Cam to downward. Placing it to upward result in printing with messy blot and damaging the Drum.
2. Match the Hook of the GUIDE ROS, and secure the GUIDE ROS. 3. Install the BEARING SLEEVE PLA to the Front side of the SHAFT ASSY TRACKING, and secure it with E Ring. 4. Install the BEARING SLEEVE PLA to the Rear side of the SHAFT ASSY TRACKING, and secure it with E Ring. 5. Secure the SENSOR ASSY TRACKING with the one screw (silver, 6mm). 6. Install the LVPS. (p.373) 7. Install the MOTOR ASSY TRACKING. (p.408) 8. Install the ROS ASSY. (p.357) 9. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 10. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 11. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
2. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 3. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
12. Install the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 13. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
410
Revision A
Hooks
13)
1. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. 2. Remove the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 3. Open the LH ASSY. 4. Remove the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 5. Remove the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 6. Remove the ROS ASSY. (p.357) 7. Remove the DEVE UNIT K (C, M, Y). (p.392) 8. Remove the FAN LV. (p.370) 9. Remove the HVPS. (p.371) 10. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J103) of the LVPS. 11. Remove the GEAR ASSY HR. (p.406) 12. Remove the Harness of the DRIVE ASSY PR from the two Hooks. 13. Remove the Harness (yellow) of the HARNESS ASSY CRUM from the Clamp.
C A U T IO N
15)
12)
Clamp
17)
Tab Hook
CAUTION 1)
16)-1 16)-2 14) 16)-2
1. Since the HARNESS ASSY CRUM is kept connected to the TERMINAL ASSY PHD, take care not to move it too far away.
14)
14)
GN30618EB
14. Remove the six screws (silver, 8mm) that secure the TERMINAL ASSY PHD. 15. Remove the Harness from the Hook, and remove the TERMINAL ASSY PHD. 16. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) and five screws (black, flanged, 6mm) that secure the GEAR UNIT DEVE. 17. Lift the GEAR HIGH ASSY DEVE, and release and remove it from the Tab.
411
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
2. Since the HARNESS ASSY CRUM is kept connected to the TERMINAL ASSY PHD, take care not to move it too far away.
1. Fit the GEAR HIGH ASSY DEVE into the Tab, and secure it with the four screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) and five screws (black, flanged, 6mm).
C A U T IO N
4. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 5. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
15. Install the COVER ASSY INNER. (p.413) 16. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT. 17. Install the HARNESS ASSY.
3. When installing GEAR HIGH ASSY DEVE, install the four screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the positions marked TAP on the Frame.
2. Install the TERMINAL ASSY PHD, and secure the Harness to the Clamps and Hooks. 3. Secure the TERMINAL ASSY PHD with the six screws (silver, 8mm). 4. Secure the HARNESS ASSY CRUM to the Clamp. 5. Secure the HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 of the DRIVE ASSY PR to the two Hooks. 6. Install the GEAR ASSY HR. (p.406) 7. Connect the Harness (J103), which comes from the FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR, to the Connector (P103) of the LVPS. 8. Install the HVPS. (p.371) 9. Install the FAN LV. (p.370) 10. Install the DEVE UNIT K (C, M, Y). (p.392) 11. Install the ROS ASSY. (p.357) 12. Install the COVER HIGH ASSY TOP. (p.299) 13. Install the COVER ASSY REAR. (p.302) 14. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
412
Revision A
2)-2
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the COVER ASSY INNER with the five screws (silver, flanged, 8mm). 2. Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
2)-1 GN30619EA
Figure 4-93. Removing the COVER ASSY INNER
413
Revision A
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293)
[Reinstallation] CAUTION 3)
4. Open the DUPLEX COVER, and loosen the two KNOB SCREWs. 5. Remove the two Hooks from the square holes, and remove the DUPLEX ASSY.
5) No gap
4)-2
414
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Match the two Hooks to the square holes, and install the DUPLEX ASSY.
C A U T IO N
2. As shown in Figure 4-94, install the DUPLEX ASSY by pushing it down while pressing it against the main unit. Especially press its left side so that the GEAR 27Z J of the DUPLEX ASSY and the LEVER ASSY GEAR of the main unit engage securely. 3. After installing the DUPLEX ASSY, make sure that there is no gap between the DUPLEX ASSY and main unit top and that the lines match.
2. Tighten the two KNOB SCREWs, and close the DUPLEX COVER. 3. Open the LH ASSY, and connect the Connector (P261) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM to the Connector (J261) of the HARNESS ASSY MAIN. 4. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
4. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 5. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181))
5. Match the Hook of the CAP CONNECTOR DUP, and install the CAP CONNECTOR DUP.
415
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Insert the two upper Catches of the CHUTE ASSY FUT, and push and install the CHUTE ASSY FUT from above. 2. Match the two Hooks of TRAY ASSY EXIT to the holes, and insert and install the TRAY ASSY EXIT.
2)-2
Catches
GN32002EA
Figure 4-95. Removing the TRAY ASSY EXIT and CHUTE ASSY FUT
416
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Match the lower Hook of the GATE SOLENOID, fit the upper Hook, and install the GATE SOLENOID. 2. Connect the Connector (P23B6) of the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM to the Connector (J23B6) of the GATE SOLENOID. 3. Release the Hook of the STOPPER ASSY IDT, and close the LH ASSY.
C A U T IO N
3)-3
2)
1. When the IDT UNIT has been removed, the LH ASSY cannot be closed unless the STOPPER ASSY IDT is released. 4.1.1 Precautions (p.293) 2. When you opened/closed the LH ASSY with the printer powered off, be sure to power on the printer after the work is finished to warm it up. Failure to do so may cause problems in print quality. (Refer to 3.3.4 FIP-P16 (p.181)) Figure 4-96. Removing the GATE SOLENOID
GN32003EA
417
Revision A
4)-1
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the DUPLEX FRAME ASSY to the DUPLEX FRAME COVER with the four screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
C A U T IO N
CAUTION 1) 4)-2
Match and fit the two Positioning Latches of the DUPLEX FRAME COVER.
2. Match the one Boss of the GUIDE DUP IN, and install the GUIDE DUP IN. 3. Secure the GUIDE DUP IN with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm). 4. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (p.414)
GN32004EB
Figure 4-97. Removing the GUIDE DUP IN and DUPLEX FRAME COVER
418
Revision A
PWB SUPPORT
3)-2
P/J361
P/J363
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the DUPLEX PWB to the PWB SUPPORT. 2. Secure the DUPLEX PWB with the two screws (black, 6mm). 3. Connect the Connector (J361) of the EXIT MOTOR to the Connector (P361) of the DUPLEX PWB. Connect the Connectors (J362) (J363) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP to the Connectors (P362) (P363) of the DUPLEX PWB. Connect the Connector (J364) of the DUPLEX CLUTCH to the Connector (P364) of the DUPLEX PWB. Connect the Connector (J36) of the HARNESS ASSY MAIN to the Connector (P36) of the DUPLEX PWB, and secure the Clamp of the HARNESS ASSY MAIN to the BRKT ASSY DUP. 4. Install the GUIDE DUP IN and DUPLEX FRAME COVER. (p.418) 5. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (p.414)
P/J364 P/J36 P/J362 GN32005EB 3)-1
419
Revision A
REINSTALLATION Figure 4-99. Removing the DUPLEX DRIVE 1. Pass the Harness into the hole of the BRKT ASSY DUP, and install the DUPLEX DRIVE. 2. Secure the DUPLEX DRIVE with the five screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). 3. Install the DUPLEX PWB. (p.419) 4. Install the GUIDE DUP IN and DUPLEX FRAME COVER. (p.418) 5. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (p.414)
420
Revision A
6)
5)-1
1. Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (p.414) 2. Remove the GUIDE DUP IN and DUPLEX FRAME COVER. (p.418) 3. Disconnect the Connector (P/J362) of the DUPLEX PWB, and remove the DUPLEX DRIVE mounted with the DUPLEX PWB. (p.419, p.420)
C A U T IO N
GEAR 17Z 5)-2
1. Since the GEAR 17Z is freed in the following step, be careful not to lose it.
7)
4. Remove the E Ring that secures the GEAR 14Z, and remove the GEAR 14Z and BEARING-6. 5. Remove E Ring that secures the BEARING-6, and remove the BEARING6. 6. Remove the upper DUPLEX ROLL. 7. Open the DUPLEX COVER.
C A U T IO N
8)-3 8)-1 8)-2
10) GN32007EB
2. Since the GEAR 38Z is freed in the following step, be careful not to lose it.
8. Remove the E Ring that secures the GEAR 14Z and remove the GEAR 14Z and BEARING-6. 9. Remove E Ring that secures the BEARING-6, and remove the BEARING6. 10. Remove the lower DUPLEX ROLL.
421
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the lower DUPLEX ROLL. 2. Install the GEAR 14Z and BEARING-6, and secure the GEAR 14Z with the E Ring. 3. Install the BEARING-6, and secure the BEARING-6 with the E Ring. 4. Close the DUPLEX COVER. 5. Install the upper DUPLEX ROLL. 6. Install the GEAR 14Z and BEARING-6, and secure the GEAR 14Z with the E Ring. 7. Install the BEARING-6, and secure the BEARING-6 with the E Ring. 8. Install the DUPLEX DRIVE, and connect the Connector (J362) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP to the Connector (P362) of the DUPLEX PWB. (p.419, p.420) 9. Install the GUIDE DUP IN and DUPLEX FRAME COVER. (p.418) 10. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (p.414)
422
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Match the Bosses at both ends, and install the GATE DUPLEX. 2. Match and install the one screw (silver, flanged tapping, 12mm) to the hole of the GATE DUPLEX as shown in Figure 4-101, and secure the GATE DUPLEX. 3. Install the GUIDE DUP IN and DUPLEX FRAME COVER. (p.418) 4. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (p.414)
3) 4)
GN32008EA
423
Revision A
6)-1 7) 4) 10)-1 Adhesive surface of double-faced tape Adhesive surface of double-faced tape 10)-2 6)-2 9) SPACER ASSY SWITCH 5) SPACER SENSOR
1. Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (p.414) 2. Remove the GUIDE DUP IN and DUPLEX FRAME COVER. (p.418) 3. Disconnect the Connector (P/J362) of the DUPLEX PWB, and remove the DUPLEX DRIVE mounted with the DUPLEX PWB. (p.420) 4. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J3622) of the DUPLEX SENSOR. 5. Peel off the SPACER SENSOR that secures the Hooks of the DUPLEX SENSOR on the rear side of the DUPLEX FRAME ASSY. 6. Release the four Hooks of the DUPLEX SENSOR, and remove the DUPLEX SENSOR. 7. While holding the DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH with your fingers, disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J3621). 8. Remove the E Ring that secures the GEAR 27Z, and remove the GAER 27Z and GEAR 38Z. 9. Peel off the SPACER ASSY SWITCH that secures the Hook of the DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH on the side face of the DUPLEX FRAME ASSY. 10. Release the two Hooks of the DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH, and remove the DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH.
GEAR 27Z GEAR 38Z
CAUTION 1)
GN32009EC
Figure 4-102. Removing the DUPLEX SENSOR and DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH
424
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
1. Install the DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH with the DUPLEX COVER open.
1. Match the two Hooks of the DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH, and install the DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH. 2. From the side face of the DUPLEX FRAME ASSY, apply the SPACER ASSY SWITCH with the supplied double-faced tape so that the Hooks of the DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH do not come off.
C A U T IO N
2. Apply the SPACER ASSY SWITCH to prevent the Sensor Hooks from moving away and coming off toward the inside. Completely clean the application surface to remove oil, contamination, etc.
3. Install the GEAR 38Z and GAER 27Z to the DUPLEX FRAME ASSY, and secure the GEAR 27Z with the E Ring. 4. Connect the Connector (J3621) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP to the Connector (P3621) of the DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH. 5. Match the four Hooks of the DUPLEX SENSOR, and install the DUPLEX SENSOR. 6. Apply the SPACER SENSOR to the rear side of the DUPLEX FRAME ASSY with the supplied double-faced tape so that the Hooks of the DUPLEX SENSOR do not come off.
C A U T IO N
3. Apply the SPACER SENSOR to prevent the Sensor Hooks from moving away and coming off toward the inside. Completely clean the application surface to remove oil, contamination, etc.
7. Connect the Connector (J3622) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP to the Connector (P3622) of the DUPLEX SENSOR. (p.419, p.420) 8. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (p.414)
425
Revision A
Since the two GEAR 17Zs are freed in the following step, be careful not to lose them.
5)-2
5)-3
5)-1 4)
5. Remove the E Ring that secures the GEAR 14Z, and remove the GEAR 14Z and BEARING. 6. Remove E Ring that secures the BEARING, and remove the BEARING. 7. Remove the ROLL DCL RUBBER. REINSTALLATION 1. Install the ROLL DCL RUBBER. 2. Install the front BEARING, and secure it with the E Ring. 3. Install the GEAR 14Z and BEARING, and secure the GEAR 14Z with the E Ring. 4. Close the DUPLEX COVER. 5. Install the DUPLEX DRIVE, and connect the Connector (J362) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP to the Connector (P362) of the DUPLEX PWB. (p.419, p.420) 6. Install the GUIDE DUP IN and DUPLEX FRAME COVER. (p.418) 7. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (p.414)
GEAR 17Z
7)
GN32010EA
426
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
6)-1
1. Install the CAM DCL and LEVER DCL to the SHAFT DCL. 2. Insert the LEVER DCL first, and then install the SHAFT DCL. 3. Install the front and rear BEARING-6s and secure them with the E Rings. 4. Install the DUPLEX DRIVE, and connect the Connector (J362) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP to the Connector (P362) of the DUPLEX PWB. (p.419, p.420) 5. Install the GUIDE DUP IN and DUPLEX FRAME COVER. (p.418) 6. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (p.414)
GN32011EA
427
Revision A
CAUTION)
11)
6)-1
GN32012EA
Figure 4-105. Removing the EXIT MOTOR, DUPLEX MOTOR and DUPLEX CLUTCH
428
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
C A U T IO N
When installing the DUPLEX CLUTCH, insert the projection of the DUPLEX CLUTCH into the square hole of the BRKT CLUTCH.
1. Install the DUPLEX CLUTCH. 2. Connect the Connector (J364) of the DUPLEX CLUTCH to the Connector (P364) of the DUPLEX PWB. 3. Install the GEAR 28Z. 4. Install the SHAFT CLUTCH mounted with the GEAR 23Z D and BEARING6. 5. Secure the BRKT CLUTCH side BEARING-6 with the E Ring. 6. Secure the EXIT MOTOR with the two screws (silver, 6mm). 7. Connect the Connector (J361) of the EXIT MOTOR to the Connector (P361) of the DUPLEX PWB. 8. Secure the DUPLEX MOTOR with the two screws (silver, 6mm). 9. Secure the GEAR 17/35Z with the E Ring. 10. Connect the Connector (J363) of the DUPLEX MOTOR to the Connector (P363) of the DUPLEX PWB. 11. Install the DUPLEX DRIVE, and connect the Connector (J362) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP to the Connector (P362) of the DUPLEX PWB. (p.419, p.420) 12. Install the GUIDE DUP IN and DUPLEX FRAME COVER. (p.418) 13. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (p.414)
429
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the GUIDE DUP OUT and DUPLEX COVER to the DUPLEX FRAME ASSY with the two PIN DUPs. 2. Secure the two PIN DUPs with the KL Clips, and close the DUPLEX COVER. 3. Install the DUPLEX DRIVE, and connect the Connector (J362) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP to the Connector (P362) of the DUPLEX PWB. (p.419, p.420) 4. Install the GUIDE DUP IN and DUPLEX FRAME COVER. (p.418) 5. Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (p.414)
5) 4)-2 4)-1
5) GN32013EA
430
Revision A
1. Remove the TRAY ASSY 2 (paper cassette). 2. While pushing and releasing the three Hooks, remove the COVER CONNECT. 3. Disconnect the Connector (P/J251) located on the main unit Rear side. 4. Loosen the two SCREW HANDs. 5. Lift the main unit, and remove the 3 Tray Module.
2)-1 2)-1 2)-1 2)-2 3) 5) CAUTION 2)
4)
2. When installing the 3 Tray Module, make sure that the three Positioning Pins are securely fitted in the main unit. Figure 4-107. Removing the 3 Tray Module
GN32101EA
2. Secure the two SCREW HANDs. 3. Connect the Connector (P/J251) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM to the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM Connector (P251) located on the main unit Rear side. 4. Match the three Hooks, and install the COVER CONNECT. 5. Install the TRAY ASSY 2 (paper cassette).
431
Revision A
4.9.2 FRONT UPPER COVER, RIGHT COVER, LEFT LOWER COVER, REAR COVER
REMOVAL 1. Remove the TRAY ASSY 2 (paper cassette). 2. Remove the two screws (silver, flanged, 8mm) that secure the FRONT UPPER COVER, and remove the FRONT UPPER COVER. 3. Remove the four screws (silver, flanged, 8mm) that secure the LEFT LOWER COVER, and leave the LEFT LOWER COVER free. 4. Open the LEFT COVER 3TM. 5. Remove the LEFT LOWER COVER. 6. Remove the four screws (silver, flanged, 8mm) that secure the RIGHT COVER, and remove the RIGHT COVER. 7. Remove the five screws (silver, flanged, 8mm) that secure the REAR COVER. 8. Remove the Harness from the Clamp of the REAR COVER, and remove the REAR COVER. REINSTALLATION 1. Install the REAR COVER, and secure the Harness to the Clamp of the REAR COVER. 2. Secure the REAR COVER with the five screws (silver, flanged, 8mm). 3. Secure the RIGHT COVER with the four screws (silver, flanged, 8mm). 4. Install the LEFT LOWER COVER. 5. Close the LEFT COVER 3TM. 6. Secure the LEFT LOWER COVER with the four screws (silver, flanged, 8mm). 7. Secure the FRONT UPPER COVER with the two screws (silver, flanged, 8mm). 8. Install the TRAY ASSY 2 (paper cassette). Figure 4-108. Removing the FRONT UPPER COVER, RIGHT COVER, LEFT LOWER COVER and REAR COVER
3) 3) 5) 2)-2 7)-1 7)-1 6)-1 7)-1 6)-2 8)-2 8)-1 6)-1
2)-1
GN32102EB
432
Revision A
6)-2
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the TRAY 2 FEEDER with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 2. Connect the Connector (J617) of the HARNESS ASSY SNR to the Connector (P670) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM, connect the Connector (J841) of the HARNESS ASSY F/O to the Connector (P841) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM, and secure the Harness to the Clamp. 3. Secure the Latch Bracket with the one screw (black, flanged, 6mm). 4. Close the LEFT COVER 3TM. 5. Install the LEFT LOWER COVER. (p.432) 6. Install the TRAY ASSY 2 (paper cassette).
6)-3 6)-1
FRONT CHUTE
GN32103EB
433
Revision A
4)-2
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the TRAY 3 FEEDER with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 2. Connect the Connector (J617) of the HARNESS ASSY SNR to the Connector (P672) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM, connect the Connector (J842) of the HARNESS ASSY F/O to the Connector (P842) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM, and secure the Harness to the Clamp. 3. Close the LEFT COVER 3TM. 4. Install the TRAY ASSY 3 (paper cassette).
4)-1 FRONT CHUTE
GN32104EB
434
Revision A
5)-3
4)-2 5)-2
REINSTALLATION
5)-1
1. Secure the TRAY 4 FEEDER with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 2. Secure the SUPPORT LH with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 3. Connect the Connector (J672) of the HARNESS ASSY SNR to the Connector (P672) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM, and secure the Harness to the Clamp. 4. Close the LEFT COVER 3TM. 5. Install the TRAY ASSY 4 (paper cassette). Figure 4-111. Removing the TRAY 4 FEEDER
FRONT CHUTE
GN32105EB
435
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the PAPER SIZE SENSOR with the one screw (black, flanged, 6mm). 2. Connect the Connector (TRAY 2: J816, TRAY 3: J820, TRAY 4: J824) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM to the Connector (TRAY 2: P816, TRAY 3: P820, TRAY 4: P824) of the PAPER SIZE SENSOR. 3. Install the TRAY ASSY (2/3/4) (paper cassette).
GN32106EA
436
Revision A
4)-1
C A U T IO N
When replacing the FEED ROLL, RETARD ROLL and NUDGER ROLL, replace them simultaneously since they reach the end of their useful life at the same time.
3)-2 3)-1
1. Remove the TRAY ASSY (2/3/4) (paper cassette). 2. Release the one hook of the target RETARD ROLL, and remove the RETARD ROLL. 3. Release the one hook of the target NUDGER ROLL, and remove the NUDGER ROLL. 4. Release the one hook of the target FEED ROLL, and remove the FEED ROLL.
2)-1 2)-2
REINSTALLATION 1. Match the one hook of the FEED ROLL, and install the FEED ROLL. 2. Match the one hook of the NUDGER ROLL, and install the NUDGER ROLL. 3. Match the one hook of the RETARD ROLL, and install the RETARD ROLL. 4. Install the TRAY ASSY (2/3/4) (paper cassette).
GN32107EA
Figure 4-113. Removing the KIT FEED/RETARD/NUDGER ROLL
437
Revision A
GEAR 33 NUD 3)
1. When removing the ONEWAY GEAR, be careful not to lose the GEAR 33 NUD.
5)
3. Remove the target ONEWAY CLUTCH and ONEWAY GEAR. 4. Remove the RETARD ROLL. (p.437) 5. Remove the SPACER TM, and remove the target FRICTION CLUTCH.
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the FRICTION CLUTCH and SPACER TM. 2. Install the RETARD ROLL. (p.437)
C A U T IO N
2. At the time of installation, make sure that the GEAR 33 NUD is fitted.
3. Install ONEWAY CLUTCH and ONEWAY GEAR. 4. Install the FEED ROLL. (p.437) 5. Install the TRAY ASSY (2/3/4) (paper cassette).
GN32108EA
Figure 4-114. Removing the ONEWAY CLUTCH, ONEWAY GEAR and FRICTION CLUTCH
438
Revision A
4)-1 2) 3)-2
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR, and connect the Connector (J106) of the HARNESS ASSY SNR to the Connector (P106) of the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR. 2. Slightly lift the SUPPORT NUDGER, and match the three Hooks of the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR. 3. Install the ACTUATOR SNR. 4. Install the TRAY FEEDER. (p.433, p.434, p.435, p.453)
4)-2
3)-1
GN32109EA
Figure 4-115. Removing the ACTUATOR SNR and TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR
439
Revision A
3)-1 2)-2
3)-2
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR, and connect the Connector (J108) of the HARNESS ASSY SNR to the Connector (P108) of the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR. 2. Slightly lift the SUPPORT NUDGER, and match the three Hooks of the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR. 3. Install the TRAY FEEDER. (p.433, p.434, p.435, p.453)
2)-1
GN32110EA
Figure 4-116. Removing the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR
440
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Connect the Connector (J821) of the HARNESS ASSY F/O to the Connector (P821) of the TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR. 2. Match the three Hooks of the TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR, and install TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR. 3. Install the RETARD ROLL. (p.437) 4. Install the TRAY 2 FEEDER/TRAY 3 FEEDER. (p.433, p.434, p.435, p.453)
GN32111EA
441
Revision A
4.9.12 ACTUATOR
REMOVAL 1. Remove the target TRAY FEEDER. (p.433, p.434, p.435, p.453) 2. Remove the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm) that secure the ACTUATOR, and remove the ACTUATOR.
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the ACTUATOR with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 2. Install the TRAY FEEDER. (p.433, p.434, p.435, p.453)
442
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR, and connect the Connector (J205) of the HARNESS ASSY SNR to the Connector (P205) of the TRAY FEED/ LIFT MOTOR. 2. Secure the TRAY FEED/LIFT MOTOR with the two screws (gold, 6mm). 3. Secure the Harness, which is connected to the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR, to the Clamps. 4. Install the TRAY FEEDER. (p.433, p.434, p.435, p.453)
4)-1
GN32113EA
443
Revision A
REINSTALLATION
CAUTION)
1. Install the BEARING-3. 2. Insert and install the TAKEAWAY ROLL ASSY from the Rear side. 3. Secure the BEARING TA with the K Clip.
C A U T IO N
GN32114EA
444
Revision A
6)-1
3)-2 3)-1
3)-3
GN32115EB
445
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Match the two Hooks of the LH COVER INTL SW, and install the LH COVER INTL SW. 2. Connect the Connector (J812) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM to the Connector (P812) of the LH COVER INTL SW. 3. Match the four Hooks of the TAKEWAY SENSOR, and install the TAKEWAY SENSOR. 4. Connect the Connector (J830) of the HARNESS ASSY TA to the Connector (P830) of the TAKEWAY SENSOR. 5. Match the two Hooks of the COVER TA SENSOR, and install the COVER TA SENSOR. 6. Connect the Connector (J840) of the HARNESS ASSY TA to the Connector (P840) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM, and secure the CHUTE MID with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 7. Close the LEFT COVER 3TM/STM. 8. Install the TAKEWAY ROLL ASSY to the main unit. (p.450)
446
Revision A
4)
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the LEFT COVER ASSY 3TM. 2. Secure the HINGE with the one screw (black, flanged, 6mm). 3. Secure each SUPPORT LH with the one screw (black, flanged, 6mm). 4. Close the LEFT COVER 3TM. 5. Install the LEFT LOWER COVER. (p.432) Figure 4-122. Removing the LEFT COVER ASSY 3TM
GN32116EA
447
Revision A
REMOVAL 1. Remove the REAR COVER. (p.432) 2. Disconnect the Harness from the Connector (P/J826) of the MOTOR ASSY 3TM.
C A U T IO N
3)-1
3)-2
When removing the MOTOR ASSY 3TM, be careful not to lose the GEAR 23/46 since it comes off.
GEAR 23/46
3)-1
3. Remove the three screws (black, flanged, 6mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY 3TM, and remove the MOTOR ASSY 3TM. 4. Disconnect the Harnesses from the six Connectors (P/J546) (P/J541) (P/ J552) (P/J547) (P/J548) (P/J549) of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 5. Remove the four screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secure the PWB ASSY 3TM, and remove the PWB ASSY 3TM.
5)
P/J548 P/J549
GN32117EA
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the PWB ASSY 3TM, and secure it with the four screws (silver, flanged, 6mm). 2. Connect the Connectors (J546) (J541) (J552) (J547) (J548) (J549) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM to the Connectors (P546) (P541) (P552) (P547) (P548) (P549) of the PWB ASSY 3TM. 3. Secure the MOTOR ASSY 3TM with the three screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 4. Connect the Connector (P826) of the HARNESS ASSY 3TM to the Connector (J826) of the MOTOR ASSY 3TM. 5. Install the REAR COVER. (p.432)
Figure 4-123. Removing the MOTOR ASSY 3TM and PWB ASSY 3TM
448
Revision A
2)-1
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the STOPPER TRAY FR with the one screw (black, flanged, 8mm). 2. Install the TRAY ASSY (2/3/4) (paper cassette).
GN32118EA
449
Revision A
1. Remove the TRAY ASSY 2 (paper cassette). 2. Remove the JOINT STM. 3. While pushing and releasing the three Hooks, remove the COVER CONNECT.
3)-1 3)-1 3)-2 4) 3)-1 2) 6) CAUTION 2)
4. Disconnect the Connector (P/J251) located on the main unit Rear side. 5. Loosen the two SCREW HEADs. 6. Lift the main unit, and remove the Single Tray Module. REINSTALLATION 1. Install the Single Tray Module to the main unit.
C A U T IO N
5)
2. When installing the Single Tray Module, make sure that the three Positioning Pins are securely fitted in the main unit.
GN32201EA
2. Fix the two SCREW HEADs. 3. Connect the HARNESS ASSY R-BTM Connector (P251) located on the main unit Rear side to the Connector (J251) of the HARNESS ASSY STM. 4. Match the three Hooks, and install the COVER CONNECT. 5. Install the JOINT STM. 6. Install the TRAY ASSY 2 (paper cassette).
450
Revision A
REINSTALLATION 1. Install the LEFT COVER ASSY STM. 2. Secure the PIVOT BRACKET with the one screw (black, flanged, 6mm). 3. Secure the Harness to the Clamp of the REAR COVER, and secure the REAR COVER with the three screws (silver, flanged, 8mm).
3) GN32202EB 2)
451
Revision A
When removing the MOTOR ASSY STM, be careful not to lose the GEAR 23/46 since it comes off.
3. Remove the three screws (black, flanged, 6mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY STM, and remove the MOTOR ASSY STM. 4. Disconnect the Harnesses from the four Connectors (P/J546) (P/J541) (P/ J552) (P/J547) of the PWB ASSY STM. 5. Remove the four screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secure the PWB ASSY STM, and remove the PWB ASSY STM.
5)-1
REINSTALLATION
P/J546 P/J541 P/J547 P/J552 3)-1
1. Install the PWB ASSY STM, and secure it with the four screws (silver, flanged, 6mm). 2. Connect the Connectors (J546) (J541) (J552) (J547) of the HARNESS ASSY STM to the Connectors (P546) (P541) (P552) (P547) of the PWB ASSY STM. 3. Secure the MOTOR ASSY STM with the three screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 4. Connect the Connector (P826) of the HARNESS ASSY STM to the Connector (J826) of the MOTOR ASSY STM. 5. Secure the REAR COVER with the three screws (silver, flanged, 8mm).
4)
GN32203EA
Figure 4-127. Removing the MOTOR ASSY STM and PWB ASSY STM
452
Revision A
4)-1
FRONT CHUTE
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the TRAY 4 FEEDER with the two screws (black, flanged, 6mm). 2. Connect the Connector (J617) of the HARNESS ASSY SNR to the Connector (P670) of the HARNESS ASSY STM, and secure the Harness to the Clamp. 3. Secure the Latch Bracket with the one screw (black, flanged, 6mm). 4. Close the LEFT COVER STM. 5. Install the TRAY ASSY 2 (paper cassette).
GN32204EB
453
Revision A
2)
REINSTALLATION 1. Slide and install the LINK END, and match and install it into the screw hole part of the LINK END. 2. Secure the LINK END with the one screw (black, flanged tapping, 8mm). 3. Install the TRAY ASSY (paper cassette).
GN32301EA
Tray Assy
454
Revision A
REMOVAL 1. Remove the TRAY ASSY (paper cassette). 2. Remove the three screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the REAR SIDE GUIDE, and remove the REAR SIDE GUIDE. 3. Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the FRONT SIDE GUIDE, and remove the FRONT SIDE GUIDE.
2)-2 3)-2
REINSTALLATION 1. Secure the FRONT SIDE GUIDE with the two screws (silver, 6mm). 2. Secure the REAR SIDE GUIDE with the three screws (silver, 6mm). 3. Install the TRAY ASSY (paper cassette).
GN32302EA
Figure 4-130. Removing the FRONT SIDE GUIDE and REAR SIDE GUIDE
Tray Assy
455
Revision A
Boss
5)-1 5)-2
5)-1
5)-2 6)
7)
When installing the PINION GEARs, match the holes of the FRONT SIDE GUIDE PLATE and REAR SIDE GUIDE PLATE as shown in Figure 4-131, and install the PINION GEARs.
3. Secure the two PINION GEARs with the two screws (black, flanged tapping, 8mm). 4. Raise the BOTTOM PLATE 90. In this state, fit the Hinges, and install the BOTTOM PLATE. 5. Install the FRONT SIDE GUIDE and REAR SIDE GUIDE. (p.455) 6. Install the LINK END. (p.454) 7. Install the TRAY ASSY (paper cassette).
Most Front side hole Most Rear side hole
GN32303EA
Tray Assy
456
Revision A
4. Secure the two PINION GEARs with the two screws (black, flanged tapping, 8mm). 5. Raise the BOTTOM PLATE 90. In this state, fit the Hinges, and install the BOTTOM PLATE. 6. Install the FRONT SIDE GUIDE and REAR SIDE GUIDE. (p.455) 7. Install the LINK END. (p.454) 8. Install the TRAY ASSY (paper cassette).
Hooks
6)-1 6)-2 8)
Hook
6)-3
7)
When installing the PINION GEARs, match the holes of the FRONT SIDE GUIDE PLATE and REAR SIDE GUIDE PLATE as shown in CAUTION of Figure 4-131 in 4.11.3 END GUIDE ASSY (p.456), and install the PINION GEARs.
GN32304EA
Tray Assy
457
CHAPTER
ADJUSTMENT
Revision A
5.1 Overview
This chapter explains the adjustment necessary to maintain the functions and performance of the AcuLaser C9100.
5.1.1 Instructions
Before starting your adjustment work, always check the following instructions.
C A U T IO N
Refer to 5.1.2 Part/unit-based adjustment items (p.460), and start adjustment after confirming the corresponding adjustment items and execution orders of the replaced/removed parts and units. Start adjustment after fully checking the instructions given in the explanation area of each adjustment item. Incorrect work may interfere with the product operations and/or functions.
ADJUSTMENT
Overview
459
Revision A
p.471
ADJUSTMENT
Overview
460
Revision A
Execute from one of the followings Dedicated program (PARAMSET.exe) Operation panel (Maintenance Menu [C (M,Y,K) Motor Disp]) Start the printer by performing special operation [Update program ROM], and send the firmware data from the PC. MCU Firmware Start the printer by performing special operation [Update program ROM], and send the firmware data from the PC. NVRAM Send the parameter data from the PC. Executed from the operation panel (Information Menu [Color Regist Sheet] + Color Regist Menu)
p.471
p.472 p.475
p.464
ADJUSTMENT
Overview
461
Revision A
5.2 Adjustment
5.2.1 Color Registration Adjustment
When you have replaced the ROS UNIT, IDT UNIT or Photoconductor unit or transported the main unit, execute the following "Color Registration Adjustment". 1) Sub-scanning direction start position correction 2) Skew correction 3) Adjustment of starting position in main-scanning direction The corresponding adjustment is indicated for each execution item. Table 5-2. Color Registration Adjustment
Item Replacement of ROS UNIT Replacement of IDT UNIT Replacement of Photoconductor unit Transportation
C H E C K P O IN T
When completed the Color Registration Adjustment, you can check the result of the adjustment by printing a Configuration Sheet.
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
462
Revision A
6. Open the Front Cover, and turn the adjustment screw according to the display of the LCD screen to make skew correction.
3. 4.
"Y", "M", "K", "C" : "Colors" of adjustment target "" : Adjustment screw turning direction ("+": Clockwise (CW), "-": Counterclockwise (CCW)) "N" : Number of adjustment screw turns "nn" : Number of adjustment screw steps (0 to 39 steps) *40 steps = equivalent to one turn
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
5.
Turn the adjustment screw with a Nut driver that meet the following conditions. Size : 5.5 mm Shaft length: 90.0 mm or longer Fully check the LCD display data and make correct adjustment. (If you misidentify the adjusted colors or adjustment screw turning direction/amount, you may not be able to complete the adjustment.) Turn the adjustment screw within the specified number of turns. (Turning it unnecessarily may damage the adjustment mechanism in the ROS UNIT.) In Step 7 below, press the [Enter] switch more than 1 second after closing the Front Cover. Close the Front Cover and press the [Enter] switch. Return to Step 4.
7.
C A U T IO N
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
463
Revision A
6. Read the values (Left, Center, Right) of Chart B from the Color Registration Adjustment Sheet. Read the values at the points where Yellow, Magenta and Cyan are the most outstanding (where the printed colors are the deepest) (5 steps). When all colors/all areas are near 0 (-10 to 10) : Adjustment finished Not near 0 : Enter correction values. To Step 7 Select the "Color Regist Menu" and press the [Enter] switch. Set the read values. 1) Press the [Up] or [Down] switch to select the color to be set, and press the [Enter] switch. 2) Set the read Left, Center and Right values (set the Left value to L, the Center value to C, and the Right value to R). After setting the Right value, press the [Enter] switch. 3) Return to 1) and then set another color. After setting the correction values, print the Color Registration Adjustment Sheet again and read the values of Chart B. When all colors/all areas are near 0 : Adjustment finished Not near 0 : Enter correction values. To Step 6 When you press the [Enter] switch after setting the Right value, that value is read into the printer and the displayed value returns to 0 (the entered value is held in the printer).
7. 8.
3. 4.
9.
5.
C H E C K P O IN T
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
464
Revision A
Chart A
Chart B
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
465
Revision A
There are variations between the mechanisms that determine registration in the engine (limitation of physical accuracy). Hence, all registrations do not match completely.
Main-scanning direction
Sub-scanning direction
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
466
Revision A
C A U T IO N
2. 3. 4.
Select AL-C9100 at the [Model Name]. Select the port used to connect the printer at the [Interface].
C H E C K P O IN T
If you select Auto selection, connected printers are detected and communication with the first detected one start automatically. When connecting with 2 or more printers, specify the target port to avoid unexpected connection since the auto detection varies depending on the connection state.
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
467
Revision A
Store optional ID
OLD ID Retrieval/Restore
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
468
Revision A
This program can not be executed together with EPSON Status Monitor. Be sure to terminate the EPSON Status Monitor before starting this program. If the power to the printer is turned off or the parallel cable is disconnected during running of the adjustment program, be sure to restart the program. to start the program.
1. 2.
Windows 2000 cannot use the parallel port. Figure 5-5. Port selection
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
469
Revision A
3. Check.
C A U T IO N
5. 6. 7. 8.
When writing is completed, a window appears to provide the notification of completion. Click the [OK] button. Click the [Verify] button, make sure that the displayed value matches the entered value, and click the [OK] button. To exit from the program, click the [Quit] button.
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
470
Revision A
3. Check.
C A U T IO N
2. 3. 4. 5.
After assembling the main unit, connect it to the PC and start the program. Check MOTOR DISP. Check the motor color whose value will be entered. Enter the three-digit value, which is indicated under the barcode of the stub and is enclosed by "*", into the edit box. When clicking the [Write] or [Verify] button as described in the following steps, the printer automatically starts warming up. Make sure to confirm that the warm-up operation has completed before proceeding to the next step.
8. Confirm the set value. 5. Enter the value. 4. Check the motor color.
C A U T IO N
6. 7.
Click the [Write] button. When writing is completed, a window appears to provide the notification of completion. Click the [OK] button. Go back to Step 4 to write the adjustment value of the other color motor. Proceed to Step 8 to exit from the program. To write the adjustment value of the other color motor, be sure to confirm that the printer has completed warm-up operation before writing the next value.
C A U T IO N
8. 9.
Click the [Verify] button, make sure that the displayed value matches the entered value, and click the [OK] button. To exit from the program, click the [Quit] button.
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
471
Revision A
8. The LCD panel of the printer will indicate the message as follow:
OLD: xxxx NEW: xxxx
9.
11. When the checksum is indicated on the LCD panel, the program has been downloaded. Confirm the checksum and power off the printer. 12. Turn the printer back on and print a status sheet. 13. Then referring to the status sheet you printed in step 1, check that the program firmware version was updated.
C A U T IO N
3. 4. 5.
After powering on the PC, copy the program updating data (file name.CRB) to any route directory of the PC. Turn on the printer while pressing the [Down], [Job Cancel] and [Start/Stop] switches. The LCD panel of the printer will indicate the messages as follows:
Program Device Ver. xx.xx Please Send Data
6. 7.
Check that the message "Please Send Data" is indicated on the LCD panel of the printer. To transfer the program data file from the computer to the printer, type the command (shown below) on the DOS prompt (from the directory that has "****.crb") and press the ENTER key of the computer.
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
472
Revision A
WHEN USING ONLY THE MASTER ROM MODULE 1. 2. 3. 4. Power off the printer and disconnect the power cable from the receptacle. Remove the ROM Module installed in Socket P of the "BOARD ASSY, MAIN", and install it into Socket A. Install the Master ROM Module into Socket P of the "BOARD ASSY, MAIN". Connect the power cable to the printer, and turn on the printer while pressing the [Enter], [Cancel Job] and [Start/Stop] switches.
RAM CHECK**MB
NOTE: Leave the ROM Module in the Socket P of the "BOARD ASSY, MAIN" as it is. 3. 4. Install the Blank ROM Module (ROM Module where program is written) into Socket A of the "BOARD ASSY, MAIN". Connect the power cable to the printer, and turn on the printer while pressing the [Enter], [Cancel Job] and [Start/Stop] switches.
RAM CHECK**MB
5.
When RAM CHECK is finished, the following LCD message is displayed and the printer switches to the program ROM copy mode.
ROM Copy Mode
6.
5.
When RAM CHECK is finished, the following LCD message is displayed and the printer switches to the program ROM copy mode.
ROM Copy Mode
Pressing the [Enter] switch displays the following message and executes copying.
ROM B>A Copying
7.
6.
Press the [Enter] switch and the LCD displays the following message.
ROM B>A Copying
When copying is completed, the following message appears and the printer restarts.
ROM B>A Copying End
7.
When copying is completed, the following message appears and the printer restarts.
ROM B>A Copying End
8. 9.
Power off the printer and disconnect the power cable from the receptacle. Remove the master ROM Module from the Socket P.
10. Remove the ROM Module of Socket A, and install it into Socket P.
8. 9.
Power off the printer and disconnect the power cable from the receptacle. Remove the master ROM Module from the Socket B.
10. Remove the ROM Module of Socket P, and install the ROM Module of Socket A into Socket P.
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
473
Revision A
NOTE: Leave the ROM Module in the Socket P of the "BOARD ASSY, MAIN" as it is. 2. Turn the printer on while pressing down the [Up], [Down], [Enter], and [Cancel Job] switches. (Keep the switches down until instructed to release them.)
RAM CHECK**MB
When RAM CHECK is finished, the printer switches to the program ROM format mode and the following message is displayed.
ROM A ERASING
At this point, release the switches, and then the following message appears.
ROM A ERASING
3.
After that, the following message appears and the ROM Module is formatted.
ROM A ERASED
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
474
Revision A
8.
The LCD panel of the printer will indicate the message as follow:
send size=********** SEND SIZE=********** Type:***** sum=****
C A U T IO N
In Step 9 below, press the [Enter] switch after making sure that the engine has completely stopped.
9.
Press the [Enter] switch on the printer operation panel. This displays the following message and starts write.
Writing:Size=******
10. When writing is completed, the following message appears and the printer automatically starts warm-up operation.
TYPE:***** SUM=****
2.
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
In Step 11 below, power off the printer after making sure that the engine has completely stopped.
3. 4. 5.
After powering on the PC, copy the program updating data (file name.MOT) to any route directory of the PC. Turn on the printer while pressing the [Down], [Job Cancel] and [Start/Stop] switches. The LCD panel of the printer will indicate the messages as follows:
EngineFirmwareUpdate EFU Ver. 100 Please send EFU data
11. Confirm the check sum and power off the printer. 12. Power on the printer again, and then update the NVRAM values.
6. 7.
Check that the message "Please Send Data" is indicated on the LCD panel of the printer. To transfer the program data file from the computer to the printer, type the command (shown below) on the DOS prompt and press the ENTER key of the computer.
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
475
Revision A
3012030100
Last five digits : NVRAM Version (Ver. 3.0.10.0) First five digits : MCU Version (Ver. 3.0.12.0)
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
476
CHAPTER
MAINTENANCE
Revision A
6.1 Overview
This section gives information necessary for maintaining the printer in its optimum condition. In maintenance and checks, never fail to observe the following precautions.
W A R N IN G
W A R N IN G
To prevent an electric shock, burn, injury, etc., always turn off the power S/W of the main unit and disconnect the power plug before starting maintenance work. However, if it is inevitable to measure voltages with power on, for example, pay careful enough attention during work to avoid an electric shock. While the printer is operating, never inspect the drive areas such as the motor, sprockets and gears. Weight: Since this printer is heavy (about 55kg, consumables not included), it should be moved by three or more persons with their waists fully down. Safety devices: The safety devices provided to prevent accidents caused by equipment (fuse, INTERLOCK S/W) and the safety devices operated by the customer (panel, cover, etc.) should be given consideration to satisfy their safety functions. Immediately after the printer has stopped operating, do not touch the FUSER ASSY (Fuser unit) as it is hot. When you have finished your work and then connect the printer to the power supply to operate it, pay attention to the following points. Be careful not to get your hands and clothes caught up in the rotating parts (various rollers and cooling fans) of the printer. Never touch the electrical terminals and high-voltage components. (HVPS or LVPS unit, etc.) To avoid dust explosion or ignition, never bring any consumables close to flame or throw them into fire.
Take great care not to expose yourself to the laser beam; otherwise, you could suffer injury (blindness). When you perform maintenance or service of the laser printer, never open any cover on which a warning label about laser beam is affixed. Understand how the laser beam functions and take maximum precautions not to injure yourself or anyone around you. Before starting the maintenance work of the heated areas (Fuser unit, etc.) of the laser printer, always switch power off, disconnect the power plug, and then wait until the heated areas get cool as a general rule, in order to prevent a burn, injury, etc. This printer produces a laser beam when the following conditions are all satisfied. The printer is Ready with its power S/W set to ON. The INTERLOCK S/W is in the OFF position (the TOP COVER and FRONT COVER are closed). Do not pick up the dropped toner with a vacuum cleaner (for home use). To do so may cause the sucked toner particles to catch fire by sparks of the electric contacts. If the toner has dropped on the floor, etc., clean it with a broom or wipe it with a cloth moistened with neural detergent. If it is necessary to clean a lot of dropped toner with a cleaner, use a cleaner exclusively designed for toner.
MAINTENANCE
Overview
478
Revision A
C A U T IO N
Since this printer has many metal parts, beware of the frame edges and similar portions and be sure to wear gloves before starting your work. Do not disassemble the Toner Cartridge. Do not expose the Photoconductor unit to direct sunlight. Do not disassemble the ROS ASSY. Do not touch the onboard components by bare hands to prevent the ICs and other electrical components from being damaged by static electricity. (When necessary, wear an earth band or like.) To ensure safety and workability, use the specified tools. Do not turn off the power S/W until all motors stop completely. Should the printer be transported, use special-purpose packing material, pallet, etc. Do not use alcohol, paint thinner, or any other such solvents.
MAINTENANCE
Overview
479
Revision A
When it is necessary to transport the main unit, use special-purpose packing material, pallet, etc. Do not throw away the refuse and replaced parts/ consumables generated by the work at the customer without permission. Before starting your work, lay a drop cloth, paper or like to prevent toner from dropping.
Cleaning
Preventive maintenance
What to Do Last 1. 2. Check the printer appearance. Train the user as necessary.
MAINTENANCE
480
Revision A
IMAGE QUALITY CHECK 1. Print the status sheet and confirm the image quality. <Image quality check items> Color balance Color shift Density (color) unevenness Low density repeatability problem Others 2. If any of the above check items is abnormal: Take corrective action in 3.5 Image Quality Trouble (p.248) of Chapter 3 TROUBLESHOOTING. Take corrective action in Chapter 5 Adjustment.
TROUBLE REPEATABILITY CHECK Do as in Chapter 3 Troubleshooting. 1. 2. Refer to 3.2 Level 1 FIP (p.152) or 3.3 Level 2 FIP (p.153), and confirm the trouble conditions and execute troubleshooting. If a fatal image quality problem (all white, all black, etc.) has occurred due to an engine fault, do as in 3.5 Image Quality Trouble (p.248).
MAINTENANCE
481
Revision A
CLEANING 1. Check the paper path and remove paper dust and foreign matter. If any area is dirty, clean it with a brush, dry waste or like. Especially check the following. Rollers and similar parts in the paper transport path NOTE: When the parts are extremely dirty, clean them with a wet cloth, and then wipe them with a dry cloth. Be careful not to scratch the parts. 2. Check the entire printer inside and remove dropped toner, paper dust and foreign matter. If any area is dirty, clean it with a brush, dry waste or like. Especially check the following. Around the exhaust port Around the Waste Toner Collector Around the IDT UNIT Around the DEVE UNIT
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (CONSUMABLES/REGULAR REPLACEMENT PARTS) Do preventive maintenance work to maintain the printer performance and prevent failures. 1. 2. After completion of repair or maintenance, print several status sheets and check that there are no problems. After completion of repair or maintenance, print the engine status sheet. NOTE: The numbers of printed sheets are used as the guidelines of replacing the periodical replacement parts. Replace the periodical replacement parts as required. REPLACEMENT OF CONSUMABLES AND PERIODICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS As required, refer to 6.5 Consumables and Periodical Replacement Parts (p.494) and do replacement work. GENERAL OPERATION CHECKS
C A U T IO N
If the exhaust port or Fan is clogged, the temperature in the printer rises, causing a failure.
After completion of servicing, check if the printer works normally. Print a status sheet and try out all methods below to print by sending data from a computer. Simplex printing Duplex printing Face-down output Face-up output 1. Make sure that there are no image quality problems. 2. Check the printer for paper loading error, unusual noise, etc.
WHAT TO DO LAST 1. 2. Check the appearance of the printer. As necessary, train the user to learn the handling methods, paper jam remedies, consumable replacement, etc.
MAINTENANCE
482
Revision A
Print Log Report Pressing the [Enter] switch starts printing the Print Log Report. If there is data remaining in the printer, paper is output. Always check first in the normal mode (any mode other than the Maintenance Mode) that there are no engine related service calls before entering the Maintenance Mode and pressing Enter. The sheet is printed using the current setting values for RITech, toner save, and resolution, while other settings use the factory defaults. After printing the User Default settings are not changed. During printing, the LCD information display flashes. The Print Log Report is always printed in English regardless of the setting of Lang in Setup Menu. Configuration Sheet Prints a sheet (for lines) for adjustment of color registration (main scanning direction). Color Regist Check Corrects the sub-scanning direction start position and corrects skew. Color shift is detected by the sensor and is adjusted with the physical adjusting screw (ROS adjusting screw). The mechanical controller produces the pattern. This is performed when replacing the IDT or ROS. Refer to 5.2.1.1 Correction of starting position in sub-scanning direction (p.463). NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving. Y Xxx M Xxx K Xxx C Xxx Displayed if adjustment is necessary after measurement of the disparity in the sub-scanning direction. When the [Enter] switch is pressed after adjustment (with the physical screw), measurement of the disparity starts (continues). Reboot with the [Back] switch or [Start/Stop] switch. (The [Up] and [Down] switches are ignored.) Refer to 5.2.1.1 Correction of starting position in sub-scanning direction (p.463).
This setting menu is used by the service engineer for maintenance. Do not disclose it to the user. The followings are the function for exceptional situation. Do not use these functions for on-site services because printing might not be executed normally. Feed Control Fuser Transfer
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance Menu
483
Revision A
Reset Y DvlpCounter Resets the level counter of DEVE UNIT Y. The counter must be reset after DEVE UNIT Y is replaced with a new one. NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving. Reset K DvlpCounter Resets the level counter of DEVE UNIT K. The counter must be reset after DEVE UNIT K is replaced with a new one. NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving. Sensor Assy TP Set the individual temperature correction value (writing of NV value) of SENSOR ASSY TP. When replaced the SENSOR ASSY TP with a new one, be sure to make the setting by the correction value described on the new one. The value displayed on the panel is the current value. NOTE: The writing of the correction value cannot be done during the sleep mode. New setting value will be reflected at the next power-on. C,M,Y,K Motor Disp Set the individual rotational speed correction value (writing of NV value) of the MOTOR DISP for each color. When replaced the MOTOR DISP with a new one, be sure to make the setting by the correction value described on the new one. The value displayed on the panel is the current value. NOTE: The writing of the correction value cannot be done during the sleep mode. New setting value will be reflected at the next power-on. Power Cleaning Forcibly ejects toner and cleans the transfer unit. Perform cleaning when print quality is poor such as the whole surface of the printed paper being soiled with toner when the printer is used in high temperatures or high humidity. NOTE: Cannot be executed during power saving.
C A U T IO N
This function is not executed unless the printer inside is judged by the Engine in the specified high temperature and high humidity status.
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance Menu
484
Revision A
After replacing the toner supply tubes, execute Admix 4 times to supply the toner into the tubes.
Clear Error Log Clear error log list stored for display on Engine Status Sheet. Performing this operation reboots the printer.
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance Menu
485
Revision A
Refer to the Maintenance Menu process flowchart in figure 6-3 and figure 6-3, and perform each function of the Maintenance Menu with the panel switches.
NOTE 1: Disconnect all the Interface Cables in advance. 2: Engine-related service call errors are ignored when the Maintenance Mode starts. Before starting the printer in the Maintenance Mode and executing printing, make sure that no errors occur. 3: To exit from the Maintenance Menu, make sure that the engine is not operating and then turn off the Main Switch.
.
[Enter] SW
Maintenance Menu
[Up] SW
Information Menu
[Up] SW
Configuration Sheet Print Log Report Color Regist Check YXxxMXxx KXxx CXxx Color Regist Worn ? Reset Fuser Counter Reset IDT Counter
Print execution
Ready
Clear execution
Clear execution
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance Menu
486
Revision A
Y Toner Change K Toner Change : Number of replacements of Y toner. 12K toner, 6K toner : Number of replacements of K toner. 15K toner, 7,500 toner : Level of photoconductor unit. IDT motor operating time, number of pages printed
The Engine Status Sheet and Print Log Report are used for maintenance to be performed by service engineer, and must not be disclosed to the users.
Photoconductor
Photoconductor Change : Number of replacements of photoconductor unit. Fuser Fuser Change IDT Unit : Level of Fuser unit. Number of pages printed : Number of replacements of Fuser unit. : Level of IDT UNIT. IDT motor operating time, number of pages printed : Number of replacements of IDT UNIT. : Level of Transfer unit (BTR). IDT motor operating time, number of pages printed
M Toner
Y Toner
K Toner
MAINTENANCE
487
Revision A
Error Log : Displays up to 20 of the latest panel messages, EJL status codes, Total Pages, and jam codes, paper size, paper type, date and time when errors occur. The latest item is displayed first. (sorted by total pages) Relevant errors are service errors (errors after printing is ready) and jams. If an error occurs with the same Total Pages that has already been recorded, then this error is not recorded.
Jam code: 8-digit hexadecimal strings that show the location of jams as bit information. Table 6-1. Jam code
2nd and 1st bytes Code 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 0008 0009 000A 0010 0020 0040 0100 0200 0600 Content Tray1 Misfeed Jam MSI Misfeed Jam Tray2 Misfeed Jam Tray3 Misfeed Jam Tray4 Misfeed Jam T/A Jam (Tray3, Tray4) Tray Module ReFeed Jam Duplex Refeed Jam OHP Jam Reg Out Jam POP In Jam Duplex Jam Exit In Jam Exit Out Jam Exit Out early Jam bit (31-16) 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 4th and 3rd bytes Content Duplex Refeed Tray 1 Misfeed MSI Misfeed Duplex SwitchBack Tray 2 Misfeed ------Remain at Dup Sensor --Remain at Exit Sensor Remain at POP Sensor Remain at Reg Sensor Remain at T/A Module Remain Feed Out #3 (Tray 3 Misfeed) Remain Feed Out #4 (Tray 4 Misfeed)
: Paper handling setting value for special thick paper (User Mode). : Fuser temperature setting value for special thick paper (User Mode). : Transfer current setting value for special thick paper (User Mode). : Number of times power is turned on. : Number of times printer returns from standby. : Version and NVRAM version of the printer main unit MCU. : MCU version (1 digit, 1 digit, 2 digits, 1 digit) : Version of engine NVRAM (1 digit, 1 digit, 2 digits, 1 digit)
MAINTENANCE
488
Revision A
MAINTENANCE
489
Revision A
Range
Unit
Count conditions
Clear conditions
0 to 99,999,999 0 to 99,999,999 0 to 99,999,999 0 to 100,000 0 to 2,147,483,647 (*1, *2) 0 to 2,147,483,647 0 to 2,147,483,647 (*1, *3) 0 to 2,147,483,647 0 to 2,147,483,647 (*1, *4) 0 to 2,147,483,647 0 to 2,147,483,647 (*1, *5) 0 to 2,147,483,647 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 2,147,483,647 0 to 1,048,320 0 to 255 0 to 1,048,320 0 to 255 0 to 2,147,483,647 0 to 1,048,320 0 to 255
pages pages pages msec msec msec msec msec msec msec msec -
During printing During printing During printing When a jam occurs During printing Around 4,000 dots During printing Around 4,000 dots During printing Around 4,000 dots During printing Around 4,000 dots When new toner is detected
(EEPROM initialization) None (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) New C toner detected (EEPROM initialization) New M toner detected (EEPROM initialization) New Y toner detected (EEPROM initialization) New K toner detected (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) New photoconductor detected New photoconductor detected (EEPROM initialization) Counter clear (EEPROM initialization) Counter clear Counter clear (EEPROM initialization)
M Toner
Y Toner
K Toner
During printing During printing New photoconductor detected During printing Counter clear During printing During printing Counter clear
Number of pages printed Photoconductor Change Fuser Fuser Change IDT Unit Number of pages printed
MAINTENANCE
490
Revision A
Range
Unit
Count conditions
Clear conditions
Transfer Unit
Operating time Number of pages printed Transfer Unit Change C Development Operating time M Development Operating time Y Development Operating time K Development Operating time C Development Change M Development Change Y Development Change K Development Change Feed Control Fuser Transfer Power On (Times power is turned on) Sleep (Number of recoveries from standby) MCU Panel Message 1 Error Code 1 Error Page 1 Jam Code 1 Page Size 1 Paper Type 1 Date, Time
0 to 2,147,483,647 0 to 1,048,320 0 to 255 0 to 2,147,483,647 0 to 2,147,483,647 0 to 2,147,483,647 0 to 2,147,483,647 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 12 0 to 12 0 to 12 0 to 99,999,999 0 to 99,999,999 -
msec pages Times msec msec msec msec Times Times Times Times Times Times -
During printing During printing Counter clear During printing During printing During printing During printing Counter clear Counter clear Counter clear Counter clear When the power is turned on When returning from standby When an error occurs When an error occurs When an error occurs When an error occurs When an error occurs When an error occurs When an error occurs
Counter clear Counter clear (EEPROM initialization) Counter clear Counter clear Counter clear Counter clear (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) SelecType, (EEPROM initialization)
Note : Values in parentheses in the Clear Condition column are cleared as a result. If a value exceeds its range, what is managed by the controller is not guaranteed. Note "*1": The value is different for each engine model. "*2": The value is different for each engine model. "*3": 12K toner: 771584 to (1071616) to 1442304, 6K toner: 316928 to (523776) to 757248. The number in parentheses is the center value. "*4": 12K toner: 832000 to (1144832) to 1533440, 6K toner: 359424 to (574946) to 821248. The number in parentheses is the center value.
"*5": 12K toner: 752128 to (1048064) to 1412608, 6K toner: 302080 to (506368) to 735744. The number in parentheses is the center value. "*6": 15K toner: 1027584 to (1380352) to 1827840, 7.5K toner: 444416 to (677376) to 949248. The number in parentheses is the center value.
MAINTENANCE
491
Revision A
MAINTENANCE
492
Revision A
Range
Unit
Count conditions
Clear conditions
Xxxxxxxxxx 0 to 100 0 to 100 0 to 100 0 to 100 0 to 99,999,999 0 to 99,999,999 0 to 99,999,999 0 to 99,999,999 0 to 99,999,999 0 to 99,999,999 0 to 100.0 0 to 2,147,483,647
During printing During printing During printing During printing During printing During printing During printing During printing During printing During printing During printing During printing
None At Power on Detection of new cartridge Detection of new cartridge Detection of new cartridge Detection of new cartridge (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization) (EEPROM initialization)
Note 1: Values in parentheses in the Clear Condition column are cleared as a result. 2: If a value exceeds its range, what is managed by the controller is not guaranteed.
MAINTENANCE
493
Revision A
The print page-based service life values of the Consumables and Periodical Replacement Parts are guidelines. The number of printable pages changes depending on how they are printed. The number of printable pages decreases depending on the intermittent printing (where a few pages, one to several pages, are printed each time), paper size, paper orientation, thick paper printing, printed document, frequent power-on/off, etc. Hence, the number of printable pages of the consumables and periodical replacement parts may become less than a half depending on the operating conditions and environment of the user.
6.5.1 Consumables
Table 6-5. Information on Consumables
Part Name Toner Cartridge Black Yellow Magenta Cyan Photoconductor unit Factory-installed cartridge Replacement cartridge Factory-installed cartridge Replacement cartridge Factory-installed cartridge Replacement cartridge Factory-installed cartridge Replacement cartridge Part Code 0198 0195 0196 0197 1105 Life (Pages) 7,500 15,000 6,000 12,000 6,000 12,000 6,000 12,000 30,000 Replace Photoconductor Replace Toner C Replace Toner M Replace Toner Y Service life indication Replace Toner K Part to Be Replaced at the Same Time Waste Toner Collector The Photoconductor unit is packed with the Waste Toner Collector. After replacing the Photoconductor unit, then replace the Waste Toner Collector (simultaneous replacement). After replacement, perform Adjustment of starting position in main-scanning direction. (p 462) Remarks
0194
24,000
MAINTENANCE
494
Revision A
1284914
100,000
IDT UNIT
1285007
100,000
DEVE UNIT
C K M Y
300,000
Worn C Dev Unit Worn K Dev Unit Worn M Dev Unit Worn Y Dev Unit
Basically it is desired to replace the Fuser Unit although the printer can print about 1,000 pages after Worn K (Y/M/C) Dev Unit is displayed.
MAINTENANCE
495
CHAPTER
APPENDIX
Revision A
7.1 Connectors
This section shows the connector locations of EPSON AcuLaser C9100. [P] and [J] represent plug and jack, respectively.
1
J155
2
J154 P/J153
P/J152 P/J151
P/J223
3
J158
7
P/J710
14
J10B1
9 13
P/J226
10 11 12
P/J221 P/J225 P/J224
P/J222
GN4201EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
497
Revision A
1
P155
2
P154 P/J157
3
P158
5
P/J159
6
P/J156
GN4202EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
498
Revision A
P/J276
P/J272
P/J273
P/J274
7
P/J23A9
6
P/J23A8
5
P/J23A7
GN4203EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
499
Revision A
P/J182
P/J212
3 P/J211
4 P/J214
5 P/J213 6
P/J181
GN4204EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
500
Revision A
P/J17
P/J11
P/J12
P/J14
6 P/J15
7 P/J23
8 P/J26
9 P/J10 14
P/J20
13
P/J25
P 28 N.C.
12
P/J13
11
P/J16
10
P/J29
GN4205EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
501
Revision A
IOT REAR LOCATION Table 7-6. IOT Rear Location P/J List (1)
Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
P/J120 P/J201A P/J201B 5 P/J201 P/J1431 P/J111
Description ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS
6 P/J1071 7 P/J1041 8
P/J1061
P/J 1431 ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ESS-ROS P/J 201B DRUM UNIT and TERMINAL ASSY PHD P/J 201A Connection inside TERMINAL ASSY PHD P/J 201 TERMINAL ASSY PHD and HARNESS ASSY CRUM P/J 1071 DRIVE ASSY PR and HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 P/J 1041 FAN FUSER and HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 P/J 1061 DRIVE ASSY MAIN and HARNESS ASSY R-BTM P/J 23A4 P/J 23A5 P/J 23B2 P/J 23B1 P/J 23A6 P/J 271 P/J 291 P/J 292 CLUTCH ASSY FEED and HARNESS ASSY R-BTM CLUTCH ASSY FEED and HARNESS ASSY R-BTM LEVEL SENSOR 2 and HARNESS ASSY R-BTM LEVEL SENSOR 1 and HARNESS ASSY R-BTM HARNESS ASSY REGI and HARNESS ASSY R-BTM HARNESS ASSY R-BTM and HARNESS ASSY REGI
P/J23A4
10
P/J23A5
11
P/J23B2
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
P/J292 P/J291
GN4206EA
P 251 HARNESS ASSY R-BTM and HARNESS ASSY 3TM/STM SENSOR ASSY TRACKING and HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE SWICTH ASSY SIZE and HARNESS ASSY P-SIZE
P251 P/J23A6
P/J23B1
P/J271
APPENDIX
Connectors
502
Revision A
HVPS and HARNESS ASSY IDT HVPS and DRIVE ASSY PR (IDT) LVPS and FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR LVPS and MAIN POWER SWITCH & INLET HVPS and HARNESS ASSY HVLH LVPS and HARNESS ESS-LVPS LVPS and HARNESS ASSY R-BTM LVPS and HARNESS ASSY R-BTM LVPS and HARNESS ASSY R-BTM LVPS and HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 LVPS and FAN LV LVPS and HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 HVPS and HARNESS ASSY R-BTM HVPS and HARNESS ASSY R-BTM
P/J104 13 P/J105 12 P/J107 11 T401 16 P/J131 15
3 P/J103
4
P/J101 10
6 7 8 9
P/J108 P/J106 P/J10A P/J109
5
P/J135
P/J102
GN4207EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
503
Revision A
P/J23B4
2 1
3
P/J261
4
P/J23B5
GN4208EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
504
Revision A
DUPLEX
P/J3622
P/J3621
2
P/J 3622 DUPLEX SENSOR and HARNESS ASSY DUP P/J 361 P/J 364 P/J 363 P/J 362 P/J 36 DUPLEX PWB and EXIT MOTOR DUPLEX PWB and DUPLEX CLUTCH DUPLEX PWB and DUPLEX MOTOR DUPLEX PWB and HARNESS ASSY DUP DUPLEX PWB and HARNESS ASSY MAIN
P/J 3621 DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH and HARNESS ASSY DUP
3
P/J361
4
P/J364
5
P/J363
7
P/J36
6
P/J362
GN4209EB
APPENDIX
Connectors
505
Revision A
3 4
P/J23A1 P/J23A2
GN4210EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
506
Revision A
ROS
P/J119
2 P/J113 3 P/J11B
4 P/J11C 5 P/J114
6 P/J116 7 P/J11E 10
P/J112
8 P/J115 9 P/J11D
GN4212EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
507
Revision A
3TM FEEDER
Tray 2,3,4 Feeder
5 P/J840
Tray2 : P/J108 2 Tray3 : P/J108 Tray4 : P/J108
Takeaway Sensor
1 Tray3 : P/J205
Tray4 : P/J205
Tray2 : P/J205
6 P/J830
3 Tray3 : P/J106
Tray4 : P/J106
Tray2 : P/J106
12 P/J812
P/J670 11 /J617 P/J841 10 P/J672 9 /J617 P/J842 8
P/J674 7 /J617
GN4213EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
508
Revision A
3TM PAPER SIZE SWITCH Table 7-13. 3TM Paper size Switch P/J List
Item No. 1 2 3 P/J No. P/J 816 P/J 820 P/J 824 Description PAPER SIZE SENSOR and HARNESS ASSY 3TM PAPER SIZE SENSOR and HARNESS ASSY 3TM PAPER SIZE SENSOR and HARNESS ASSY 3TM
GN4214EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
509
Revision A
3TM REAR LOCATION Table 7-14. 3TM Rear Location P/J List
Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 P/J No. P/J 546 P/J 541 P/J 547 P/J 826 P/J 552 P/J 549 P/J 548 Description PWB ASSY 3TM and HARNESS ASSY 3TM PWB ASSY 3TM and HARNESS ASSY 3TM PWB ASSY 3TM and HARNESS ASSY 3TM MOTOR ASSY 3TM and HARNESS ASSY 3TM PWB ASSY 3TM and HARNESS ASSY 3TM PWB ASSY 3TM and HARNESS ASSY 3TM PWB ASSY 3TM and HARNESS ASSY 3TM
P/J541 P/J546 P/J547 J251
5 6 7 8
P/J548 P/J549 P/J552 P/J826
GN4215EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
510
Revision A
Takeaway Sensor
3 P/J840
LH Cover Interlock Switch
4 P/J830
P/J816
1 P/J812
5
P/J670 /J617 Tray 2 Feeder P/J205
7
P/J108
6
P/J106
GN4216EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
511
Revision A
STM REAR LOCATION Table 7-16. STM Rear Location P/J List
Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 P/J No. Description
J251
J 251 HARNESS ASSY R-BTM and HARNESS ASSY STM P/J 826 P/J 552 P/J 547 P/J 541 P/J 546 MOTOR ASSY STM and HARNESS ASSY STM PWB ASSY STM and HARNESS ASSY STM PWB ASSY STM and HARNESS ASSY STM PWB ASSY STM and HARNESS ASSY STM PWB ASSY STM and HARNESS ASSY STM
2 3 4 5 6
P/J546 P/J541 P/J547 P/J552 P/J826
GN4217EA
APPENDIX
Connectors
512
Revision A
Represents a harness branch. Overall Connection Wiring Diagram shown on another page. Represents that it is connected to B .
XXX
Represents a connector, with the connector No. (P/J XXX) shown inside.
GN70001EA
APPENDIX
513
Revision A
Table 7-17. Wiring Diagram Symbols (Components Connection)
Symbol Abbreviation This symbol represents a power supply line output in Chain 1.
This symbol represents that a signal flows from right to left in the direction opposite to an ordinary signal.
This symbol represents a feedback signal. This symbol represents a signal test point.
This symbol represents a mechanical connection to a part. This symbol is attached to represent the source of an input to a function. In this case, the symbol indicates that the input comes from Group Function 3 of Chain 1. This symbol is attached to represent the destination of an output from a function. In this case, the symbol indicates that the output goes to Group Function 1 of Chain 6. This symbol represents that signal lines are connected in the vertical direction. This symbol represents a mechanical drive signal and a signal flowing direction.
This symbol represents that a signal line is connected in the horizontal direction.
This symbol represents a heat, light, air or similar signal and a flowing direction.
This symbol represents that a wire is TWIST PAIR. This symbol indicates that the line continues to the Zone (E3) in the diagram.
This symbol indicates that the line is continued from the Zone (E4) in the diagram.
APPENDIX
514
Revision A
Parts name
Operating status
Logical value
Figure 7-17. Signal Name Structure The above indicates that this signal is (L) when REGISTRATION SENSOR has detected paper, and the signal is (H) and the voltage is +5VDC when REGISTRATION SENSOR has not detected paper.
7.2.2.3 DC voltage
Unless otherwise specified by Note or like, measure a DC voltage between the corresponding test point and Frame, and its voltage value should be within the following range. Table 7-18. DC voltage
Voltage +3.3VDC +5VDC +24VDC Level (H) (H) (H) Range +3.25 to +3.59VDC +4.75 to +5.25VDC +22.08 to +25.9VDC
ORN YEL GRN BLU VIO GRY WHT BLK GN/YL PNK SKY
APPENDIX
515
ESS PWB PL5.2.9 CN601 14 FLAT CABLE ESS-MCU PL5.2.3 [CH1.3] CN600 CN500 CN405
APPENDIX
MCU PWB PL5.2.2 10 HARNESS ASSY R-BTM PL5.3.3 [CH1.1/1.2/1.3] [CH1.1] 10B1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN PL2.11.1 1061 10A HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 PL5.3.2 [CH1.1/1.2] HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 PL5.3.2 [CH1.3] 1041 16 HARNESS ASSY R-BTM PL5.3.3 [CH3.1/5.6/5.8] 105 108 107 103 109 FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR PL4.1.5 A To FUSER UNIT DRIVE ASSY PR PL6.4.1 1071 17 HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 PL5.3.2 [CH3.2] 104 106 102 MAIN POWER SWITCH & INLET PL5.1.20 INTERLOCK SWITCH PL2.1.16 FAN FUSER PL5.1.17 FAN LV PL5.1.27 LVPS PL5.1.19 101 ROS ASSY PL3.1.3 11 111 1431 120 HARNESS ASSY ROS PL5.3.1 [CH1.2] HARNESS ASSY ROS PL5.3.1 12 HARNESS ASSY PANEL PL1.1.18 HARNESS ASSY CRUM PL5.3.5 710 CONTROL PANEL PL1.1.4 IDT UNIT/DRUM UNIT PL6.1.1/6.1.2 HVPS 132 PL5.1.24 13 131 133 HARNESS ASSY R-BTM PL5.3.3 [CH7.1/7.2/7.4 /7.5/7.9/7.10 /7.11/7.12/7.13 /7.14/7.15] 134 HARNESS ASSY PR PL6.4.1 HARNESS ASSY IDT PL6.4.4 201 [CH7.15] [CH7.15] [CH7.10] [CH7.9] [CH7.14] [CH7.1] [CH7.4] [CH7.1] [CH7.4] [CH7.2] [CH7.5] [CH7.2] [CH7.5] [CH7.13] [CH7.14] 135 T401 PWBA CRUM IDT CLN2 IDT2 DETONER IDT2 IDT1 IDT CLN1 CR(Y) DB(Y) CR(M) DB(M) CR(C) DB(C) CR(K) DB(K) RF(DRUM DETONER) IDT1 DETONER BTR UNIT ASSY DTS PL2.1.2 TR HARNESS ASSY HVLH PL2.5.17[CH7.11/7.13] GN72001EA
Revision A
APPENDIX
SENSOR ASSY TP PL4.1.3 TMPI SENSOR 151 TMPI WIPER SOL 153 23 SENSOR HUM TE PL5.1.6 152 [CH7.8] [CH6.2] 23A3 FUSER UNIT PL4.1.6 154 [CH6.3] 158 FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR PL4.1.5 HARNESS ASSY ANTENNA PL6.3.2 [CH7.7] 18 A To LVPS [CH6.1] 23A5 HARNESS ASSY R-BTM PL5.3.3 SOLENOID ASSY PL2.2.27 HARNESS ASSY R-TOP1 PL5.3.2 MCU PWB PL5.2.2 15 HARNESS ASSY N/P PL2.3.8 [CH5.9] 23A2 23A1 MSI NO PAPER SENSOR PL2.3.3 23A4 CLUTCH ASSY FEED PL2.6.14 CLUTCH ASSY FEED PL2.11.2 ANTENNA CK PL6.3.24 181 23A6 23A7 [CH6.3] HARNESS ASSY REGI PL2.8.19 HARNESS ASSY DISP PL6.3.30 [CH7.6] 21 23A8 [CH6.7] 23A9 [CH6.7] OHP SENSOR PL2.8.18 SENSOR REGI PL2.8.13 CLUTCH REGI PL2.8.5 ANTENNA YM PL6.3.1 182 MOTOR DISP Y PL6.3.28 211 MOTOR DISP M 212 PL6.3.29 [CH5.5] MOTOR DISP C PL6.3.26 213 [CH5.5] MOTOR DISP K PL6.3.27 214 23B3 23B5 [CH7.12] HARNESS ASSY LH PL2.4.1 HARNESS ASSY F-SNR PL5.3.6 [CH7.3] 222 FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR 223 PL1.1.6 TONER BOTTLE 224 SET SENSOR PL6.1.9 TONER FULL SENSOR PL6.1.8 SENSOR ASSY MOB ADC PL2.7.1 225 29 [CH1.2] 25 B To 3Tray Module / Single Tray Module MOTOR ASSY TRACKING PL6.5.12 23B6 23B1 LEVEL SENSOR1 PL2.9.9 23B2 LEVEL SENSOR2 PL2.9.8 POP SENSOR PL2.5.14 GATE SOLENOID PL20.1.3 22 [CH2.1/ 8.1/8.2] 23B4 V-TRA FAN PL2.5.30
26
C To DUPLEX ASSY
291
SENSOR ASSY TRACKING PL6.5.9 292 [CH5.1] SWITCH ASSY SIZE PL2.9.12 GN72002EA
Revision A
517
Revision A
826
MOTOR ASSY 3TM PL21.7.5 LH COVER INTL SW PL21.6.13 TAKEAWAY SENSOR PL21.6.9 PAPER SIZE SENSOR PL21.2.3 TRAY LEVEL SENSOR PL21.3.7 Tray2
3621
546
[CH8.4] 363
3622
[CH8.3]
[CH5.2]
670
Tray2
364
[CH8.3]
106
TRAY NO PAPER Tray2 SENSOR PL21.3.6 TRAY FEED/ LIFT MOTOR PL21.3.12 PAPER SIZE SENSOR PL21.2.3 TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR PL21.3.34 PAPER SIZE SENSOR PL21.2.3 TRAY FEED OUT SENSOR PL21.3.34 TRAY LEVEL SENSOR PL21.3.7 Tray2
205
Single Tray Module PL22 HARNESS ASSY HARNESS ASSY PWB ASSY STM R-BTM STM PL22.5.7 PL5.3.3 PL22.5.8 541 B 552 251 [CH1.1/2.1] To MCU PWB 546 HARNESS ASSY STM PL22.5.8 [CH6.5] HARNESS ASSY STM PL22.5.8 [CH1.4] 840
548 HARNESS ASSY 3TM PL21.7.4 [CH5.3] 841 820 HARNESS ASSY F/O PL21.3.19 821 [CH6.4] 824 HARNESS ASSY F/O PL21.3.19 821 [CH6.4] HARNESS ASSY SNR PL21.3.4 108
Tray3
826
MOTOR ASSY STM PL22.5.4 LH COVER INTL SW PL22.4.12 TAKEAWAY SENSOR PL22.4.4 PAPER SIZE SENSOR PL22.1.4 TRAY LEVEL SENSOR PL22.2.4 Tray2
Tray3
Tray4
[CH5.4] 842
Tray4
[CH5.2]
672
Tray3
670
Tray2
549
547
106
TRAY NO PAPER Tray3 SENSOR PL21.3.6 TRAY FEED/ LIFT MOTOR PL21.3.12 TRAY LEVEL SENSOR PL21.4.4 Tray3
106
TRAY NO PAPER Tray2 SENSOR PL22.2.3 TRAY FEED/ LIFT MOTOR PL22.2.9 Tray2
205
Tray4
GN72003EA
TRAY NO PAPER Tray4 SENSOR PL21.4.3 TRAY FEED/ LIFT MOTOR PL21.4.9 Tray4
205
GN72004EA
APPENDIX
518
Revision A
Outputs of +3.3VDC (IOT), +5VDC and +24VDC are turned ON/OFF by the Sleep signal. However, +3.3VDC (CONT) is always output, regardless of the Sleep signal. Short circuit protection (Over current protection) When the +3.3VDC (IOT), +5VDC or +24VDC output is shorted, the corresponding output is drooped. As soon as the short circuit is corrected, +3.3VDC (IOT), +5VDC or +24VDC is restored automatically or restored by power-on after a predetermined time has elapsed. Over voltage protection When each output reaches the indicated voltage, it is dropped. However, when +24VDC reaches an overvoltage, the +5VDC output is also dropped. Output +3.3VDC Over voltage +8VDC +10VDC +36VDC
1
INLET ACH
+3.3VDC (CONT)
RETURN
2 3 4 5
4 ALL 5 ALL 3
+5VDC +24VDC
This signal controls the 24V switching frequency of LVPS to prevent noise in Standby Mode.
6 1TM/3TM mounted machine PWB ASSY 3TM/STM PL21.7.3/22.5.7 ALL 9 ALL J25 GRY +3.3VDC P251 9 J251 J541 GRY 2
ALL
+3.3VDC
(IOT)
RETURN 16 DC COM GRY 5
4
1.3
1 GRY
TD 1
ALL +5VDC 8 J26 19 GRY ALL RETURN 14 GRY DC COM 7 20 GRY +5VDC P261
+5VDC
ALL DC COM B3 B9 3
1.3
+24VDC
1.3 ALL LVPS COOLING AIR RETURN 20 18
J25 GRY
+24VDC
P251
J251
J541 BLU
ALL DC COM GRY 8 VIO 3 +24VDC (TO L/H COVER INTLK SWITCH) BLU 1.2
TD 1
GN70101EA
APPENDIX
519
Revision A
1.1
J10B1 BLU
1B
1A
J10B1 BLU
ALL 1
2
1 L/H INTLK ON J101 (H) +24VDC J10 GRY 20 CONTROL LOGIC DC COM 2 DC COM GRY 19 ALL 16 17 GRY DC COM GRY 15 J26 GRY L/H INTLK ON +24VDC L/H INTLK ON +24VDC
DC COM
L/H COVER CLOSE +5VDC A1 TD 1 6 J22 GRY J223 3 1 J223 FRONT COVER CLOSED (H) +3.3VDC J22 GRY 8 DC COM 7 DC COM GRY 2 FRONT COVER OPEN SENSOR PL1.1.6 B7 YEL YEL 1 FRONT COVER INTERLOCK SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL FRONT COVER +3.3VDC CLOSE CONTROL LOGIC B1 YEL YEL INTLK ON +5VDC (LD K) J11 YEL YEL INTLK ON +5VDC (LD M) YEL YEL INTLK ON +5VDC (LD C) ROS ASSY (P/J 111) PL3.1.3 INTLK ON +5VDC (LD Y)
A7
+3.3VDC
5 NOTE:
1
Virtual line.
TD 1
Test Point: Between Front Cover Open Sensor J223-2(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
GN70102EA
APPENDIX
520
Revision A
1
2
2 DC COM
MCU PWB PL5.2.2 J14 25 CONTROL LOGIC 18 DC COM GRY 17 J10 GRY 1 GRY 3 GRY LVPS SLEEP (H) +3.3VDC
TD 2
1.1
1.1
2
MCU PWB PL5.2.2 CONTROL LOGIC 15 DC COM 16 FUSER & LVPS FAN LOW SPEED FUSER LVPS FAN HIGH SPEED GRY LVPS PL5.1.19 +24VDC J101 6 +24VDC 5 1 J105 TD 1 LVPS FAN ON (H) +24VDC FAN LV PL5.1.27 J105 2 LVPS PL5.1.19 8 J101 LVPS FAN FAIL (H) +3.3VDC J10 GRY
MCU PWB PL5.2.2 +3.3VDC CONTROL LOGIC 2 LVPS FAN FAIL SIGNAL
13
J10 GRY
MOT
FAN
1.1
NOTE:
1
4
2 3
Outputs of +3.3VDC (IOT), +5VDC and +24VDC are turned ON/OFF by the Sleep signal. However, +3.3VDC (CONT) is always output, regardless of the Sleep signal. Virtual line. This signal controls the 24V switching frequency of LVPS to prevent noise in Standby Mode.
TD 1
Test Point:
Between LVPS J105-1(+) and GND(-) At Low Speed, the voltage should be approx. +10VDC. At High Speed, the voltage should be approx. +24VDC. Between ESS PWB J302-2(+) and GND(-)
TD 2
Test Point:
GN70103EA
APPENDIX
521
Revision A
7 DC COM
J546 GRY
J812
J812
NOTE:
1
Virtual line.
GN70104EA
APPENDIX
522
Revision A
1TM mounted machine PWB ASSY STM PL22.5.7 8 DC COM J541 GRY DOUBLE PLUG J251 3 3 P251 1 TM DETECT (L) +5VDC J25 GRY 3 +3.3VDC CONTROL LOGIC
TD 1
2
3TM mounted machine PWB ASSY 3TM PL21.7.3 8 TD 1 3TM DETECT J541 (L) +5VDC GRY
3
DC COM
Chute Assy FUT mounted machine MCU PWB PL5.2.2 SHORTING WIRE
J23 GRY
DC COM
6
TD 1
Test Point: Between Tray Module PWB 1TM/3TM J541-8(+) and GND(-) When 1TM is mounted, the voltage should be approx. +0.6VDC. When 3TM is mounted, the voltage should be approx. +1.4VDC.
GN70201EA
APPENDIX
523
Revision A
F
A
H
EXIT ROLL DRIVE A
J16 GRY
J1061
MOTOR CONTROL B
DEVE DRIVE
7.4 7.5
6.7
6.1
6.2
J106 GRY
4 3 F E
4
2 L/H INTLK +24VDC (1.2) 3 4
GRY
2 1
DC COM (1.1)
NOTE:
1
Main Motor runs in reverse rotation direction when it finishes Warm Up, JOB or process control or it stops due to fault occurrence. IDT Unit and Drive Gear are disengaged by this reverse rotation, and IDT Unit can be removed.
TD 1
Test Point:
Between Main Motor J1061-10(+) and GND(-) Voltage approx. +1.6VDC, frequency approx. 1.4KHz
GN70301EA
APPENDIX
524
Revision A
J1071
MOTOR CONTROL
10 MOT
7.10
6 DC COM
GRY
5 DC COM
3
LVPS PL5.1.19 1 2 +24VDC (1.1) 3 J107 GRY +24VDC GRY +24VDC
4 3
2 1
4
4 DC COM (1.1)
TD 1
Test Point: Between PR Motor J1071-10(+) and GND(-) When Motor is ON (normal speed), the voltage should be approx. +1.6VDC, and the frequency approx. 1.5KHz.
GN70302EA
APPENDIX
525
Revision A
J29
3 NOTE:
1
Each paper size is determined by the combination of Size Switches 1 to 4. Refer to the following table for details.
Virtual line.
GN70501EA
APPENDIX
526
Revision A
2
2 S4
J816
S3 S2
S1
NOTE:
1
The paper size is detected according to the voltage value that corresponds to the composite resistance value of Paper Size Sensor. The following table indicates the Switch ON/OFF patterns and voltage values corresponding to paper sizes. Voltage (V) (J546-2) 3.04 2.86 2.65 2.44 2.23 2.03 1.82 1.61 1.42 1.21 1.00 0.80 0.60 0.40 0.20 0.00
Virtual line.
GN70502EA
APPENDIX
527
Revision A
J820
11
NOTE:
1
The paper size is detected according to the voltage value that corresponds to the composite resistance value of Paper Size Sensor. The following table indicates the Switch ON/OFF patterns and voltage values corresponding to paper sizes. Voltage (V) (J548-11) 3.04 2.86 2.65 2.44 2.23 2.03 1.82 1.61 1.42 1.21 1.00 0.80 0.60 0.40 0.20 0.00
S1 S3 S2 S4
Virtual line.
GN70503EA
APPENDIX
528
Revision A
J824
NOTE:
1
The paper size is detected according to the voltage value that corresponds to the composite resistance value of Paper Size Sensor. The following table indicates the Switch ON/OFF patterns and voltage values corresponding to paper sizes. Voltage (V) (J548-5) 3.04 2.86 2.65 2.44 2.23 2.03 1.82 1.61 1.42 1.21 1.00 0.80 0.60 0.40 0.20 0.00
S1 S3 S2 S4
Virtual line.
GN70504EA
APPENDIX
529
Revision A
D
TRAY 1 SENSOR PHOTO (NO PAPER) OPERATOR LOADED PAPER
F
TRAY 1 LEVEL SENSOR 1 TRAY 1 LEVEL SENSOR 2
6.1
3
1 J22 GRY
TD 1
MCU PWB PL5.2.2 DOUBLE PLUG 3 1 P221 +3.3VDC TRAY 1 NO PAPER SENSOR NO PAPER SENSED (H) +3.3VDC J22 GRY CONTROL LOGIC 3
+3.3VDC 2 DC COM J23 GRY J23B1 GRY 2 2 2 TRAY 1 SENSOR PHOTO (NO PAPER) PL2.9.5 +3.3VDC TRAY 1 LEVEL SENSOR 1 BLOCKED (H) +3.3VDC
NOTE:
1
4
+3.3VDC
B1
3 1
J23B1
J23 GRY
B3
The remaining amount of paper is detected by the detection states of Tray 1 Level Sensors 1 and 2. The following table indicates the relationships between remaining amount of paper and Sensors. Remaining amount of paper (%) 25 Tray 1 Level Sensor Sensor 1 1 1 0 0 Sensor 2 0 1 1 0
B2 DC COM
GRY
2 TRAY 1 LEVEL SENSOR 1 PL2.9.9 +3.3VDC J23B2 TRAY 1 LEVEL SENSOR 2 BLOCKED (H) +3.3VDC GRY
50
B6
B4
GRY
3 1
J23B2
75 Full
1: Sensor light blocked 0: Sensor light received Virtual line. Test Point: Between P221-3(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
GN70505EA
APPENDIX
530
Revision A
H
TRAY 2 FEED DRIVE
J
6.2
5 DC COM
BLU
2
4 VIO
+24VDC
ORN
3 MOT
6.2
3 +24VDC
+24VDC VIO
10
ORN
3
DC COM
11
BLU
1 DC COM
12
BLU
DOUBLE PLUG J547 VIO TD 1 3 10 GRY 3 DC COM P670 2 11 J617 VIO J108 2
TRAY 2 LEVEL SENSOR PL21.3.7/22.2.4 DOUBLE PLUG 1 J108 J617 YEL 12 1 P670
1 +3.3VDC TRAY 2 LEVEL SENSOR SENSED (H) +3.3VDC J547 YEL CONTROL LOGIC 12 TRAY 2 LEVEL SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL
+3.3VDC GRY
+3.3VDC TRAY 2 NO PAPER SENSOR PL21.3.6/22.2.3 2 TRAY 2 NO PAPER SENSOR SENSED (H) +3.3VDC YEL +3.3VDC
5
DC COM
DC COM VIO TD 2
J106 VIO
+3.3VDC GRY
1 6 7 GRY 3
J106 YEL
+3.3VDC
NOTE:
1
Virtual line.
TD 1
Test Point: Between Tray Module PWB J547-10(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
TD 2
Test Point: Between Tray Module PWB J547-7(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
GN70506EA
APPENDIX
531
Revision A
H
TRAY 3 FEED DRIVE
J
6.2
LIFT DRIVE
B5 DC COM
BLU
6.2
2
B4 VIO
+24VDC
ORN
3 MOT
B3 +24VDC
+24VDC VIO
10
ORN
3
DC COM
B2
11
BLU
B1 DC COM
12
BLU
PWB ASSY 3TM PL21.7.3 J549 B11 DC COM B10 +3.3VDC GRY VIO TD 1 DC COM P672
TRAY 3 LEVEL SENSOR PL21.3.7 DOUBLE PLUG 1 J108 J617 YEL 12 1 P672 TRAY 3 LEVEL SENSOR SENSED (H) +3.3VDC J549 YEL
10
GRY
+3.3VDC TRAY 3 NO PAPER SENSOR PL21.3.6 2 TRAY 3 NO PAPER SENSOR SENSED (H) +3.3VDC YEL +3.3VDC
5
DC COM
B8
DC COM VIO TD 2
J106 VIO
B7
+3.3VDC GRY
1 6 7 GRY 3
J106 YEL
B9
+3.3VDC
NOTE:
1
Virtual line.
TD 1
Test Point: Between Tray Module PWB J549-B10(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
TD 2
Test Point: Between Tray Module PWB J549-B7(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
GN70507EA
APPENDIX
532
Revision A
H
TRAY 4 FEED DRIVE
J
6.2
A5 DC COM
2
A4 VIO
6.2
ORN
3
DC COM
A2
11
BLU
A1 DC COM
12
BLU
PWB ASSY 3TM PL21.7.3 J549 A11 DC COM A10 +3.3VDC GRY VIO TD 1 DC COM P674
TRAY 4 LEVEL SENSOR PL21.4.4 DOUBLE PLUG 1 J108 J617 YEL 12 1 P674
PWB ASSY 3TM PL21.7.3 +3.3VDC TRAY 4 LEVEL SENSOR SENSED (H) +3.3VDC J549 YEL A12 CONTROL LOGIC
10
GRY
+3.3VDC TRAY 4 NO PAPER SENSOR PL21.4.3 2 TRAY 4 NO PAPER SENSOR SENSED (H) +3.3VDC YEL +3.3VDC
5
DC COM
A8
DC COM VIO TD 2
J106 VIO
A7
+3.3VDC GRY
1 6 7 GRY 3
J106 YEL
A9
+3.3VDC
NOTE:
1
Virtual line.
TD 1
Test Point: Between Tray Module PWB J549-A10(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
TD 2
Test Point: Between Tray Module PWB J549-A7(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
GN70508EA
APPENDIX
533
Revision A
TD 1 J23A1
MCU PWB PL5.2.2 DOUBLE PLUG 3 1 J23A1 MSI NO PAPER SENSOR NO PAPER SENSED (H) +3.3VDC +3.3VDC J23 GRY CONTROL LOGIC A3
2
OPERATOR LOADED PAPER
NOTE:
1
Virtual line.
TD 1
Test Point: Between J23A1-3(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
GN70509EA
APPENDIX
534
Revision A
3.1
6.3
5.5
MCU PWB PL5.2.2 CONTROL LOGIC TRAY 1 FEED CLUTCH ON (L) +24VDC
3
DC COM
A9
J23 GRY
A8 +24VDC
GRY
BLU
GN70601EA
APPENDIX
535
Revision A
J23 GRY
3.1
5.9
6.3
5.6
5.6
REAR VIEW
6.4
5.7
5.7
REAR VIEW
6.4
5.8
5.8
REAR VIEW
6.4
GN70602EA
APPENDIX
536
Revision A
DOUBLE PLUG A12 +5VDC A10 DC COM GRY 8 1 3 OHP SENSOR PL2.8.18 DOUBLE PLUG P23A4 1 2 J23A4 J23 GRY P23A6 6 3 J23A6 J23A7 1 2 J23A7
MCU PWB PL5.2.2 TD 1 J23A6 DOUBLE PLUG 2 7 P23A6 OHP SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL J23 GRY +3.3VDC CONTROL LOGIC A11 1 2 OHP SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL
6.7
1 OHP SENSOR
3.1
3
8.4
6.2
6.4
6.1
NOTE:
1
The OHP Sensor signal is monitored from after the specified time (which depends on the feeding Tray) has elapsed from Feed ON of Tray 1 or MSI until Regi. Sensor turns ON. When the white label continues for 75ms or longer, it is judged as normal paper. When the white label continues for between 38ms or more and 75m or less, it is judged as white frame OHP andoperation is stopped. Virtual line. For the specified time after paper has reached Regi Sensor, Turn Clutch is kept ON to form a paper loop.
TD 1
Test Point: Between J23A6-2(+) and GND(-) When OHP Sensor is blocked by white paper, the voltage changes from +3.3VDC to 0VDC.
2 3
GN70603EA
APPENDIX
537
Revision A
DOUBLE PLUG 8 2 2
2
DC COM 7
+3.3VDC GRY
3TM 1TM
TRAY MODULE FED PAPER 6.3
DC COM 1
NOTE:
1
+3.3VDC
Virtual line. Test Point: Between Tray Module PWB J546-4(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC. Test Point: Between Tray Module PWB J548-7(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC. Test Point: Between Tray Module PWB J548-1(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
6.2
6.6
TD 3
6.2
6.6
6
6.2 TRAY 4 FED PAPER
GN70604EA
APPENDIX
538
Revision A
CH6.5 TRAY MODULE PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL (1TM MOUNTED MACHINE)
6.5 TRAY MODULE PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL (1TM mounted machine) 1
PWB ASSY STM PL22.5.7 CONTROL LOGIC DC COM 5 DC COM YEL J552 6 YEL TAKE AWAYMOTOR ON 24V CLOCK TAKE AWAY MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK P826 2 6 TAKE AWAY ROLL 2 DRIVE 3 5 DOUBLE PLUG J826 MOTOR ASSY STM PL22.5.4
6.4
+24VDC VIO +24VDC VIO TAKE AWAY MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK YEL TAKE AWAY MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK YEL
4 MOT
3 +24VDC
2 DC COM
REAR VIEW 7 1
3
DC COM
GN70605EA
APPENDIX
539
Revision A
CH6.6 TRAY MODULE PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL (3TM MOUNTED MACHINE)
J
TAKE AWAY ROLL 2 DRIVE 6.4
6.6 TRAY MODULE PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL (3TM mounted machine) 1
PWB ASSY 3TM PL21.7.3 CONTROL LOGIC DC COM 5 DC COM YEL J552 6 YEL TAKE AWAY MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK TAKE AWAY MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK P826 7 1 MOTOR ASSY 3TM PL21.7.5 J826
DOUBLE PLUG
6.4
+24VDC VIO +24VDC VIO TAKE AWAY MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK YEL TAKE AWAY MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK YEL
3 MOT
3 +24VDC
2 DC COM
3
DC COM
GN70606EA
APPENDIX
540
Revision A
CH6.7 REGISTRATION
C 6.7 REGISTRATION
6.3
REGI. ROLL
7.11
MCU PWB PL5.2.2 DOUBLE PLUG A16 J23 GRY REGI. CLUTCH ON (L) +24VDC P23A6 2 7 J23A6 P23A9 DOUBLE PLUG 2 1 J23A9 CLUTCH REGI PL2.8.5
CONTROL LOGIC
DC COM A17 +24VDC TD 1 A13 P23A6 GRY DOUBLE PLUG 5 4 J23A6 J23A8 3 1 4 5 2 SENSOR REGI PL2.8.13 J23A8 J23A6 DOUBLE PLUG 6 3 P23A6 GRY 1 8 1 2 MCU PWB PL5.2.2 REGI. SENSOR PAPER SENSED (L) +3.3VDC +3.3VDC J23 GRY CONTROL LOGIC 1 REGI. SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL
A15
+3.3VDC DC COM
A14
GRY
NOTE:
1
Virtual line.
TD 1
Test Point: Between Tray Module PWB P23A6-5(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
GN70607EA
APPENDIX
541
Revision A
1
CONTROL LOGIC B6 J13 GRY
J131
A7
B5
RTC (M) DC REMOTE GRY MAIN CLOCK GRY DC COM GRY LVPS PL5.1.19 L/H INTLK ON +24VDC (1.2) DC COM (1.1) J108 YEL J132
A8
A10
B3
2
B9 DC COM
A4
YEL
7.9
7.4
7.4
7.13
LASER SCANNED IMAGE (M) DRUM (M) LASER SCANNED ADC PATCH (M)
7.4
7.13
7.13
GN70702EA
APPENDIX
542
Revision A
1
CONTROL LOGIC A12 J13 GRY RTC (C) DC REMOTE GRY MAIN CLOCK GRY DC COM GRY LVPS PL5.1.19 2 L/H INTLK ON +24VDC (1.2) DC COM (1.1) J108 YEL J132 J131 B1
A8
B5
A10
B3
2
B9 DC COM
A4
YEL
7.9
7.5
7.5
LASER SCANNED REGICON PATCH (K) LATENT IMAGE (C) 7.13 CLEANED DRUM (K) LATENT ADC PATCH (C) ROS ASSY PL3.1.3 7.5 7.5
7.5
7.13
7.13
RTC (C)
GN70703EA
APPENDIX
543
Revision A
J22 GRY
GRY
2
TD 1
+3.3VDC J291 3 1 J291 DEVE RETRACT SENSOR RETRACT (L) +3.3VDC J29 GRY
J29 GRY
CONTROL LOGIC
DC COM
ZONE E2
4
SENSOR ASSY TRACKING PL6.5.9
REAR VIEW
TD 1
Test Point: Between Deve Retract Sensor J291-3(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
GN70704EA
APPENDIX
544
Revision A
H NOTE:
1
Since Deve Unit is made of conductive resin, the metal contact of Deve Bias is not provided on the Deve Unit side. The J132-4 pin and 3 pin are not common inside HVPS. The J132-4 pin is the power supply of the Deve Bias AC component. The J132-3 pin is the power supply of other than the above including the Deve Bias DC component. The J132-2 pin and 1 pin are not common inside HVPS. The J132-2 pin is the power supply of the Deve Bias AC component. The J132-1 pin is the power supply of other than the above including the Deve Bias DC component.
J13 GRY
B3
DEVE BIAS (M) DC REMOTE GRY DEVE BIAS AC REMOTE GRY MAIN CLOCK GRY DC COM GRY LVPS PL5.1.19 1 2 L/H INTLK ON +24VDC (1.2) 3 YEL YEL J108 YEL YEL J132
DC
F A10 DEVE BIAS (M)
3 A11 B3 A4 4 2 3
AC
7.9
7.1
7.9
7.1
7.9
7.1
4
7.6
7.16
AUGER (Y) DRIVE DISPENSED MAGENTA TONER DEVELOPED IMAGE (M) 7.9
7.6
7.1
7.9
7.1
7.9
7.1
7.16
GN70705EA
APPENDIX
545
Revision A
H NOTE:
1
Since Deve Unit is made of conductive resin, the metal contact of Deve Bias is not provided on the Deve Unit side. The J132-4 pin and 3 pin are not common inside HVPS. The J132-4 pin is the power supply of the Deve Bias AC component. The J132-3 pin is the power supply of other than the above including the Deve Bias DC component. The J132-2 pin and 1 pin are not common inside HVPS. The J132-2 pin is the power supply of the Deve Bias AC component. The J132-1 pin is the power supply of other than the above including the Deve Bias DC component.
J13 GRY
A11
DEVE BIAS (C) DC REMOTE GRY DEVE BIAS AC REMOTE GRY MAIN CLOCK GRY DC COM GRY LVPS PL5.1.19 1 2 J108 YEL YEL J132
DC
H B2 DEVE BIAS (C)
3 A11 B3 A4 4 2 3
AC
7.6
7.9
7.2
7.9
7.2
7.9
4
7.2
7.6
7.9
7.2
5
7.2 LATENT ADC PATCH (C)
7.9
7.6
7.2
7.16
6
7.6 AUGER (C) DRIVE
GN70706EA
APPENDIX
546
Revision A
H
AUGER (Y) DRIVE
J
7.4
7.4
J21 YEL
7.5
GRY
2
TONER DISPENSE MOTOR (M) ON (L) +24VDC VIO
7.5
3 DC COM
GRY
+24VDC MOTOR DISP K PL6.3.27 J214 2 MOT 8 1 F MOTOR DISP C PL6.3.26 J213 2 MOT 6 +24VDC 1 C D E
7 DC COM
MOTOR DISP C
7.4
GRY
+24VDC
7.4
5 DC COM
7.5
7.5
GRY
GN70707EA
APPENDIX
547
Revision A
B
1
MCU PWB PL5.2.2 ANTENNA Y/M OUT ANTENNA YM PL6.3.1 J182 1 2 J182 ANTENNA Y/M IN CONTROL LOGIC 3 2 DC COM 2 ANTENNA CK PL6.3.24 J181 1 2 J181 3 ANTENNA Y/M DETECT SIGNAL
J18 YEL
YEL
NOTE:
TONER CARTRIDGE Y CRUM PL6.2.13 ANTENNA YM CPU 2 2 TONER CARTRIDGE (M) 1
This model is not equipped with Low Toner Sensor and ATC Sensor. Low toner and Toner empty are detected by making estimation from the read value of ADC Sensor and the ON time added-up value of Toner Dispense Motor. The toner dispense amount is determined from the ICDC added-up value and ADC Sensor read value. Each Cartridge has a coil, and 3V to 4VDC power is generated by induced electromotive force to enable communication between CRUM and MCU. Communication between CRUM and MCU is made when power is on and Main Motor is at a stop. On CRUM, such information as Print Volume (PV) and date of manufacture is written. Virtual line.
3
TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) ANTENNA CK TONER CARTRIDGE M CRUM PL6.2.12 CPU 2 3
4
TONER CARTRIDGE K CRUM PL6.2.11 CPU 2 TONER CARTRIDGE (K)
GN70708EA
APPENDIX
548
Revision A
J27 GRY
VIO
DC COM 8 +5VDC 4 DC COM 3 GRY ADC SENSOR SOLENOID SHUTTER OPEN (L) +24VDC GRY +5VDC GRY DC COM 9 8 9 8 1 AMP 13 4 13 4 VIO 5 2 J273 J272 DOUBLE PLUG 7 10 P272 J271 DOUBLE PLUG 7 10 P271
VIO
14
14
VIO
DC COM 2 +24VDC 1 DC COM +24VDC GRY ADC SENSOR SOLENOID SHUTTER CLOSE (L) +24VDC GRY 15 2 15 2 7 2 ADC SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL
VIO
16
16
VIO
NOTE:
1
4
TRANSFERRED ADC PATCH (Y+M+K+C) TO IDT 2
FRONT
IDT 2 SHUTTER
7.10
ADC Sensor detects the ADC Patch densities of black and color by means of two reflection light paths that have different light axis angles. LED 1 is lit when the black density is detected by the specular reflection light path LED. LED 2 is lit when the color density is detected by the diffuse reflection light path LED. ADC Sensor has three functions, LD light intensity control, Dispense control, and Toner empty detection. As soon as the shutter of MOB/ADC Sensor Assy is opened/closed, the ADC Sensor surface is cleaned. Virtual line.
REA R MOB SENSOR 1 3 ADC SENSOR MOB SENSOR 2 MCU PWB PL5.2.2 J15 GRY J152 SENSOR HUM TE PL5.1.6 ENVIRONMENT A8 1 ENVIRONMENT SENSOR TEMP. SIGNAL ENVIRONMENT SENSOR HUMIDITY SIGNAL GRY MCU PWB PL5.2.2 CONTROL LOGIC
TEMP. HUMIDITY
J152
J15 GRY
A5
A7
GN70709EA
APPENDIX
549
Revision A
HVPS PL5.1.24
CONTROL LOGIC A2
J13 GRY
IDT 1 DC + REMOTE
J131
IDT 1 DC - REMOTE GRY MAIN CLOCK GRY DC COM GRY LVPS PL5.1.19 2 J108 YEL J132
IDT 1 POWER
B3
7.14
B9
A4 TRANSFERRED IMAGE (Y+M) TO IDT 1 3 TRANSFERRED ADC PATCH (Y+M) TO IDT 1 7.10 7.10
7.4
7.4
7.10
7.4
DC COM (1.1)
7.13
7.4
7.13
7.4
7.14
4
7.4 DEVELOPED REGICON PATCH (M) DRUM (Y, M) DRIVE 7.1
7.5
7.10
7.5
5
7.5 DEVELOPED REGICON PATCH (K)
7.10
7.10
7.5
IDT 1 (LOWER)
7.13
7.5
6
7.5 DEVELOPED REGICON PATCH (C)
IDT 1 (UPPER)
7.13
7.2
GN70710EA
APPENDIX
550
Revision A
HVPS PL5.1.24
J13 GRY
IDT 2 DC + REMOTE
J131
A1
IDT 2 DC - REMOTE GRY MAIN CLOCK GRY DC COM GRY LVPS PL5.1.19 2 L/H INTLK ON +24VDC (1.2) 4 YEL J108 YEL J132
IDT 2 POWER
B3
A10
2
DC COM 7.15 CLEANED IDT 2
B9
A4
7.9
7.9
Y+M
DC COM (1.1)
7.9
3.2
IDT 1 DRIVE
7.9
7.9
7.11
5
7.9 TRANSFERRED ADC PATCH (K+C) TO IDT 1 K+C IDT 2
7.8
7.9
6
BTR DRIVE BTR DRIVE 7.11
GN70711EA
APPENDIX
551
Revision A
HVPS PL5.1.24
CONTROL LOGIC A6
J13 GRY
BTR + REMOTE
J131
B11
BTR - REMOTE GRY MAIN CLOCK GRY DC COM GRY LVPS PL5.1.19 2 L/H INTLK ON +24VDC (1.2) 4 J108 YEL J132
RED
A2
A10
B3
BTR POWER
MCU PWB PL5.2 BTR MONITOR SIGNAL CONTROL LOGIC A5
2
B9 DC COM
A4
B8
J131
J13 GRY
3
DC COM (1.1)
YEL
UNFUSED PAPER
7.12
7.10
BTR DRIVE
4
7.10
ZONE G1
BTR POWER
6.7
CONTAMINATED IDT 2
7.15
GN70712EA
APPENDIX
552
Revision A
CH7.12 STRIPPING
A 7.12 STRIPPING
MCU PWB PL5.2.2
HVPS PL5.1.24
J13 GRY
J131
B9 B3 A4
DTS POWER
J135 WHT
DTS POWER
ZONE E4
7.11
UNFUSED PAPER Paper ZONE E2 DTS POWER FRONT MCU PWB PL5.2.2 MCU PWB PL5.2.2 B12 +5VDC J23 GRY P23B3 DOUBLE PLUG 6 6 J23B3 J23B5 1 2 8 4 3 POP SENSOR PL2.5.14 J23B5 J23B3 DOUBLE PLUG 5 7 P23B3 +3.3VDC J23 GRY CONTROL LOGIC B11 1 POP SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL
5
DC COM
B10
GRY
NOTE:
1
Virtual line.
GN70713EA
APPENDIX
553
Revision A
7.9
REFRESHER (Y)
7.1
1
7.9 CONTAMINATED DRUM (M) REFRESHER (M) CLEANED DRUM (M) 7.1
7.1
REFRESHER (K)
7.9
REFRESHER (C)
7.2
7.9
7.2
7.2
FRONT HVPS PL5.1.24 MCU PWB PL5.2.2 CONTROL LOGIC A9 A10 REFRESHER REMOTE MAIN CLOCK GRY DC COM GRY LVPS PL5.1.19 2 L/H INTLK ON +24VDC (1.2) 4 YEL 1 J108 YEL J132 M REFRESHER POWER
7.16
J13 GRY
J131
B4 B3 A4
4
DC COM
B9
DC COM (1.1)
GN70714EA
APPENDIX
554
Revision A
HVPS PL5.1.24 1 B7 J13 GRY IDT 2 ESB REMOTE J131 A6 N IDT 1 ESB POWER
CONTROL LOGIC
A7
IDT 1 DETONING ROLL REMOTE GRY MAIN CLOCK GRY DC COM GRY LVPS PL5.1.19 2 L/H INTLK ON +24VDC (1.2) 4 DC COM (1.1) YEL
B6
A10
B3
2
B9 DC COM
A4
J108 YEL
J132
7.9
4
7.9
IDT 1 ESB
5
WASTE TONER (IDT 1) 7.16
NOTE:
1
When this IDT 2 ESB Remote signal is output, IDT 2 ESB Power and IDT 1 ESB Power are output together. (See CH7.16)
GN70715EA
APPENDIX
555
Revision A
CONTROL LOGIC
J133 RED
B10
IDT 2 DETONING ROLL REMOTE GRY MAIN CLOCK GRY DC COM GRY LVPS PL5.1.19 L/H INTLK ON +24VDC (1.2) J108 YEL J132
A3
A10
B3
2
B9 DC COM 7.11 CONTAMINATED IDT 2
A4
3
IDT 2 DETONING ROLL DC COM (1.1)
YEL
IDT 2 ESB
CLEANED IDT 2
7.10
NOTE:
1
When this IDT 2 ESB Remote signal is output, IDT 2 ESB Power and IDT 1 ESB Power are output together. (See CH7.15)
GN70716EA
APPENDIX
556
Revision A
7.15
WASTE TRICKLE (Y) 7.14 WASTE TONER (IDT 1) WASTE TRICKLE (M) 7.13
2
7.4 WASTE TRICKLE (Y)
7.4
7.5
TONER FULL SENSOR PL6.1.8 TONER BOTTLE SET SENSOR PL6.1.9 MCU PWB PL5.2.2 9 MCU PWB PL5.2.2 +3.3VDC J22 GRY TD 1 J224 3 1 J224 TONER BOTTLE SET SENSOR SET (H) +3.3VDC J22 GRY CONTROL LOGIC 1
7.5
11
4
+3.3VDC 10 DC COM GRY 2 TONER BOTTLE SET SENSOR PL6.1.9 TD 2 GRY TONER FULL SENSOR FULL SENSED (H) +3.3VDC
+3.3VDC 1 GRY 14
12
J225
3 1
J225
NOTE:
1
Virtual line.
TD 1
Test Point: Between Toner Bottle Sensor PWB J224-3(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC. Test Point: Between Full Sensor PWB J225-3(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
TD 2
GN70717EA
APPENDIX
557
Revision A
8.1 COPY TRANSPORTATION (DUPLEX NON-MOUNTED MACHINE) (Chute Assy FUT mounted/non-mounted) 1
Chute Assy FUT mounted machine FACE UP PRINT TO EXIT TRAY EXIT ROLL 1 3.1 EXIT ROLL DRIVE EXIT ROLL 2 FACE DOWN PRINT TO EXIT
2
GATE SOLENOID FUSED PAPER GATE ASSY FUT
SIDE TRAY mounted machine MCU PWB PL5.2.2 CONTROL LOGIC DC COM B14 INTLK ON +24VDC GRY GATE SOLENOID ON FACE UP (L) +24VDC GRY 4 8 4 2 B13 J23 GRY GATE SOLENOID ON FACE DOWN (L) +24VDC P23B3
GN70804EA
APPENDIX
558
Revision A
8.2 COPY TRANSPORTATION (DUPLEX MOUNTED MACHINE) (Chute Assy FUT mounted/non-mounted)
Chute Assy FUT mounted machine
FACE UP PRINT TO EXIT TRAY EXIT ROLL 1 3.1 EXIT ROLL DRIVE
EXIT ROLL 2
2
8.3
INVERT DRIVE
FUSED PAPER
INVERTED COPY
INVERTED PAPER
8.4
3
SIDE TRAY mounted machine MCU PWB PL5.2.2 CONTROL LOGIC DC COM B14 INTLK ON +24VDC(1.2) B15 DC COM GRY INTLK ON +24VDC GRY GATE SOLENOID ON FACE UP (L) +24VDC 4 8 4 2 B13 J23 GRY GATE SOLENOID ON FACE DOWN (L) +24VDC P23B3 DOUBLE PLUG 5 7 J23B3 P23B6 DOUBLE PLUG 5 1 J23B6
GN70805EA
APPENDIX
559
Revision A
A5
A7
YEL
16 1 EXIT MOTOR J361 ON 24V CLOCK YEL EXIT MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK RED EXIT MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK BRN EXIT MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK ORN TD 1 TD 1 TD 1 TD 1
A4
A8
2
9
YEL
15 2
INVERT DRIVE
8.2
MOT
A3
A9
YEL
14 3
10
A2
A10
YEL
13
DUPLEX CLUTCH PL20.4.12 DUPLEX CLUTCH J364 ON (L) +24VDC BLK L/H INTLK +24VDC BLK REAR VIEW 1
DC COM (1.2) DUPLEX CLUTCH CONTROL DC COM DUPLEX CLUTCH ON (L) +24VDC GRY CONTROL LOGIC B2 B10 YEL 2 2 L/H INTLK +24VDC (1.2) 1
21
DUPLEX MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK GRY DUPLEX MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK GRY DUPLEX MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK
A11
A1
YEL
22
CONTROL LOGIC
A10
A2
YEL
21 1 DUPLEX MOTOR J363 ON 24V CLOCK YEL DUPLEX MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK RED DUPLEX MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK BRN DUPLEX MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK ORN TD 2 TD 2 TD 2 TD 2
8.4
A9
A3
YEL
20 2
5
4 GRY DUPLEX MOTOR DRIVE CURRENT SIGNAL GRY A8 A4 YEL 19
MOT
A7
A5
YEL
18
TD 1
NOTE:
1
Test Point: Between Duplex PWB J361-1/2/3/4(+) and GND(-) When EXIT MOTOR is ON (standard speed), the voltage should be approx. +6VDC. Test Point: Between Duplex PWB J363-1/2/3/4(+) and GND(-) When EXIT MOTOR is ON (standard speed), the voltage should be approx. +6.7VDC.
TD 2
Duplex Clutch turns ON when paper is drawn to the Duplex Module side in the Duplex mode.
APPENDIX
560
Revision A
H
MCU PWB PL5.2.2 1 CONTROL LOGIC
J362 GRY
+5VDC
J3622
3 1
J3622
13
DC COM
2 DUPLEX SENSOR PL20.3.5 DUPLEX COVER OPEN SWITCH PL20.3.9 +3.3VDC 1 DUPLEX COVER INTLK SWITCH SIGNAL
2
1 DC COM GRY
DC COM
J3621
8.2
INVERTED PAPER
3
DUP ROLL 1 DUPLEX ROLL DRIVE
8.3
DUP ROLL 2
DUP SENSOR
NOTE:
1
Virtual line.
TD 1
Test Point: Between Duplex PWB J362-3(+) and GND(-) When Sensor is connected, the voltage should be approx. +1.2VDC.
GN70807EA
APPENDIX
561
Revision A
APPENDIX
Exploded Diagrams
562
C 565-C AS E -001A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
18 6
9 10
13 9 10 17
16
11
100
G N50101E D
R ev.01 C 565
C 565-C AS E -002A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
G N50102E D
R ev.01 C 565
C 565-E LE C -001A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
3 2
101 9
A
14 100 16 10 11
G N50502E C
102
C 565-ME C H-001A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
4
D A
17
A
19 [S ame P L 2.2]
17 13 17
B
14 17
G N50201E C
R ev.01 C 565
C 565-ME C H-002A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
7 6
12
A
14
11 29 26 22 23 27 28 16
A
20
17 [S ame P L 2.3]
G N50202E C
R ev.01 C 565
C 565-ME C H-003A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
59
G N50203E B
R ev.01 C 565
C 565-ME C H-004A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
5 3 12 7
15 9
10 17
16 G N50204E B
C 565-ME C H-005A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
2 3 5 7
14 C A 23 23 B 23 23 25 25
11 13 12 16 B
17
30
31 A
G N50205E B 99
C 565-ME C H-006A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
2 3
14
11
G N50206E A
C 565-ME C H-007A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
9
D
8
D
4 [S ame P L 2.8]
G N50207E B
C 565-ME C H-008A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
11
C
12 13
18
A
19
16 16
C G N50208E B B
C 565-ME C H-009A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
11
12
59 58
2 5
7 [S ame P L 2.10]
G N50209E C
C 565-ME C H-010A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
3 5
7 10 8 9
B C
15
A B C D
16
28 18
D G N50210E C
C 565-ME C H-011A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
G N50211E B
C 565-ME C H-012A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
98(a+b)
3
99 (a'+b)
a' a'
G N50301E D
C 565-ME C H-013A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
2 [S ame P L 4.2]
G N50401E A
C 565-ME C H-014A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
99 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2
6 7 7
7 7
A
14
G N50402E A
C 565-ME C H-015A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
27
24
18
28
17
G N50501E C
C 565-ME C H-016A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
1 2
3 5 4
G N50503E A
C 565-ME C H-017A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
58
59
G N50601E B
C 565-ME C H-018A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
1 [S ame P L 6.3]
10
11
12
13
C D B
9
C
8 7 6 4
E F
9
D
9
E
9
F
G N50602E E
C 565-ME C H-019A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
1
E
29 30 28
F
27
26
B A
12
13
24 23
A
19 19
B
14
15
D
22 19 21 20
C
19
G N50603E C
C 565-ME C H-020A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
7
G N50604E B
C 565-ME C H-021A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
3 3
3 3 4 5
10
12
G N50605E B
C 802-OP T I-032A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
G N52001E C
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-033A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
G N52002E B
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-034A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
3 58 4
10
B
59
A
C A
15
G N52003E C
17
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-035A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
2 1
12 11
10
G N52004E A
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-036A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
G N52101E D
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-037A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
4
A
4 4 5 [S ame P L 5.5]
11 [S ame P L 3.3]
4 3 2
11 [S ame P L 3.3]
10 [S ame P L 4.4]
G N52102E C
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-038A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
12
F
7 5 4
E D F
D A B
20
46
47 44 43
C A
23
B
41
38
37 35 99
34
G N52103E C
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-039A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
12
F
7 5 4
E D F
D A
20
46
47 44 43
C A B
41
34 35 99
G N52104E C
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-040A
A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
26 27 3 24
6 20
A
18 17 16
G N52105E B
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-041A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
1 E 1 G 1 I 5 9 F H J E 22 G A 17 B D 22 C 13 27 C D 30 B A 26 27 J I H F
16
G N52106E B
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-042A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
3 4
12 12 11
G N52107E B
11
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-043A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
9 [S ame P L 3.3]
12 [S ame P L 2.2]
11
G N52201E B
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-044A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
12
F
7 5 4
E D F
D A
20
46
47 44 43
C A B
41
34 35 99
G N52104E C
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-045A
A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
26 27 3 24
6 20
A
18 17 16
G N52105E B
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-046A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
12 6
17 26
23 14
G N52204E B
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-047A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
8 7
G N52205E B
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-048A
T he parts to which no reference number is as s igned will not be available as after-s ale s ervice parts .
G N52001E C
F OR F AC E UP T R AY NO.1-1
R ev.01
Revision A
Table 7-20. Main Unit
Ref. 02-01-14 02-01-16 02-01-17 02-01-19 02-02-02 02-02-06 02-02-07 02-02-11 02-02-12 02-02-14 02-02-16 02-02-17 02-02-20 02-02-22 02-02-23 02-02-26 02-02-27 02-02-28 02-02-29 02-03-01 02-03-08 02-03-09 02-03-59 02-04-01 02-04-03 02-04-05 02-04-07 02-04-09 02-04-10 02-04-12 02-04-15 02-04-16 02-04-17 02-05-02 02-05-03 Parts Name GEAR IDLE MSI 29/36 INTERLOCK SWITCH PAD U MSI COVER CHUTE MSI ROLL ASSY FEED ENV ROLL ASSY FEED PLATE ASSY BOTTOM HOLDER ASSY RETARD SPRING RETARD ROLL ASSY TURN MSI TRAY SPRING PICK UP GEAR PICK UP GEAR CAM GEAR TURN MSI SOLENOID ASSY SPRING GEAR CAM GEAR MSI IDLE 34 GUIDE SIDE FRONT HARNESS ASSY N/P GUIDE SIDE REAR KIT MSI NO PAPER SENSOR HARNESS ASSY LH HOLDER LATCH HANDLE ASSY L/H WIRE ASSY GND WIRE ASSY INLET WIRE ASSY FG WIRE ASSY LH CAP FUT CAP CONNECTOR COVER EXIT ROLLER ASSY EXIT 1 GATE ASSY FUT
APPENDIX
Parts List
604
Revision A
Table 7-20. Main Unit
Parts Name SENSOR ASSY PAPER CASSETTE ASSY STOPPER TRAY SWITCH ASSY SIZE KIT LEVEL SENSOR KIT LEVEL SENSOR ROLL ASSY SIDE HOLDER ASSY RETARD ROLL ASSY FEED ACTUATOR N/E SHAFT ASSY GUIDE ASSY SIDE R LOCKING PIN CAM SIZE GUIDE ASSY END GUIDE ASSY SIDE F DRIVE ASSY MAIN CLUTCH ASSY FEED ROS ASSY KIT HEATER ASSY KIT HEATER DELE ASSY 220V KIT HEATER DELE ASSY 230V KIT HEATER DELE ASSY 240V TRANSPORT EXIT ASSY SENSOR ASSY TP FUSER DRAWER CONNECTOR FUSER UNIT CLIP ELIMINATOR ELIMINATOR ROLL ASSY EXIT 2 ROLLER ASSY PINCH GEAR 21Z/18Z KIT CHUTE EXIT UP ENVIRONMENT SENSOR FAN FUSER
APPENDIX
Parts List
605
Revision A
Table 7-20. Main Unit
Parts Name AUGER Y ANTENNA MOTOR DISP MOTOR DISP MOTOR DISP MOTOR DISP M HARNESS ASSY DISP DRIVE ASSY PR HARNESS ASSY IDT TARMINAL ASSY PHD GEAR ASSY HR TRACKING ASSY FRONT GUIDE IDLE DEVE ASSY GEAR UNIT DEVE TARCKING ASSY REAR SENSOR ASSY TRACKING SHAFT ASSY TRACKING MOTOR ASSY TRACKING
APPENDIX
Parts List
606
Revision A
APPENDIX
Parts List
607
Revision A
Table 7-22. 560x3-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
Ref. 04-04-43 04-04-44 04-04-46 04-04-47 04-04-99 05-05-03 05-05-06 05-05-09 05-05-16 05-05-17 05-05-18 05-05-20 05-05-24 05-05-26 05-05-27 06-06-01 06-06-05 06-06-09 06-06-13 06-06-16 06-06-17 06-06-22 06-06-26 06-06-27 06-06-30 07-07-03 07-07-04 07-07-05 07-07-11 07-07-12 Parts Name GEAR 25T GEAR 33 NUD ONEWAY CLUTCH ONEWAY GEAR KIT FEED/RETARD/NUDGER PAPER LEVEL MONITOR END GUIDE ASSY LINK END DOWEL PIN STOPPER GEAR GEAR 13/60 COUPLING FRONT SIDE GUIDE REAR SIDE GUIDE SIDE GUIDE ACTUATOR TAKEAWAY ROLL ASSY HARNESS ASSY TA TAKEAWAY SENSOR EXIT CHUTE SWITCH LEFT COVER ASSY 3TM ROLL PINCH ASSY MID ROLL PINCH ASSY LATCH SHAFT SUPPORT LH HOOK PWB ASSY 3TM HARNESS ASSY 3TM MOTOR ASSY 3TM DOUBLE CASTER-R DOUBLE CASTER-F
APPENDIX
Parts List
608
Revision A
Table 7-23. 560-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
Ref. 04-04-12 04-04-14 04-04-17 04-04-23 04-04-26 05-05-04 05-05-07 05-05-08 Parts Name EXIT CHUTE SWITCH LEFT COVER ASSY STM ROLL PINCH ASSY LATCH SHAFT HOOK MOTOR ASSY STM PWB ASSY STM HARNESS ASSY STM
APPENDIX
Parts List
609
Revision A
APPENDIX
Circuit Diagrams
610